Hovova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors VOLUME 33 1931 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 33. January, 1931. No. 385. CONTENTS: Emile Francis Williams. ДВ, L. Бойпзоп........................ 1 Formation of Peat Ridges on Shores of Muskeg Lakes in Northern BEN, MN. М. Rep. г... ee gens рап 18 Scirpus pumilus іп the Rocky Mountains. М. L. Fernald.......... 23 International Botanical Address ВооЕ.......................... 24 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (ifavailable) 20cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other p of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 5. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. А series of illustrated quarto кен issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 in. by 8-4 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. - " uk ila |ы. -4 Vit Ae F 18 (T. ر‎ TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 33. January, 1931. No. 385. EMILE FRANCIS WILLIAMS! B. L. RoBINSON (With portrait) AN ability to do something well doubtless exerts on the fortunate possessor an often unconscious allure toward that form of activity. This is particularly true in the choice of avocations and recreative diversions. The late friend, whose remarkable personality and especially whose loyal services to the New England Botanical Club we this evening review, did many things well. His activities were singularly diverse. Into each he threw an energy, skill and good judgment which carried him far. In every one he showed great in- dustry, organizing ability and buoyant enthusiasm. Whether carry- ing on his business, which dealt with rare oriental objects, or arrang- ing his garden, whether floating out filmy specimens of pondweeds or setting down the complex records of a scientifie meeting, planning a dinner for business or scientific associates or writing of medieval French architecture, he brought to the particular task a lively interest and a detailed attention which ensured notable results. In a very rare way he combined practical shrewdness with artistic insight. He was very direct in utterance and often more frank and outspoken in criticism than is usual with New Englanders. Yet he won the life- long regard and affection of many friends. Bilingual from childhood and widely read in two literatures, he retained through life some pe- culiarities and points of view early acquired in Continental Europe. He was highly individual. His acquaintances knew no one like him. Why was he as he was? Doubtless the best clues сап be found in his ancestry and early experiences. - 14 memorlal address delivered before the New England Botanical Club, December 5, 1930. 2 Rhodora | JANUARY Emile Francis Williams was born in Boston, January 11, 1858 and died in Cambridge, December 19, 1929. His father, Francis Stanton Williams, a graduate of Harvard College in the Class of 1837, was of colonial New England ancestry, being seventh in the line of descent from a certain Robert Williams, who came, it is thought, from Norwich, England and settled at Roxbury in 1638. The descendants of theimmi- grant moved first to Newton, then to Hatfield, later to Deerfield, and finally back to Boston and its suburbs. Emile’s ancestors were liber- ally endowed with courage, hardiness, energy and the idealism of their times. Many of them must have been persons of influence in their communities, for the family included a creditable number of captains, majors, colonels, reverends, deacons, doctors and represent- atives to the General Court. Emile’s great great grandfather was a brother of that Col. Ephraim Williams whose legacy led to the found- ing of the well known college which bears his name. Emile's father, the son of a Boston merchant, was, it is said, a man of unusual charm. His portraits show him to have had a refined and thoughtful face, suggesting at once a certain austerity and great kind- lines. He had mechanical tastes and ambitions as an inventor. Some of his devices are said to have had considerable originality. One of them was a portable railway, planned doubtless to meet military and other temporary needs. It so impressed some of his influential French friends that he was granted an audience by Napoleon III to explain its possibilities. However, inventors rarely possess the busi- ness shrewdness to put their devices on a paying basis, and it is by no means surprising that none of Mr. Williams's inventions resulted in a substantial income. So he devoted himself to teaching, first in the publie schools of Boston and later in a private and more select school which he himself had organized. At the age of 39 he married Blanche Henry, some ten years his junior and a language teacher in his school. Notwithstanding the English form of her family name, she was pure French, being the daughter of a distinguished civil engineer of Paris, where she was born and educated. Emile was their first child and was born at Hotel Pelham, which in the Boston of its day stood at the corner of Tremont and Boylston Streets. When little more than two he was taken by his mother for about two years to France and it thus happened that French was his first language. After their return to America the family lived chiefly in Boston but took summer outings in the Con- 1931] Robinson,—Emile Francis Williams 3 necticut Valley at Brattleboro and Windsor, Vermont, and at Deer- field, Massachusetts. Mr. Williams’s school soon began to decline in numbers and in 1865 was given up. He then engaged in some business ventures, manu- facturing and selling small filters and other metal devices. Іп connec- tion with these enterprises he at one time moved with his family to New York and it was there that Emile passed through many of his boy- hood experiences, sailing small boats and learning to swim at Staten Island, attending his first opera, beginning piano lessons, and acquir- ing a certain boyish familiarity with the New York of that period. When he was nearly ten it was decided that his mother should take him and his younger brother to France for education. The journey was made in November, 1867 on the “ Ville de Paris,” at that time one of the most luxurious transatlantic liners. Late in life he enter- tained himself by writing his memories of this journey and with that conscientious attention to detail which characterized all his under- takings he applied to the Compagnie Générale Transatlantique to learn what had been the actual dimensions of the vessel which had made such an impression upon his boyish imagination. He learned that it was a barque-rigged screw steamer 371 feet in length, of about 3000 tons burden and equipped with an engine of only 1250 horse power. Nevertheless, he confidently maintained that this unsteady craft, with its sails set to lessen the rolling, was a thing of beauty beside which the modern steamer would look like a tanker. However, he recalled unfavorably the grotesquely inadequate lighting by dim oil lamps, few in number and extinguished at half past ten, and the distressing lack of ventilation as the wave-swept portholes were not opened once during the trip and even the deck was swept by the stifling smell of hot oil. On reaching Le Havre they found his French grandfather on the wharf and were taken to Paris. There they hired a furnished apart- ment and Emile was entered in his first French school, the Lycée Bonaparte, as an externe or day scholar. As the term was already well under way he had all the difficulties and mortification of being plunged into the midst of unfamiliar subjects, including intensively taught Latin, with no knowledge of local customs either of work or play. It must have been a harrowing experience to a youngster of ten, sensitive as all boys are to the ridicule of their companions. He soon hated the school so cordially that his mother mercifully had him 4 Rhodora : [JANUARY transferred, still as a day scholar, to the Institution Kornemann, an establishment conducted by a kindly German couple and attended largely by English and German boys. On the advice of his grandfather, himself a graduate of the famous Ecole Polytechnique, it was decided that Emile should become a civil engineer and to that end he was entered the following autumn in the preparatory department of the Collége Chaptal, where he made good progress and had special training in mathematics. Here he was a demi-pensionaire, having his lunch with the other boys. Many years later he would tell of this school, of its strict dis- cipline and definite routine, of its food, mostly huge chunks of hard but delicious French bread and a drink called “abondance,” served to the boys in mugs and consisting of red wine and water. He recalled vivid- ly the sports and told how in anticipation of summer the little boys made butterfly nets and the larger ones fish nets, of considerable size, though he confessed that he could not recollect seeing either in success- ful operation. He told of the seasonal rotation of games, of the swim- ming baths in the Seine, and of the little shop where fascinating choc- olates and other sweets could be bought for a sou or two. To those fond of Du Maurier his stories singularly recalled the charming pictures of boy-life in the opening pages of “ Peter Ibbet- son." Paris in those closing years of the second empire, in spite of all deficiencies in heating and lighting, not to mention its unbelievably primitive plumbing, must have been a fascinating place, probably cleaner and gayer than it is today. Baron Haussmann had already cut through most of his spectacular boulevards and the city, quite unconscious of the approaching bombardment and even more terrible Commune, was ambitiously living up to rapidly advancing civic ideals. Parks were being laid out, fountains and statuary set up, and there was even a municipal order that buildings, including private residences, must be cleaned by sand-blast every three years, so, as we are told, the whole city looked as brilliantly white as the Sacré Coeur does now. The Emperor and beautiful Empress frequently drove about in their open carriage in imperial pomp and with many outriders. Even the sergeants de ville were picturesque figures, dressed as they were in silver-trimmed blue uniforms, carrying swords, and wearing great three-cornered hats. There was much to see and to excite the interest of an alert and observant boy who had been reared in a far simpler environment, and there can be no wonder that these years in Paris left vivid and lasting memories. - 1931] Robinson,—Emile Francis Williams 5 One summer vacation was spent at a simple cottage on the coast of Normandy near le Havre. After this Mrs. Williams and her sons, together with their French grandfather, who had been with them on their outing, returned to Paris and the boys resumed their schooling. Thus the first two and a half years in France passed, on the whole pleasantly, though with minor difficulties. There was need, it is true, for them to practice careful economy. Their ménage had to be very simple and they lived in rooms which could be reached only by climbing four or five flights of stairs and which were perilously cold in winter. There were also, of course, the usual difficulties about service, yet they were in general comfortable and very happy. Then came in rapid succession exciting and tragic events, intro- ducing a time of harrowing experiences to which Emile in later life referred but rarely and always with deep feeling. The little elderly French grandfather had a stroke of apoplexy from which he never fully recovered. In July 1870 with no adequate preparation, France was suddenly involved in war. At first there was an almost childish enthusiasm, doubtless artfully stimulated by the governmental agencies of the already tottering empire. There were patriotic gatherings, processions, and speeches, a vast deal of cheering, of cries of “оп to Berlin," and of singing of the Marseillaise. The populace was heartened and filled with hectic confidence. The first news spread by the government authorities was favorable, being made up of mendacious accounts of vague vic- tories at the front and of the capture of thousands of German troops and even of the Crown Prince Frederick. Then penetrated terrifying rumors of actual and very serious de- feats. For some time the inhabitants of Paris were kept in harrowing uncertainty, being confronted by the wildest and most conflicting reports. Internal disorders were inevitable. Infuriated mobs began to gather and to threaten the empire. The criminal classes, people of villainous appearance, began to roam the city and to penetrate to its wealthier and more respectable quarters. The enemy was daily approaching with terrifying swiftness and the city was being prepared for siege. Artillery was mounted upon the ramparts, and the trees in the Bois were cut to free from obstruction the range of the guns. At length came the certain news that the Emperor and his army had been captured. Then with much less turmoil than might have been antic- ipated the empire fell and the republic was set up. In later life 6 Rhodora [JANUARY Emile used to take a very natural pride in the fact that he, with his mother and little brother, were actually in the excited throng that watched the commotion on the steps of the Bourbon Palace as Gam- betta appeared and read the proclamation announcing this event momentous in French history. Thereupon changes followed in rapid succession. The Empress escaped to England and in an incredibly short space of time the pub- lic buildings were in possession of the new government and workmen with a fair degree of order were chiseling away the insignia of the fallen regime. Тһе street of the 10th of December automatically became the street of the 4th of September, for even in the face of imminent peril from an external enemy the French carried forward their national symbolism. Mrs. Williams in her anxiety for her elderly and invalided father, whose state of health did not permit his removal, still hesitated to leave the city. Finally, on September 7, her kindly American banker most earnestly counseled immediate flight. She hurried to her apart- ment, packed three trunks and made such other preparations as pos- sible; while her boys went to take leave of their petit père, as they affectionately called their grandfather. Next day she went for a last time to the bank to get her letter of credit and draw money need- ful for the journey. "The banker again expressed astonishment that she was still there and once more insisted on her immediate departure. Learning of her plans to start at once, he asked how much luggage she intended to take. On hearing of the three trunks, he declared it quite impossible and urged her to take but one or better none, pack- ing only her most valuable possessions and these in hand bags. After hurrying home, she and her boys hastily unpacked the trunks, cram- med into one of them and a few pieces of hand luggage the things which seemed most important and thrust the rest, including some of the family silver, into a cupboard which offered no greater security than a very ordinary lock. Planning to go to Lausanne, where she had friends, Mrs. Williams and her boys, with difficulty engaging a cab, were driven to the Lyons Station. Here all was in hopeless confusion. A dense crowd was milling about and the news had just been spread that no more trains could leave in that direction since the line had already been cut by the uhlans. The mere mention of these much dreaded North German cavalrymen, selected for their speed and armed with lances, was enough to bring the crowd to the last stages of panic. 1931] Robinson,—Emile Francis Williams 7 Mrs. Williams gave up hope of leaving the city and with her boys made her way out of the station intending to return to their apart- ment. By a great piece of good fortune they found the cab-driver who had brought them and he urged her to try the Gare du Nord, telling her that the crowd was less there and that they might still be able to get a train. The suggestion seemed a good one and they post- ed across the city. On reaching the Gare du Nord Mrs. Williams endeavored to get tickets to England while Emile and his brother guarded the baggage. The crowd was great and the wait long. On reaching the ticket counter she asked for tickets to London and prof- fered her money which was in the form of hundred franc notes. She was told that while these would be accepted no change could be given for them. This was perhaps natural at such a time for the fall of the empire had precipitated a money crisis and the value of French paper was at the moment exceedingly uncertain. However, in her nervous excitement Mrs. Williams let her French thrift get the better of her judgment and attempted to argue her rights merely to be pushed out of the line, which was in no patient mood, being made up largely of men trying to escape from France before being drafted for military service. Before she could again reach the ticket window the London train had departed. Learning that there was still one train leaving for Brussels she was finally able to obtain tickets for that and by good luck succeeded in getting their trunk booked. They were then kept long in the waiting-room and when at length the doors to the plat- form were opened they found that others more clever had been able by bribing the guards to reach the train in advance and that it was already packed to the absolute limit of its capacity. When it drew out Mrs. Williams broke down and wept. As Emile used to say, “It wasn’t the discreet silent weeping of an American lady in distress but a French flood of tears and wailing." This audible emphasis of woe proved in fact fortunate for it attracted the attention of the sympathetic chief of the station, who upon learning its cause assured Mrs. Williams that a supplementary section of the train was even then being planned and would arrive a little later. On this, when it came, they were able to get seats in a first class coupé with some courteous and friendly French people as their fellow travellers. When they had stowed away their hand luggage and were, as it appeared, finally settled, Emile suddenly remembered his pocket- 8 Rhodora [JANUARY book containing the precious and all important letter of credit, with which he had been intrusted. He hurriedly put his hand into his breast-pocket only to discover that it was gone. His chagrin and consternation it would be difficult to overstate. However, this absolute climax of their woes was quickly followed by joy when on a hurried search about the coupé he found the missing pocket-book on the floor, where it had evidently fallen while he was reaching up to place their bags on the overhead racks. The journey was long and at times exciting. The tracks were guarded by soldiery, not, as Emile used to explain, to protect out- going trains but to keep the service open to the last possible moment for the very numerous provision trains bound for Paris in its dire need of supplies for a long siege. With innumerable delays to let these transport trains pass, their express reached Lille about two o’clock at night. There another anxious wait occurred. The station was crowed with troops about to be taken to Paris and of course there was the possibility that the very coaches of their own train might be requisitioned for this military purpose. However, the express at length proceeded, but did not reach Brussels until eleven the next morning. The city was crowded with thousands of French refugees. The finding of shelter was no easy matter, but Mrs. Williams was lucky in securing two small rooms over a millinery shop. Very soon she and her boys were able to make friends with some pleasant French people who were there in like circumstances. Тһе tiny apartment contained a small American cookstove and Emile soon took part in the preparation of the family meals, developing no small interest and skill in the task. Possibly it was thus that he acquired the very dis- criminating tastes in faods, flavoring, and seasoning, which he so ob- viously possessed in later life. The family was quickly alive to the attractions of Brussels, its picture galleries and its opera, which distinguished French singers in temporary exile were at the time rendering brilliant. In December they were saddened by the death of Emile’s grandfather. Information of this reached them from one of Mrs. Williams’s sisters, a nun in a convent at Lyons, who had received the news by balloon from Paris. Keen in their French sympathies they followed with much anxiety the events of the war. After the surrender of Paris in January, 1871, and the subsequent close of hostilities they remained some weeks in 1931| Robinson,—Emile Francis Williams 9 Brussels, then seriously considered а return to Paris. Happily they were dissuaded from this by a French friend who had made a trip to the city and correctly sensed its danger. In March the Commune gained control in Paris and during its wild and merciless rule any return to the city was out of the question. Thoroughly tired of their cramped quarters in Brussels, Mrs. Wil- liams, whose health was far from robust and whose nerves had under- gone severe strain, decided to go to Spa and try its waters. This she did incautiously and without medical advice. In consequence she had a really dangerous illness. When she recovered from this, they seem to have enjoyed Spa, rambling in its parks, listening to the music, and watching the gay life at the casino. Mrs. Williams with French tolerance and vivacity was fascinated by the gaming tables and evidently longed to try her luck at roulette or trente et quarante but Emile, influenced by caution or perhaps moved by a puritanic strain in his ancestry, pled with her so earnestly not to do so that she abandoned the purpose. The incident is rather touching, for it shows that even as a boy of thirteen Emile was developing instincts of re- sponsibility. Before long, they returned to Brussels. In May the Commune met its inevitable fate and republican government was again establish- ed in Paris. By July, order had been sufficiently restored and Mrs. Williams took her sons once more to that city. They found their quarters in surprisingly good order, a faithful old conciérge having protected their possessions with extraordinary devotion. Of course, every scrap of provisions and every drop of wine were gone, but their other belongings, even their silver, they found where they had so hurriedly left them. The boys wandered about the city with excited interest observing the many evidences of the German bombardment and the much more serious vandalism of the mobs during the Commune. Sooner than could have been anticipated the schools were resumed, and Emile’s studies were continued for two years at the Collége Chaptal, where he made creditable progress and won several prizes. In July 1873 Mrs. Williams was taken ill. Тһе malady was not at first regarded as serious, but soon became pulmonary and ran its course with remarkable swiftness. She died August 12. Emile’s father, notified by cable, came to Paris from America as soon as pos- sible. In the meantime the boys were cared for by an attached and faithful maid servant. 10 Rhodora [JANUARY September 27, 1873, Emile with his father and brother embarked for America, not again to visit France for nearly forty-eight years. As soon as feasible he entered the civil engineering course of studies at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. At first he was some- what handicapped by language difficulties for his English had grown very rusty during his five years in France and Belgium. Quickly overcoming these he was soon taking good rank in his work and grad- uated with credit in 1878. During his schooling and indeed for some years afterward he kept, chiefly in French, a rather remarkable diary. From this it is evident that he worked hard but was in no sense a grind, that he was socially disposed and had many friends, that he did not take athletic sports very seriously but was keenly interested in military drill and rifle practice, even receiving some privileges for the observation and study of these matters at the Watertown Arsenal and the fortifications in the Boston Harbor. He followed with much closer attention than most American youths the political and mili- tary events which occurred in Europe and often set down in his diary very discriminating comments upon them. He developed his tastes in music. In this art he had had careful training from childhood and is said in his youth and early manhood to have attained a creditable proficiency on both the piano and, to a lesser degree, the violin. During his school years at the Institute and for some time thereafter he attended an almost incredible number of concerts, operas, oratorios, musical comedies, and plays. The nu- merous and often entertaining comments upon these which crept into his diary give ample evidence of an artistic appreciation and critical discrimination much beyond what is usual in youth. On completing his course at the Institute of Technology he found that his father’s business affairs were going badly and that money was not available to start him in his engineering profession. With- out hesitation he gave this up and threw his energies and organizing ability unto the task of extricating his father from the entanglements of an exceedingly unsatisfactory and disastrous partnership. The period is one about which little can be told as Emile was naturally ret- icent concerning it. It can only be said that after patient effort he was moderately successful. The relations between him and his father seem to have been at all times those of great affection and sympa- thetic companionship. After his father’s business had been wound up with as little loss as 1931| Robinson,—Emile Francis Williams 11 possible the pressing need of doing his part toward the family support led Emile to go into business. Не entered into a partnership with a second cousin, Arthur Williams, Jr. They undertook the importation and sale of high grade oriental rugs. The partners were very unlike, but perhaps for that reason all the more successful, since they supple- mented each other’s talents. Arthur, it is said, was a true yankee trader, quick of insight into values and endowed with shrewdness and persistence which enabled him to hold his own even with the wily oriental dealers from whom alone their wares could be obtained. He thus became the effective buyer for the firm, making in this capac- ity repeated journeys to the near east. Emile, on the other hand, brought to the business exceptional powers of organization and took charge of the sales end of the enterprise with remarkable efficiency. In a very few years the business was thriving. Their shop on Frank- lin Street soon became widely known, not as a place for cheap bargains, but as one where the highest grade of goods, selected with discrimina- ting taste, could be obtained at fair prices. It was liberally patron- ized by the best people from all over the country, orders being received from points as remote as New Orleans and San Francisco, and many are the appreciative stories of Emile’s frank and kindly ad- vice and of his disinterested anxiety that each purchaser should get something really appropriate to his needs and obtain full value for his money. As the business expanded a few other articles were added to its scope, chests of Russian caravan tea, jars of choice Indian chutneys, and other specialties of decided rarity in American trade. With success in business and consequent relief from financial worries, Emile took up new interests. In a modest but discriminating way he began to collect Chinese and Japanese porcelains and bronzes, studying with much zest the periods and dynasties represented by the charming objects which he thus acquired and which rendered his rooms singularly attractive. Always fond of the great out-of-doors he extended his outings and sought recreation in the mountains of New Hampshire and Maine. Whatever he undertook he did with а thoroughness which was at times amusing. Thus for his trips to the White Mountains he provided an equipment so complete and luxurious that he used to refer to himself as a sort of Tar- tarin. In the course of these excursions he was fascinated by the vegetation and became eager to know more about the trees, shrubs, 12 Rhodora | JANUARY flowering herbs and ferns. One day, chancing to see a man seriously engaged in collecting specimens, he stopped and made some inquiries. The encounter led to acquaintance, which ripened into lifelong friendship, for the man was no other than Dr. George Golding Ken- nedy of Milton, an enthusiastic amateur botanist, who had been a pupil of Asa Gray himself. Through Kennedy, Williams met Edwin and Charles Faxon, Walter Deane, and the botanists at the Gray Herbarium. His elaborate outfit as alpinist soon gave way to a large vasculum and he began his herbarium which for many years consti- tuted one of his chief interests. The time was one of notable transition in the progress of New England botany. Ап era of pioneering activities by such men as Gray, Watson, Brewer and D. С. Eaton, occupied largely with more remote floras, had passed. . younger generation had found opportunities for more intensive work on the vegetation of the northeastern states. Preliminary efforts in this direction had already been made or were approaching completion. Thus the botanists of Essex County, Massachusetts, under the leadership of John Robinson, of Middlesex County stimulated by Dame and Collins, and of Worcester County led by Joseph Jackson, had compiled what for their times were highly creditable local floras. Fernald had revised the Portland Catalogue of Maine Plants, Rand and Redfield were diligently preparing their Flora of Mt. Desert Island, and a group of enthusiastic collectors were in Boston and its suburbs assembling the materials for a flora of the Metropolitan parks, a work which later saw light under the editor- ship of Walter. Deane. These undertakings brought about acquaintance and coóperation among observers who had previously worked in isolation. The time was ripe for a larger and more formal union of their scattering activ- ities. In the autumn of 1895, among those who were eagerly discus- sing the feasibility of a regional botanical association, Williams was one of the most confident, energetic and stimulating. "Though confessedly a novice in the science, he brought to the undertaking not merely a lively interest but a readiness to serve and to take no end of trouble to secure results. It happened that some of the older and more influential professional botanists were a bit disposed to hesitancy regarding the enterprise, voicing the view that what Gray himself had not found feasible would not be likely to succeed in the hands of the less experienced. It is a 1931] Robinson,—Emile Francis Williams 13 pleasure to testify that the qualities and influence of Kennedy and of Williams were of crucial value in furthering the plan. To find that amateurs of position and influence were so ready to contribute time and money did perhaps more than anything else to quiet any doubts of its success. When in December 1895 a preliminary meeting was held at the house of Dr. Farlow, these gentlemen and some dozen or so others were present. In the course of discussion it became evident that Williams had given the matter more careful thought than would have seemed likely. His suggestions showed constructive interest and good judgment. He was therefore included in the committee appointed to draw up the needful constitution for the new organization. At the subsequent meetings of this committee Williams was the competent secretary and the wording of the first constitution of the New England Botanical Club was for the most part of his suggesting, his original draft being cordially adopted after a few minor amendments. In the very first article of this notable document his personal atti- tude was strongly reflected. Social by nature he was confident that better acquaintance among the botanists of the region would greatly facilitate their undertakings and do much to stimulate useful co- óperation. The article reads: “Тһе New England Botanical Club is established for the promotion of social intercourse and the dissemi- nation of local and general information among gentlemen interested in the flora of New England.” When, about a month later, the Club was actually formed, Wil- liams was elected its Recording Secretary and Treasurer. In this dual capacity he served the Club with remarkable efficiency for some twenty-seven years. In all this time he very rarely missed a meet- ing either of the Club or of its council. Few forms of literature are more deadly than the ordinary minutes of scientific meetings. Wil- liams’s reports on the other hand had real life. One listened to them with actual interest. They are still gratefully remembered by many of the older members of the Club. If he slipped from time to time on minor details and imperfectly caught technical names, such lapses were easy to condone, for he so cordially appreciated the major points of each paper and so tellingly reviewed them in his own words. He was an effective member of several of the Club committees, especially that of Entertainment. During many years he took part in nearly all the Club’s excursions. He collected diligently and con- 14 Rhodora [JANUARY stantly perfected his technique. His herbarium grew rapidly and was largely of his own gathering. His specimens were carefully se- lected, skilfully pressed, beautifully mounted and very neatly labeled. To him the meetings of the Club were occasions both for the inter- change of scientific information and for pleasurable social intercourse, and he certainly did much to make them so. It early became his custom to invite a few special friends to dine with him before the meetings. These informal but elegant little dinners were truly de- lightful. The perfection of his table linen, china, glass, wine-service and flowers made his table one of exceptional beauty. The pièce de résistance was often of a very unusual character. Among the strange things which, deliciously prepared by his skilful cook, appeared on his table, it is possible at the moment to recall a swan, a mast-fed razor- backed pig of gamey flavor, a porcupine, and a forty pound tortoise. In like manner he sought out and had served at these dinners rare vegetables and fruits. Never himself a large eater, he took a refined interest in his food very exceptional among Americans. Conversa- tion at his table was also exceedingly entertaining and by no means confined to botany, Williams was a delightful travelling companion. Alert to see and appreciate each object of interest he maintained a cheerful humor even under the most trying circumstances. Until later middle life, when he began to put on weight, he was capable of considerable mus- cular exertion and took part in some pretty strenuous expeditions such as trips to the less accessible parts of the White and Green Moun- tains. He was also a member of that party which in the summer of 1900 did much to explore the previously little known slopes of Mt. Katahdin. At later dates he made trips with Professor Fernald and others to northernmost Maine and some of the coastal parts of eastern Maine and Quebec. He was wont to travel with the maximum com- fort that circumstances permitted, was always friendly with guides and porters and accustomed to fee with the dignity and liberality of the grand seigneur. In consequence he was always well and cheer- fully served. Though he was thus generous by nature and liberal in all his dealings he nevertheless had a horror of all waste. Espe- cially in small matters he had habits of thrift rarely seen in America und doubtless acquired in his early French training. For some years, through the closed season, several members of the Club used to gather at weekly or fortnightly intervals to discuss bo- 1931] Robinson,—Emile Francis Williams 15 tanical matters and to compare and identify specimens. This little group, which included Williams and Charles Faxon, usually met at Dr. Kennedy’s hospitable home in Milton where in his admirably equipped herbarium room, with ample reference material and much of the pertinent literature ready to hand, the conditions for such study were ideal. That Williams in his botanical training profited much by these scholarly contacts is certain. That he added humor and zest to the occasions cannot be doubted. Williams was a helpful friend to Ruopora from the inception of the journal to the close of his life. Time and again he took the trouble to solicit and collect the funds needful for its successful publication and all his botanical writings were contributed to its pages. These were not very numerous or extensive. They consisted of some fifteen short papers and notes, clearly written and tersely expressed, recording chiefly extensions of plant ranges which he had observed in his collecting. The longest of these published communications were а Comparison of the Floras of Mt. Washington and Mt. Katahdin and a graceful tribute to the memory of Dr. Kennedy who died in 1918. Williams initiated and carried through many editions the Club Book of the New England Botanical Club, taking no slight care that it should have all the trim neatness and excellent typography of similar records put out by fashionable social organizations. Іп this, as in many other respects, he firmly insisted that natural science should carefully maintain its dignity. Early in his botanical activities he became cordially interested in the affairs of the Gray Herbarium. He accepted membership in its first Visiting Committee, chosen in 1897, and was promptly selected as its secretary. His membership on this Committee continued to his death. To his stimulating influence and repeated liberality the establishment is deeply indebted. June 7, 1904 he married Blanche Emily Wheeler (daughter of George Francis and Alice [Rattray] Wheeler of Concord, Massachusetts), a graduate of Smith College, who was then connected with The Mary C. Wheeler School for young ladies in Providence. She had devoted much attention to classical archeology and had personally taken part in notable excavations in the island of Crete. After their marriage Mr. and Mrs. Williams for some years made their home in a fine old house on Beacon Hill in Boston. In 1909 they moved to Cambridge where at first they occupied a house with 16 Rhodora [JANUARY somewhat extensive grounds. Here Emile had opportunities to try the joys of gardening. In this, as in his other recreations, he showed skill which quickly won the admiration of his friends and neighbors. At a later period they moved to a house which they had purchased in one of the pleasantest parts of Old Cambridge not far from Brattle Street and had remodeled in accord with their tastes and needs. Each of their homes was the scene of delightful hospitalities. Williams was a loyal member of the St. Botolph Club. Не enjoyed its art exhibits, its unusually good library, and its pleasant social contacts; yet he frequented its rooms little in middle and later life. Notwithstanding his social disposition he did not care much for club life. His home, even in his bachelor days, was very perfectly appoint- ed. His books and collections gave occupation and entertainment to him far more interesting than bridge or other club diversions. He was also a member of the Ancient and Honorable Artillery Company, which he regarded with an amused tolerance, taking but rare part in its excursions and festivities. During their life in Cambridge, he and Mrs. Williams were valued members of the Cambridge branch of the American Folk-lore Society, sometimes contributing to its proceedings. By 1916 his herbarium had reached dimensions which rendered its care an undertaking beyond his available time and energies and he most generously gave it, with his botanical books and pamphlets, including many of the rarer local floras, to the Gray Herbarium, to which it brought a great many useful and highly valued accessions. The advent of the Great War suddenly threw almost insurmountable difficulties in the way of the importing business in which Emile and his cousin were engaged. Much of the orient, the source of their supplies, was rendered inaccessible. Arthur Williams, who had for some time been in ill health, died in 1919 and Emile, having reached an age when he desired relief from further cares, closed the business, much preferring that it should cease to exist rather than suffer the changes and almost inevitable deterioration threatened by altered conditions. Though already conscious of some premonitory symptoms which made it desirable for him to restrict his activities, he had habits of industry and he took up new interests. He and Mrs. Williams took an extended journey, crossing the continent and visiting the Canadian Rockies, Mt. Rainier, the Yosemite and other points of scenic or botanical interest. On his return, as will be remembered, Emile gave 1931] Robinson,—Emile Francis Williams 17 the Club a vivacious account of his wanderings and observations. Mr. and Mrs. Williams also spent several summers in European travel, chiefly in central and southern France. Here their familiar- ity with the language and quick sympathy with the people of the country enabled them to see and appreciate much that would inevit- ably escape all but the rarest tourists. As a result of these journeys, undertaken in part from consider- ations of health and including helpful sojourns at the baths of Royat near Clermont-Ferrand, Emile gathered a considerable mass of notes, records, and selected illustrations relating to the little visited but extremely picturesque and interesting places to which he and Mrs. Williams penetrated. In his last years he devoted himself to the assembling of these in book form. The resulting work, appropriately called “Undiscovered France,” is an imperial octavo of some three or four hundred pages in which a spirited account of the incidents of travel and charms of scenery is skilfully interwoven with the serious presentation of much that is illuminating regarding the history, popular customs, folk-lore, art and architecture of the regions visited. It is not only well written, it is copiously and artistically illustrated. In the vigor of its style there is nothing to suggest that its author was in declining health. Un- doubtedly Emile’s professional training as an engineer and his long experience with objects of oriental art had given him exceptional powers of observation and judgment both as to architecture and interior decoration. Happily he was able to carry the work through press and see it in completed form. It was well received and has been the subject of much favorable comment. Perhaps nowhere has it been more keen- ly appreciated than in the very regions with which it deals, and Mrs. Williams on subsequently visiting some of these places received many touching evidences of the affectionate regard in which her husband was held by the people whose country he had so cleverly and sym- pathetically pictured. Of the services which formed the serious undertakings of the life we have been considering, it may be said in brief summary that Wil- liams, in filial loyalty, cheerfully gave up the profession for which he had spent his youth in preparation, and devoted more than ten years to his father’s assistance, that he then in conjunction with his cousin substantially aided the commerce of his city by building up and for 18 Rhodora [JANUARY some thirty years carrying on a business enterprise that became prob- ably the best of its kind in the country, that he developed one of the finest amateur herbaria in America, that he gave much thought and untold hours to the aid of botany, helping to found and conduct the New England Botanical Club, notably assisting its journal and gener- ously aiding in important ways the Gray Herbarium, and that final- ly in his elderly years he prepared an illuminating contribution to the literature of travel,—truly an impressive aggregate of accomplishment. Regarding the subjective side of his life, we may confidently infer that it was a very happy one. Beyond the ability of most human beings he found the world “full of a number of things "—of things charming to hear, delightful to see, delicious to eat, of things fasci- nating to study and to collect, of friends to cheer and of enterprises to aid. Never seeming to hurry, always ready for sociability, he filled his life with an amazing richness of diverse interests, each skil- fully pursued to results of value. THE FORMATION OF PEAT RIDGES ON THE SHORES OF MUSKEG LAKES IN NORTHERN ALBERTA! Носн М. RAUP ‘Tne shores of certain lakes іп the central part of the Mackenzie ' River basin show series of peat ridges parallel to the water’s edge. They have been observed and studied by the writer in the basin of Moose Lake (“Eight Lake" on the most recent maps’), approximately in latitude 59° 35’, longitude 113°. Тһе lakes on which they were seen are shallow and have very gently sloping, marshy shores. Some have only one ridge, one to two feet high, while others show several, of similar height, extending at intervals back from the water. These do not occur continuously, but in broken lines, more accentuated jn some places than in others. The diagrams, Fic. 1, and the photograph, Ес. 2, show the general arrangement of the vegetation on the shores. The primary species are noted, and the details will be only summarized here. The associa- tions of emergent aquatics are of four or five kinds. The ones inhab- 1 Published during the tenure of a National Research Fellowship in the Biological Sciences, and by permission of the Director, National Museum of Canada. ? Dept. of the Interior of Canada, Topographical Surv., National Topographic Series, Sheet No. 84 P. (Peace Point) July, 1929. 1981] Raup,—Formation of Peat Ridges on Shores of Muskeg Lakes 19 iting the deeper water, dominated by Potamogeton praelongus and Nymphozanthus variegatus (Nymphaea variegata), are either nearly pure stands of these species, extended over wide zones, or contain only a few secondary species which are not conspicuous. The growth is not a dense one, being easily penetrated with boats. The only approach to a denser growth in the deeper water occurs with the insertion of the fifth type on some very shallow and protected shores. Here Fluminea festucacea and Carex trichocarpa var. aristata make close, nearly pure stands. In shallower water, about one and one-half feet deep, and always a few yards off-shore, there is a comparatively narrow association of which Scirpus validus is dominant, making a thick, nearly impene- trable stand. There are frequent openings in this zone, so that it is not continuous along the shore. It is characterized by a larger number of secondary species than is shown by the associations described above: Utricularia vulgaris, U. minor, Potamogeton Richardsonii, Р. zosteri- folius, P. Friesii, P. pusillus, Myriophyllum exalbescens, Sparganium sp. (floating seedling), a floating moss, Hypnum sp., and an abundant plankton. The bottom is of decaying vegetation, through which it is possible to thrust a stick to a depth of about one and one-half feet to a solid substratum. The shallow area between the Scirpus and the actual shore line is comparatively open water. Patches of Myriophyllum | exalbescens make the commonest vegetation. Where a peat ridge rises abruptly at the edge of the water it has a plant cover dominated by Salix planifolia, S. myrtillifolia, and Calamagrostis inexpansa. Otherwise there is usually a Typha latifolia association of very dense growth followed by one in which Carex diandra is the most important species. The latter zone is very wet, having considerable standing water between the sedge tussocks. Farther back from the shore line there is drier ground, and colonizing Calamagrostis inexpansa, Salix plani- folia, and S. myrtillifolia, with an association which, under normal conditions, passes to a Picea canadensis forest on still higher ground. Where shore drainage is less complete, a Picea mariana-Ledum groenlandicum muskeg is developed instead of the Picea canadensis forest. Peat ridges observed on these shores develop a mixed type of vegetation, as shown in Ес. 1. Salix myrtillifolia, Picea mariana, Larix laricina, and Calamagrostis inexpansa are the primary species. The ridges, whatever their vegetation, are separated from each other Marshy Shore with Fealy Mage al Shore-tine. / ener —— ! үт” «бл | Nymphaea l seas туглддЯуут] | saha- ' | (еи | ^^ ong “5 | variegata s | | | | E | | | : Alemogglen | ym, ag lse m Шет | T; о diandra- - | aretha, "j 7 а ota | “ке | А " e "Cape Ms | 2% МА зеет ей Ета. 1. Sections of the vegetation and peat ridge formations оп the shore of Moose Lake, Aug. 1929. м Fie. 2. Aerial photograph of Seven Lake, showing the zonation of the vegetation on its shores. (Reproduced through the courtesy of the Director of Civil Aviation, Department of National Defense, Ottawa, Canada.) 1931) Raup,—Formation of Peat Ridges on Shores of Muskeg Lakes 21 or from more mesophytic associations by marshy, sedge or Equisetum zones. | From the above brief discussion it is evident that there are only two places in the shore zonation where there are particularly abundant sources of peat. These are in the Scirpus and Typha associations, where there is either a very dense growth of the primary species, alone or with an abundant stand of secondary species. It should be noted that these associations are in comparatively narrow, roughly parallel, discontinuous lines, separated by shallow water containing a scant vegetation. During the retreat of the Pleistocene ice from the Athabasca- Great Slave Lake basin, a series of lakes, dammed by the ice front, formed in the major river valleys." When the water stood at about the 1100-foot level the Moose Lake basin was entirely beneath the surface, and terminal moraines were forming at the ice front to the east. With the further retreat of the ice, and the opening of the lower Mackenzie drainage, the water was lowered to about the 800- foot level. Тһе terminal moraines above mentioned, with others of the same age or older lying south of Moose Lake, appear to have held back a part of the former lake in the depression now occupied by Moose and Bog Lakes and many other unnamed bodies of water. The western boundary of this lake was on the eastern slope of the Caribou Mountains, while its northern extent is not ascertained. How long it lasted cannot be measured with present knowledge, but its age as a large lake was determined by the length of time required by its main drainage streams, the Little Buffalo and Jackfish Rivers, flowing to Great Slave Lake and Peace River, respectively, to cut through the morainic barriers that dammed them. That this process of the lowering of the water level has been carried on until very recent time, and is probably still in progress is shown by the writer's observations and by those of Camsell? The latter, in describing a muskeg area near Moose Lake, wrote, “Judging by the shells on the muskeg, the whole must have been covered with water at no very remote period;" and again, referring to Bog, or Thul-tue, ! For a discussion of these post-glacial lakes and their relations to the distribution of the vegetation see: Cameron, A. E. Post-Glacial Lakes in the Mackenzie River Basin, Northwest Territories, Canada. Journ. of Geol. xxx. 337 (1922). Каир, Hugh M. The Distribution and Affinities of the Vegetation of the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region. Ruovora, xxxii. (1930). 4 2 Camsell, Charles. The Region Southwest of Fort Smith, Slave River, N. W. T. Geol, Surv. Can., Ann. Rept. xv. 156A and 163A (1903). 22 Rhodora [JANUARY Lake, “At one time the lake probably extended over all the river valley as far down as the last mentioned rapids, for the whole of this part lies in a well defined valley and is still very wet and marshy and covered with swamp grass and willows . . . . . The deepening of the channel at these rapids, however, caused the water to drain off, lowering the lake to its present level and shore line.” On the western slopes of the Nini-sheth Hills, a part of the moraine lying northeast of Moose Lake, there are faint indications of abandoned sandy beaches which marked the shore of the ancient lake. An old portage trail from the Little Buffalo River to Moose Lake does not reach the lake shore by several hundred yards, approaching nearest it at the bottom of a deep bay which is now nearly filled with a wet slough vegetation. This was a summer trail, and from its appearance has been long in disuse. The cuttings are very old ones and there are long discarded remains of birch bark canoes about the lake shore. It is probable that the trail has not been used in summer for many years, and that since its use the lake has experienced a permanent fall of one or two feet in water level, with the growth of a wide marsh between the present shore and the old landings. If the present condition had existed when the trail was formerly used, the Indians would undoubt- edly have made their landing on a point at the north of the embay- ment, which it is now necessary to do. Such a drop in the level of the lake, occurring on the shores pre- viously described, would expose for the acquisition of a new plant cover the peaty accumulations in the Scirpus and Typha associations. Occurring as ridges, these would have fairly good drainage and would soon develop the semi-mesophytic vegetation of Salix and Calama- grostis with their secondary associates, or, in muskeg surroundings, a combination of these with Picea mariana and Larix. The present open, shallow water associations between the ridges would become Carex diandra zones, involving in some situations C. aquatilis, C. rostrata, and Equisetum limosum. Causes for the formation of the peat ridges, therefore, appear to be in the selection of certain definite zones of the shore habitat by Scirpus validus, Typha latifolia, and their associates, with the consequent differential accumulation of vegetable remains, and in the recent lowering of the level of the lake to expose the ridges thus formed. Lewis, Dowding, and Moss have described with considerable detail the arrangement of Larix and Betula glandulosa on ridges which occur 1931] | Fernald,—Scorpus pumilus in the Rocky Mountains 23 at muskeg margins in central Alberta. They suggest that these ridges may have been formed partly by the lowering of the water level in the bog, and partly by the greater accumulation of peat on the ridges due to a richer growth of vegetation. It may be that the initial stage of this condition was similar to that now existing in the more recently developing muskegs of the Moose Lake basin. GRAY HERBARIUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. SCIRPUS PUMILUS IN THE Rocky Mounrarns.—One of the most localized sedges of North America is the little species, Scirpus pumilus Vahl (1806) or S. alpinus Schleicher (1828), which was recently found on the Mingan Islands and Anticosti by Victorin and Rolland. In a most interesting discussion of its occurrence there Bro. Victorin? cites in America, besides the stations on the Gulf of St. Lawrence, only an old specimen of Hall & Harbour from an unidentified locality in the Rocky Mountains. In examining the sheets in the Gray Herbarium in the covers of Eleocharis pauciflora (Lightf.) Link or Seirpus pauci- florus Lightf. I find two collections of characteristic S. pumilus from comparatively low altitudes in the Canadian Rocky Mountains. One, distributed as S. pauciflorus, is in splendid condition and the essential data on the label are: marsh, Devil's Lake, Banff, Alberta, alt. 4600 ft., July 5, 1907, Butters & Holway, no. 50; the other, an over-ripe series, came from the herbarium of the late C. F. Wheeler and had been correctly identified by him: from Laggan, British Columbia, August 23, 1902, alt. 5000 ft., no. 1057 (collector not stated). Still another Rocky Mountain station, not cited in the recent discussion of the plant, was recorded in 1892 by Dr. Britton. Besides the Hall & Harbour collection Britton cited one from * Morley, British Columbia, Rocky Mountains (Macoun, 44).'? The Banff and Laggan stations, supplementing that at Morley, suggest that search in herbaria may show that Scirpus pumilus has an extensive range in ! Lewis, F. J., Dowding, E. S., and Moss, E. H. The Vegetation of Alberta II. The Swamp, Moor, and Bog Forest Vegetation of Central Alberta. Journ. of Ecol. xvi. 31-35, Pls. iii. and iv., Fig. 2 (1928). s ? Victorin, Additions aux Cypéracées de l' Amerique du Nord. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. ser. 3, xxiii. pt. 2, sect. V. 253—reprinted as Contrib. Lab. Bot. Univ. Montr. No. 15: 253 (1929). : * Britton, Trans, N. Y. Acad. Sci. xi. 75—reprinted as Contrib. Herb. Columbia Coll. no. 26: 2 (1892). This record presumably was the basis of the inclusion of the species in Rydberg, Fl. Rocky Mts. 109 (1917). 24 Rhodora [JANUARY the northern Rocky Mountains. Farther southwest, it is found in the Sierra Nevada of California.'—M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium. INTERNATIONAL BOTANICAL ADDRESS Book.—At the Fifth Inter- national Botanical Congress at Cambridge, England, it was voted to prepare and publish an international address book of botanists. The Committee in charge of the project is Professor L. Diels, Director of the Botanic Gardens, Berlin-Dahlem, Dr. E. D. Merrill, Director of the New York Botanical Garden, and Dr. T. F. Chipp, Assistant Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. АП botanists desirous of inclusion in the Address Book should prepare at once the proper entries on a card 3 X 5 inches and modeled after the specimen below: | Name and initials: Gleason, H. A. | | | Professional qualifications: M. A., Ph. D. | Office: Curator | | Address: N. Y. Botanical Gar- den, Bronx Park, NX | Special interests: Taxonomy; Flora of | tropical South | Атпегіса | | | | | The cards should be immediately forwarded to the appropriate member of the Committee: in America, Dr. E. D. MERRILL, N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. Volume 32, no. 384, including pages 259 to 299 and title-page of the volume, was issued 18 December, 1930. 1 Abrams, Ill. Fl. Pacific States, i. 272 (1923). ( { Г\СУ 1 ATE: ( КУД I Hovova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY Ansaita tors LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Vol. 33. February, 1931. No. 386. CONTENTS: Specific Segregations and Identities in some Floras of Eastern North America and the Old World. М. L. Fernald............. 25 White-flowered Form of Aster amethystinus. Е. И/. Ветіз........ 63 Carex Bebbii in eastern Massachusetts. 5. F. Blake............. 63 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (ifavailable) 20cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. ” Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A‘work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other е of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 рег 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 in. by 8-2 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.60. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 33. February, 1931. No. 386. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.—NO. XCIII SPECIFIC SEGREGATIONS AND IDENTITIES IN SOME FLORAS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA AND THE OLD WORLD! M. L. FERNALD (Plate 204) I HAVE assumed that I am expected to base my discussion primar- ily on some features of phytogeography which I have personally ex- amined, rather than to attempt extensive generalizations concerning floras with which I am absolutely unfamiliar. Granted this assump- tion, I must start with a consideration of problems centering on a limited area of eastern North America, the region of the Atlantic slope extending from the Labrador Peninsula to the Atlantic States and the Mississippi Valley (map 1). This district, however, is suffi- ciently extensive clearly to exhibit large areas which, since the dawn of Angiosperms, have had quite different physiographic and floristic histories. Viewed from the standpoint of availability for occupation by flower- ing plants, the oldest large section of the region is the southern half of the Appalachian Upland, extending from central New York to northern Georgia and northern Alabama, and west of the Mississippi represented by the Ozark Plateau. Never, since it was first occupied 1 Originally announced under the above title for the joint Discussion on Geographical Distribution and its Relation to the Concept of Species of Sections E (Phytogeography and Ecology) and T (Taxonomy and Nomenclature) but, at the invitation of the Executive Committee, expanded and presented (under an abbreviated title) in the General Programme of the Fifth International Botanical Congress at Cambridge, England, Thursday evening, August 21, 1930. 26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Y Y % m Exposed since the close ОР the Paleozoic. ШІ Exposed since the close of the Cretaceous. Exposed since the close of c the Tertiary. gl Nunatak areas wholly or partly exposed during Pleistocene. Exposed after disappeerance — of Pleistocene ice. Coastal plin areas exposed Î during the Quaternary Existing glacial fields, Map 1, Periods of Availability for Plant-Occupation of Eastern North America since the Paleozoic. 1931) Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 27 by Angiosperms, has the Appalachian Upland of the United States (and Canada) been invaded by seas; and, except for its northern ex- tension, it lies wholly south of the limits of the Pleistocene glaciation. During the Cretaceous, while this southern half of the Appalachian region was covered by land-vegetation, the lower marginal country, east, south and far to the west and northwest, was submerged under the Cretaceous seas. In the Tertiary, likewise, much of the low-lying Coastal Plain was again covered by shallow seas; and, furthermore, the outer margin of the Coastal Plain is often of very modern or Quaternary origin. North of the southern Appalachians and extending north to north- ern Labrador and the subarctic and arctic continental coast is the area which was covered by Pleistocene ice, the last advance of which, the Wisconsin, is estimated to have begun its frontal decay only 25,000-30,000 years ago, while the northern limit of this advance in eastern America is represented by the living glacial field of eastern Baf- fin Island and the almost continental ice-cap of Greenland. Although the Wisconsin or most recent continental ice-sheet in the median latitudes of North America and its confluent valley-glaciers together denuded or modified a vast area, there are several nunatak areas known, where the last glaciers did not develop or where their work was so restricted as to leave essentially undisturbed some regions of mountains, high plateaus and precipitous headlands and, іп the famous “driftless area” of Wisconsin, Illinois, Iowa and Minnesota, even of prairie. In the area we are specially considering the most notable of these nuna- taks! or regions unglaciated or only slightly denuded by the last con- tinental ice-sheet are the Torngat Mountains, just south of the eastern entrance to Hudson Strait, large areas of Newfoundland, especially centering on the Long Range near the West Coast, the eastern half of the Gaspé Peninsula of Quebec, and some other smaller and iso- lated spots about the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Temperate eastern North America has, then, an extensive area (the ` southern Appalachian Upland) in which land-plants have had an opportunity to spread since the advent of Angiosperms; others (limit- ed portions of the inner Coastal Plain and much of the central plain of the United States) where living floras could have taken possession only after the withdrawal of the Cretaceous seas; others (much of the 1 For enumeration and discussion of these areas see Fernald, Persistence of Plants in Unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, Mem. Amer. Acad. xv. No. III. (Mem. Gray Herb. ii.) 295-317 (1925). 28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plains) unavailable to land-plants until the tipping off of the Eocene and the Miocene waters; others (the nunatak areas) which apparently retained their present distinctive floras through at least the last glaciation; still another, the largest of all, the vast region of Canada and the Northern States which has become available for wholesale occupation by plants only since the decay of the Wisconsin ice, within the last few thousand years; al- most as young or in some regions even younger, scattered areas at the outer margin of the Coastal Plain, of very recent or Quatenary origin; and, youngest of all, the million or more square miles cleared and fundamentally altered by the white man during the last three cen- turies. These strongly contrasted periods of availability to plant-popula- tions of different eastern American areas are, of course, closely parallel- ed in other regions: for instance, in Europe, with the western third of the Iberian tableland uninvaded by the Cretaceous and the Tertiary seas which drowned much of the continent; others, like much of the Mediterranean basin, largely unavailable until the withdrawal of the Tertiary seas; and still others, such as southern Scandinavia, only : few thousand years removed from submergence under the Great Bal- tic Glacier. The distinctive floras which characterize the different physiographic areas of temperate eastern North America are very definite, and it is my purpose, in so far as time will allow, to direct attention to the different degrees of specific segregation shown, espe- cially by the amphigean or the world-wide genera in these different floras. In the ancient Appalachian Upland of the United States the out- standing phytogeographic feature is, of course, the great mesophytic forest of Mesozoic or early Cenozoic genera, many of them formerly found likewise in Europe, western America and the Arctic but now restricted to one or more areas of eastern North America, eastern, central or southwestern Asia! or the geologically ancient peninsulas of 1 The identity or close similarity of angiospermous genera of eastern Asia and east- ern North America was recognized as early as 1750 by Halen, a student of Linnaeus, who, in his thesis, Plantae Camschatcenses Rariores, pointed out (in § V) several such cases—see L. Amoen. Acad. ii. 336 (1751) This relationship has subsequently been frequently emphasized and many typical examples are well known. Consequently, only a few illustrations, perhaps less generally familiar, are here enumerated, Other cases are discussed in the following papers by myself: Тһе Geographic Affinities of the Vascular Floras of New England, the Maritime Provinces and Newfoundland, Am. Journ. Bot. v. 228 (1918); Isolation and Endemism in Northeastern American and their Relation to the Age-and-Area Hypothesis, Am. Journ, Bot. xi. 570 (1924); Тһе Antiquity and Dispersal of Vascular Plants, Quart. Rev. Biol. i. 222, 227, 229 (1926); Some Relationships of the Floras of the Northern Hemisphere, Proc. Intern. Congr. РІ. Sci. ii. 1489 (1929). Map 2, Geographic Range of ForuERGILLA; 3, of Kerra, and its American! Repre- sentative, Neviusra; 4, of BUCKLEYA; 5, of DipHYLLEIA. southeastern Europe: Fothergilla (мар 2)! with a few excessively rare species in the southern Appalachians and one on the wooded slopes of Kashmir and adjacent Afghanistan; Hamamelis, with wide-ranging eastern American species and localized Asiatic representatives; Mag- nolia, highly developed in both southeastern North America and south- eastern Asia; Neviusia (МАР 3), like an apetalous representative of the local Chinese Kerria? and known only from a very restricted station in the foothills of Alabama; Pachystima, Stewartia, Symplo- carpus, Рапах, Shortia, Phryma, Triosteum and scores and scores of others. It was this vast assemblage in the southern Appalachian 1 The world-maps used to show ranges of plants in this paper are made on Goode’s Homolographic Projection, published and copyrighted by the University of Chicago. ? Kerria japonica DC., in spite of its specific name, is endemic in China. 30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY region as well as the remarkable relics on the Coastal Plain of the United States which stimulated Guppy, congratulating American students upon the superabundance of these ancient types still living and picturing the emotions of a student appreciative of his oppor- tunity, to write: "In the woods around him were growing the Liquidambar, the Sassafras, and other shrubs and trees that had flourished in the Meso- zoic ages in the spot where he was standing. Their remains crowded the Cretaceous deposits exhibited in the cliffs near by. Specimens of the past and of the present were in his hands. "Though the differ- ence in kind was very slight. . . the difference in time, measured in hu- man lives, amounted to eternity. Itisastory of perpetuity rather than of change . . . He begins with the cosmopolitanism of such types in the Cretaceous age and he ends with their more restricted distri- bution and somewhat greater specialization now. . . . Those old genera become the genera of today; and the genera of today, though the genera of a thousand ages, are ‘but as yesterday’ in the history of flowering plants. ”! Not only, as Guppy so vividly stated, are these Appalachian genera of today the genera of a thousand ages; their species are also ancient and usually sharply differentiated. No one with good material would fail to distinguish the two or three local Japanese and Chinese species of Buckleya? from the famously rare American В. distichophylla Torr. (МАР 4), the latter American shrub parasitic оп the roots of Tsuga, the American Menispermum canadense L. from the Asiatic M. dauri- cum DC., the extremely local American Cladrastis lutea (Michx.) К. Koch from the Japanese С. platycarpa Mak. and the other Asiatic spe- cies; nor such herbs as the highly localized Appalachian Diphylleia cymosa Michx. (мар 5) from the less localized Asiatic D. Grayi Е. Schmidt, or the American Podophyllum peltatum L. from the Asiatic Р. emodi Wall. Such illustrations of this eastern Asiatic-eastern Ameri- can generic similarity but specific differentiation could be increased by hundreds but these must now suffice. Turning to genera, subgenera or sections shared by Appalachian America and eastern or southeastern continental Europe, we again get sharp specific differentiations: the Old World Platanus orientalis ! Guppy, Fossil Botany in the Western World: an Appreciation, Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 4, xlix. 372 (1920). 2 For memoranda on the Asiatic ranges of Buckleya and some other genera I am in- debted to the kindness of Dr. Handel-Mazzetti. 31 Fernald,—Specifie Segregations and Identities 1931] 'YHINYXO]() JO '8 ‘sIOHEO JO ‘L :saNviLviq Jo JULY ormjde13002r) ° 9 dew TEE EES 7Z poem 3 po 255 i Бан ойе ma Ta ` Чыр od [la мид, Sa) == ——MÁ— SS e/s” >to y] АРМИЯ si rjuapiose у 2” 4, C s 32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY L. (МАР 6) and the American Р. occidentalis L. (with some related trees farther west); the Appalachian Anemone lancifolia Pursh, which has generally been confused with the European A. trifolia L. but which differs! in constant details of the flowers; the Eurasian Cercis Siliqua- strum L. (MAP 7) and the American C. canadensis L., with other species in western North America and in central China; the common American genus Comandra (map 8) with a single Eurasian representative, the comparatively localized C. elegans (Rochel) Reichenb.; and so on through dozens of groups, the southeastern European and the eastern American species usually having western North American represent- atives as well. In the cases just cited the Appalachian and the Old World species are sharply distinguished, but there are a few (perhaps a dozen) cases of Angiosperms (and still more in the Pteridophytes) where the differentiation of species is not so complete, the eastern American and the Asiatic plants being considered by some systema- tists as recognizable species, by others as merely geographic varieties: such cases as Tovara virginiana (L.) Raf., Polygonum sagittatum L., Liriodendron Tulipifera 1..2 Phryma Leptostachya L. and Aruncus sylvester Kosteletz.; while in a few cases, such as Symplocarpus foetidus (L.) Nutt. and Monotropa uniflora L., search has failed to reveal even significant varietal differences. Admitting these very few exceptions (which will become significant when we have examined the historical relation of the mesophytic Alleghenian flora to the prevailingly xero- phytic and hydrophytic Coastal Plain groups), however, when the hundreds of species of Appalachian angiospermous genera are com- pared with their Old World representatives the general conclusion is 1 See Fernald, Ruopora, xxx. 184 (1928). ? There is a very general impression that Liriodendron is one of the most ancient of Dicotyledons and that its antiquity is demonstrated by its having occurred in Greenland during the Cretaceous. The error involved has been well summarized by Seward: “ Among the numerous species of Dicotyledons are some which it bas been customary to refer to the genus Liriodendron, now represented by the Tulip-tree of North America and China. A recent examination of specimens [from Greenland] of these simple, emarginate 'leaves' has convinced me that they are the leaflets of a com- pound leaf, a conclusion which had previously been reached by some other palaeo- botanists who have examined specimens from North American and European Creta- ceous rocks. Ina recently published book on ‘Tree Ancestors,’ the American palaeo- botanist, Mn. E. W. BERRY, speaks of the occurrence of Liriodendron in Greenland, but I venture to think that there is no satisfactory evidence in support of this statement. Though it is not possible from the available material to refer the leaflets to any one recent genus with complete confidence, the probability is that they belong to compound leaves of a plant closely allied to some existing species of Dalbergia or possibly Pterocar- pus, genera with a wide geographical distribution in the tropics and both occupying a similar position in the Leguminosae. "—GSeward, Arctic Vegetation Past and Present, Journ. Royal Hort. Soc. l. pt. 1: 15 (1925). 1931] Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 33 apparent: that in nearly all groups the species of the Western Hemi- sphere are completely segregated from those of the Eastern; that we here have stable or essentially stable specific entities. Descending to the broad outer Coastal Plain of Atlantic North America, the region of silicious and acid peaty soils of Tertiary or later origin, we come to a change in the flora so striking as immedi- ately to challenge attention; for, whereas the distinctive non-endemic genera of the southern Appalachian region are those shared with tem- perate eastern and central Asia or with southern or eastern Europe, the Old World elements in the indigenous Coastal Plain flora of At- lantic North America are prevailingly the groups with wide tropical and subtropical range, the families, tribes, genera and sections shared by the Americas with tropical and subtropical Africa, tropical and subtropical Asia, and Australia but for the most part unknown in temperate Europe and largely unrepresented in temperate Asia. For instance, if I may be permitted to leave for a moment the Angio- sperms and to draw an illustration from the Pteridophytes, the an- cient genus Schizaca (MAP 9), with 20-25 species confined to the South- ern Hemisphere and the Tropics, in the Old World unknown north of Madagascar, the Seychelles, India and the Philippines; in the New World wanting north of tropical Mexico and subtropical Florida, - but with the single famous exception, Schizaca pusilla Pursh. This solitary northern species was long supposed to be restricted to a lim- ited area of the northern Coastal Plain, in New Jersey, but we now know that the regions of its wide-spread abundance are the peats of more northern Nova Scotia and still more northern Newfoundland; S. pusilla on the latter island being a typical species both of the high- est unglaciated tablelands and of the lower regions recently covered by Wisconsin ice. Very similar tropical or austral relationships are shown by the majority of non-endemic genera and tribes of Angio- sperms (and especially of Monocotyledons) on the Atlantic Coastal Plain: the Haemadoraceae (MAP 10) restricted to Australia, South Africa, tropical America and the Atlantic Coastal Plain north to Massachusetts; the tribe Conostylideae (MAP 11) of the Amaryllidaceae with 50 species in southwestern Australia, 1 in South Africa and 2 in eastern North America, the American species both excessively local but one of them extending north to Nova Scotia; the Xyridaceae (мар 12) confined to the Southern Hemisphere and the Tropics ex- cept for an extension northward along the eastern margin of North [FEBRUARY Rhodora 94 ""Yuovuoavkavg ƏY} JO ‘OT :әѕацә ur улліѕла "S 'vavziHog JO esuey omnjdei809r) ‘6 den B-— Hi Fd —« /; / эоээолортошәт Жин ЖШ IES Î E жала E | | | Pp | | od og agg * NL жаттық MES we а — пиала. ш “- ps = | ! | | | | | j | | / / | | / / E ICH йе INNEN BERUF M.) ОЛЫП ЖЕКЕ” Д / / / Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 35 1931] ‘av AOV GIHA X OY} JO ‘ZI 18v 4q411A180NO() OQLLL ‘AVAOVATTITAUVNY әцӯ Jo osuey orqde12007) ‘TT dew VS {4 ! 4 EAM: 7 7 (pa maso) TE əvəzvpiahy BAIE PEUN ілуде one 7 avapi(Ajseuo 2 qi[ ж — cd / -f j E f nan 1 is / 36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY America quite to latitude 50° in Newfoundland, with a slight isolation inland in the north about the Great Lakes and an area of disrupted colonies (of X. torta Sm.) on the 4000-foot silicious tablelands of the southern Appalachians; and so on with prevailingly tropical or aus- tral groups like Lophotocarpus, Eriocaulon, H урозіз, Drosera (MAP 28), Galactia, Lilacopsis, the Pontederiaceae, Burmanniaceae, Podostemaceae and hundreds of other groups. Although the eastern American representatives of the tropical and austral groups are there now concentrated on the soils of Tertiary, Quaternary or even Pleistocene origin, they are by no means restrict- ed to the comparatively youthful areas. Here and there along the ancient tableland-crests of the Appalachian system, wherever the primitive, open xerophytic or hydrophytie conditions prevail and where the denuding action of the Pleistocene ice was not too severe, we are learning to expect rare and highly localized members of the so- called Coastal Plain flora, like Xyris torta (МАР 31) just referred to. Through Mesozoic time the Appalachian Mountains of the, present day did not exist as mountains but, as Berkey succinctly puts it, “The continent stood much lower than now. Portions that are now mountain tops and the crests of ridges were then constituent parts of the rock floor of the peneplain not much above sea level. . . . Such conditions prevailed over a very large region—certainly all of the eastern portion of the United States." The following, from among the very numerous corroborative statements, are representative of the consensus of geological opinion. "Jurassic time throughout the greater part of North America was one of erosion. . . . This ero- sion cycle brought about the final transformation from the old topo- graphic expression of high Appalachian . . . mountains to a nearly base-leveled land.'? “Once more there was prolonged quiet. The fault-block mountains were persistently attacked by the erosive agents and were reduced [in early Cretaceous], like their Appalachian pre- decessors, to an almost plane surface, close to sea-level.”? “It is known as the ‘Cretaceous Peneplain,’ because of its best development during the Cretaceous period. This vast plain extended over the areas of the Appalachian Mountains, Piedmont Plateau, all of New York state, the Berkshire Hills, and the Green and [the] White Mountains. The Cretaceous period was closed in eastern North America 1 Berkey, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. no. 146: 67 (1911). *Schuchert, Historical Geol. 846 (1915). 3 Daly, Our Mobile Earth, 297 (1926). 1931] Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 37 by a disturbance which produced an upwarp of this vast Cretaceous peneplain with maximum uplift of from 2000 to 3000 feet . . . to pro- duce a broad dome sloping eastward and westward, and northward to the Gulf of St. Lawrence and southward to the Gulf of Mexico. ”! And studies by the geologists farther north clearly indicate that the peneplained or baseleveled condition of the ancient mountain-axes ex- tended at least to Newfoundland and apparently to northern Labrador, if not beyond. For example, Alcock, reporting on the Shickshock Mountains of Gaspé, famous, like the tablelands of western New- foundland, for having stood undisturbed above the local ice-sheets of the Pleistocene,? says: “Gaspé peninsula . . . is a region of Appa- lachian structure, . . . The interior of the peninsula is a plateau dissected by deep valleys . . . The most striking feature is, prob- ably, the mature character of the upland topography . . . the sky- line is comparatively even in all directions. . . . Gaspé peninsula, therefore, is a region which must have been base-leveled and, later, uplifted and dissected. . . . А youthful topography, represented by these steep-walled valleys, is superimposed upon the old age topog- raphy of the upland surface."? Similarly, Twenhofel, whose inti- mate knowledge of the physiography of the region is unequaled, says: “То one approaching Newfoundland from Sidney [Cape Breton] . . . , the most impressive feature is the high flat-topped upland, here ris- ing almost vertically from the sea. . . . If Newfoundland be ob- served from the Labrador side, one feature will attract and maintain the attention: the flat-topped upland, standing boldly and prom- inently in view. . . . The sky line of the Long Range is strik- ingly horizontal and the appearance of an equal height in all its parts is not a fiction resulting from a distant view, for it remains the same near as well as far. . . . Тһе accordance of the summit levels of the highlands, . . . the presence of well preserved flat-topped moun- tains at many localities with the projected plane of their summits ! Miller, Historical Geol. ed. 3: 278, 279 (1928). 2 “Тһеге is no evidence that glaciers worked on the highest parts of the Shickshock mountains'—Coleman, Physiography and Glacial Geology of Gaspé Peninsula, Que- bec, Can. Dept. Mines, Geol. Surv. Bull. 34 (1922); “Тһе Shickshock Mountains, though occupied by local glaciers during the Pleistocene, escaped the erosion of the continental ice sheets." —Alcock, Across Gaspé, Geogr. Rev. xiv. 208 (1924); “the southern part of the Long Range . . . seems to have remained as an area free from ice оп which pre-glacial plants could survive.'—Coleman, The Pleistocene of New- foundland, Journ. Geol. xxxiv. 220 (1926). 3 Alcock, Geology of Lemieur Township, Gaspé County, Quebec, Geol. Surv. Can. Summ. Rep. 1921, Pt. D, 76, 77 (1922). 38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY truncating all kinds of structure and rock, . . : these are considered evidence of the present dissection, but one time perfection of a pene- plain, a plain of erosion of remarkable perfection extending over the whole of Newfoundland. ... . On this ancient plain the rivers were free to wander where they would, . . . . They probably crossed the site of the present mountain ranges and, when the land arose, each stream struggled to maintain its position. . . . In the eastern United States throughout the Appalachians, the existence of an extensive peneplain, completed before the end of Cretaceous time, is now universally admitted and with this base level that of Newfound- land is tentatively correlated, and the period of development and close of the cycle assumed to be the same."! Beginning with the close of the Cretaceous and continuing, with minor interruptions, through Tertiary time this floor of ancient Appalachian rock, only slightly above sea-level, was gradually uplifted and deeply weath- ered and sculptured to produce the Appalachian Upland of today; and as the upwarping of the older land progressed the marginal region, which had been overlapped by the shallow "Tertiary seas, was also elevated, tipping off the Tertiary waters and extending the emerging continent a full 100 miles (160 kilometers) eastward to the margin of the now submerged continental shelf. ‘The American geol- ogist, Miller, thus puts the matter: “The uplift of the great Creta- ceous peneplain was an event of prime importance for the eastern United States, because it literally furnishes us with the beginning of the history of most of the existing relief features of the Appalachian district as well as New York and much of New England. Hence we assert, with emphasis, that all the principal topographic features of this region as we see them today date from the uplift of the Cretaceous peneplain, because they have been produced by the dissection of that upraised surface. This dissection was largely the work of erosion. All the valleys, great and small, such as the Champlain, Connecticut, Mohawk, Hudson, the Great Lakes valleys, and the valleys of the Appalachians, have been produced since the uplift of the peneplain. ”? In view of this well attested physiographic and ecological change of the Appalachian Upland, from a baseleveled or coastal-plain status, with sluggish drainage and innumerable shallow pools and boggy de- - ''Twenhofel, Physiography of Newfoundland, Am. Journ. Sci. ser, 4, xxxiii. 7, 18, and 19 (1912). ? Miller, Hist. Geol. ed. 3: 326-329 (1928). 1931] Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 39 pressions through much of the Cretaceous, to its present elevated and deeply dissected condition, it is certainly significant that in favor- .able habitats at different points on the now uplifted ancient peneplain we find relic-colonies of such tropical or austral genera as Schizaea, Lygodium, Stenophyllus, Eriocaulon, Xyris, Lobelia and that peculiar terrestrial group of Utricularia, sometimes treated as a genus, Stomois- ia, with 50 species in tropical Asia, Africa, Australia, eastern South America and eastern North America; and mingled with the typical lowland plants of tropical or austral affinity on the high Appalachian crests and tablelands we sometimes find similar relic-colonies of characteristic endemic American genera of the Atlantic Coastal Plain: Orontium, Xerophyllum, Helonias, Calopogon, Cleistes, Sarracenia, Hudsonia, Rhexia, Leiophyllum, Bartonia and numerous others. Schizaea pusilla of the Pine Barrens of New Jersey and of the peaty barrens of Nova Scotia and Newfoundland occurs, likewise, on the highest unglaciated tablelands (the uplifted Cretaceous peneplain so much enphasized above) of Newfoundland. My first experience with it was on the diorite tableland of the Blomidon Range, my published note reading: “Among the tufts of Scirpus caespitosus . . . was the famous little fern of the New Jersey Pine Barrens, Schizaea pusilla. . . . . Here at 2000 feet altitude it abounded over many acres, nestling in the bases of the Scirpus tussocks."! Fifteen years later the great student of Pleistocene geology, Coleman, visiting Blomidon, wrote: * From this [1,560 feet] to the highest point reached (1,700 feet) . . . there was no evidence of glaciation."? Lygodium palmatum (Bernh.) Sw., the only living member of this tropical genus now found on the Appalachian tablelands, has upland stations scattered from western New England to Tennessee; Eriocaulon septangulare With., Xyris montana Ries, Lobelia Dortmanna L. and Utricularia (Stomoisia) cor- nuta Michx. abound in pools on the tablelands of Newfoundland, there often associated with Schizaea pusilla; the Eriocaulon, Xyris, Utricularia and Lobelia also occurring, along with the Coastal Plain Lygodium palmatum, Orontium aquaticum L., Amianthium muscae- toxicum (Walt.) Gray, Aletris farinosa L. and Rhexia virginica L. on the tablelands of Pennsylvania? Xerophyllum asphodeloides (L.) Nutt. and Zigadenus leimanthoides Gray, ordinarily Coastal Plain plants, have long been known from the high tablelands of North 1Fernald, Ruopora, xiii. 133 (1911). ? Coleman, Journ. Geol. xxxiv. 210 (1926). з Porter, Flora of the Pocono Plateau, Ruopona, i. 183-185 (1899). 40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Carolina; Leiophyllum prostratum Loudon and L. Hugert (Small) К. Sch. are the Appalachian crest representatives of the Coastal Plain L. buzifolium (Berg.) Ell. Helonias bullata L., for nearly two centuries supposed to be endemic on the Coastal plain, was found! in 1909 on the mountains of western North Carolina; and Cleistes divaricata (L.) Ames (Pogonia divaricata R. Br.), also considered a typical species of the Coastal Plain, is well known from high tablelands of the southern Appalachians.? In fact, this relationship of the Coastal Plain and the Appalachian tablelands has long been known. Thus, іп 1879, Red- field, describing the Carolina mountain trip with Canby, Gray, Hyams and Sargent, wrote: “on the 12th was made the ascent of Table Rock, a most remarkable summit, belonging to the Blue Ridge system, pre- senting in one direction the tabular profile which gives it its name, and from another a sharp conical outline not unlike that of the Matter- horn. The botanists returned from it laden with plants, and it was curious to see among them so many of the species which are associated with the sandy barrens and swamps of southern New Jersey. 3 In some cases plants of Australian, Malayan and African affinity are now found in America almost wholly in the North, in the region which was largely under the Pleistocene ice. This most unlooked-for disruption of range is well illustrated by Potamogeton, sub $ Javanici (MAP 13), the group of dimorphic plants which Hagstróm considered the most primitive of pondweeds with floating leaves Тһе members of this primitive subsection occur locally in Australia, more generally from Java to Japan and Burma, on Madagascar and across southern and central Africa; but outside these tropical and subtropical areas of the Old World the Javanici are known only as two extremely rare specles, so rare that each new station is heralded as a notable range- extension, Potamogeton Vaseyi Robbins and P. lateralis Morong, con- fined to a limited region of the northeastern United States and ad- jacent Canada. A very similar disruption is displayed by Myrio- phyllum, § Tessaronia, the plants of Eumyriophyllum with four, instead of eight, stamens, plants of tropical and subtropical India, Madagascar and eastern North America, but with a slight representation also in Pacific North America. 1 House, Muhlenbergia, vi. 73 (1910). ? Gattinger, Tenn. Fl. 84 (1887); Small & Heller, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. iii, по. 1: 10 (1892); Kearney, Plant World, i. 35 (1897); Wherry, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. xviii. 213 (1928). з Redfield, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. vi. 335 (1879). 41 Specific Segregations апа Identities Fernald, 1981] ‘souxdsOIq JO ‘FI :10INVAVf § qus ‘Nora DOWVLOg Jo o8uey opjde1309r) “ет deyy D s | сол T d ait 2008; ш готи олор $ {ое | ` opto]. E m чш 42 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Whether the wide-ranging hcrbaceous angiospermous groups of the Atlantic region of North America were Mesozoic or early Cenozoic genera of the whole Northern Hemisphere, which have subsequently restricted their ranges principally to the Tropics, we cannot now absolutely demonstrate. As herbs they have left few if any fossils; but Carboniferous, Jurassic and Cretaceous members of the Schizae- aceae occurred in Europe and northern Asia, even in arctic Spitzbergen ;! and the ligneous and consequently easily fossilized genus Diospyros (MAP 14), which today has an essentially tropical distribution quite comparable with the present ranges of Schizaea, Lygodium, Potamo- geton, sub $ Javanici, Lophotocarpus, Xyris, Eriocaulon, the Burman- niaceae (MAP 18), the Droseraceae (MAP 28), the Halorrhagidaceae, tribe Halorrhageae (MAP 15) and hundreds of other groups (except that, unlike them, Diospyros is considered indigenous also from northern India to the Caucasus and the Black Sea), in mid-Creta- ceous covered practically the whole Northern Hemisphere, quite to the Arctic. Berry’s vivid account is to the point: “In that grand dis- play of dicotyledonous genera which during the mid-Cretaceous re- placed the old Mesozoic flora of ferns, cycads, and conifers and which appeared with such apparent suddenness at a number of points in the Northern Hemisphere, we find unmistakable evidence of the abund- ance and wide distribution of species of Diospyros. No less than 17 different forms have been described from the rocks of this age, and the localities where they have been found are scattered from Australia to Bohemia, Greenland, and Vancouver Island . . . . they seem to have been especially at home along the Cretaceous coast of the At- lantic and along the border of the Mediterranean Sea which extended northwestward from the Gulf of Mexico over much of our present Great Plains area.” In other words, their greatest display of Cre- taceous fossils is in the margin of the area covered by the Cretaceous seas, which then bordered the baseleveled land which in the Tertiary became uplifted and dissected to form the present Appalachian Up- land with its characteristic climax mesophytic forest. Very similarly, ligneous Nyssa (map 16), today with a disrupted range somewhat similar to that of Myriophyllum, § Tessaronia, formerly had a broad range across Eurasia and North America, reaching Spitzbergen and 1See Potonié in Engl. & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam. i.4 372 (1900); also Seward, A Study in Contrasts: The Present and Past Distribution of certain Ferns, Journ, Linn, Soc. xlvi. 233, 234 (1922). з Berry, Tree Ancestors, 257 (1923). 43 Specific Segregations and Identities Fernald, 1931] ‘увел у JO ‘OT :avabvHuuoT1vH әділ, ‘AaVaOVGIDVHUNOTVY 943 JO ZULY әгцФеляоәс) “ст dej ele АСЫ eB EILEEN / Ў 7 «—— PREY Бер нарын qu] ‘ava ovpibvysso/oy aa س “ 44 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Greenland. Again drawing upon Berry’s Tree Ancestors: “A large number of fossil forms of gums have been described . . . found in Upper Cretaceous deposits in Wyoming, Nebraska, Kansas, and Ala- bama. During the early Tertiary gums are extraordinarily abund- ant... . It is worthy of comment that all of the Upper Cretaceous and Eocene gums are North American or Arctic, . . . In the far north they occurred at that time in Alaska, Greenland and Spitzbergen. 71 This present restriction primarily to the Tropics of groups formerly wide-spread in the Arctic has been summarized by our President in a single sentence: “A study of ancient floras reveals the capacity of plants as travelers; many flowering plants, conifers, and ferns that are now confined, or almost confined, to the tropics of the southern hemi- sphere were in the Cretaceous and Tertiary periods represented by species widely spread over the northern hemisphere, passing far with- in the Arctic Circle." And all of us will call to mind groups, pre- vailingly tropical today, which are also characteristic of temperate Atlantic North America and which have a few northern representatives in Europe as well: Eriocaulon, Echinodorus, Fuirena, Fimbristylis, Mariscus (Cladium), Smilax, the Dioscoreaceae, Hibiscus and Ammania. A few species in eastern North America have today ranges quite comparable, except for minor details, with that of Schizaca pusilla, admittedly a relic from the boreal Cretaceous or earlier dispersal of its progenitors. This parallelism of range (on some of the Appala- chian plateaus, uplifted from their sea-level position of the Cretaceous, and on the Atlantic Coastal Plain or its margin, with few if any inter- mediate stations) is well shown by one of the most distinct and rarest of pondweeds, Potamogeton confervoides Reichenb. (PLATE 204; also MAP 33). This remarkable species has the free ligules and continuous spike of the comparatively advanced subgenus Eupotamogeton; it constitutes Hagstróm's subsection Monticoli of Eupotamogeton, but, as he has stated, it exhibits such primitive anatomical characters as to form a " transition to the [primitive] Coleogeton species" ? and in its delicate foliage, its branching, its creeping rhizome with subterranean tubers, and its long, terminal peduncle it so strongly simulates P. pectinatus L. (PLATE 204), P. filiformis Pers. and other species of the most primitive subgenus Coleogeton that only by the closest examin- 1 Berry, 1. c. 244. ? Seward, Journ. Royal Hort. Soc. l. pt. 1: 17 (1925). з Hagström, Critical Researches on the Potamogetons, Kungl, Svenska Vetenskaps- akad. Handl. Iv. No. 5: 86 (1916). `ЯҮЯОҮІММҮИНЛЯ 9) JO ‘ST ‘SƏY pue WANVINITOUVS илтаоаоохт JO әйпен orydeisoay ‘LT аву ШЛЕЗЕТ ШЕ KA E LG “i puo | |‏ 21ء Specific Segregations and Identities Fernald, 1931] 46 Rhodora [FEBRUARY ation can it be distinguished from them. It certainly is not a mere accident that today the obvious relic-species, Schizaca pusilla, on the uplifted Cretaceous peneplain of Newfoundland (and apparently also of Cape Breton) should there border the shallow pools in which the rare and demonstrably primitive Potamogeton confervoides is found; nor that these two, along with the equally rare and ancient Lyco- podium carolinianum L., should be close neighbors in that haven of relic-species, the Pine Barrens of New Jersey, for, surely, the amazingly disrupted austral occurrence (MAP 17)! of restricted colonies of L. carolinianum and its immediate allies? is good evi- dence, if evidence were needed, that that species (in the broad sense) is of great antiquity. It is also not a mere accident that, ex- cept for rare stations in the silicious Coastal area, P. confervoides should be known in Pennsylvania, New York and New England only in pools on or among the highest mountains (“Alleghany Mountains, ” sent by Schweinitz to Reichenbach; Pocono Plateau, Pennsylvania, where associated with the relic colonies of Coastal Plain types enumer- ated on p. 39; Adirondack Mts., New York; Taconic and Green Mts., Massachusetts and Vermont; White Mts., New Hampshire; Mt. Ka- tahdin, Maine). The present-day ranges of the tropical groups which are represented in temperate eastern North America closely coincide with the exist- ing continental and insular remnants of hypothetical Gondwana, the great equatorial land which, in the Permian, is supposed by some to have stretched from Australia and peninsular India to Africa and South America. But those who have reconstructed Gondwana Land (МАР 19)? tellus that, in Lower Cretaceous time Gondwana had become much disrupted and that by mid-Cretaceous (MAP 20) it had broken into remote Australia, Lemuria, Ethiopia, and Amazonia. Further- more, during the supposed existence of Gondwana that equatorial land has been pictured as having had no direct connection with the Atlantic United States, and subsequently (Maps 22-27)! the gap be- tween the southeastern United States and Brazil is said to have been 1 Doubtless a few tropical and austral stations have been overlooked, since most * Floras” omit the Pteridophyta. з Including L. drepanoides Blume, L. Drummondii Spring, L. goyozense and L, meri- dionale Underw. & Lloyd, L. paradoxum Spring, L. sarcocaulon Welw. and L. tubero- sum A. Br. * Map 19 is copied, with permission, from Schuchert, Hist. Geol. fig. 434 (New York. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.); map 20 from Schuchert's fig. 488. * Maps 22-27 are from Schuchert, Geological History of the Antillean Region, Bull. Geol Soc. Am. xl. 337-360 (1929). 1931] Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 47 ІШІ Positive = f; = / glaciation E Р, / =") Р Uncertain = F- 4 LM тты, z| glaciation Ё West} t 2 z i e reen wig 160° 140° 120° 100° Lj % 40° 20 0 20 “ 00° 80° 100° 120° 140° 160° 180° Map 19, the ХҮоніо in PERMIAN time (after Schuchert). LIT —— == ENS 2 eS БЕРИ = NN MIDDLE CRETACEOUS i 1 = : PALEOGEOGRAPHY i “ ш Li Шш 10* — 14 1207 100° 80° 60° 40° ГЛ v 20° 40° 22 80° 100° 190° 140° 160° 180° Map 20, the Wonrp іп Mrp-CnETACEOUS time (after Schuchert). 48 Rhodora [FEBRUARY el n 4 ` pater % E ry e - «атар е" UE ыы Map 21, the PERMIAN GLACIATION (after Coleman) Map 22 (lower left), Geographic Connections of the Antilles in the LOWER ORE- TACEOUS; 23 (middle left), in the Upper CRETACEOUS; 24 (upper left), in the early Eocene; 25 (lower right), in the Upper Eocene; 26 (middle right), in the OLIGOCENE; 27 (upper right), in the Miocene (all after Schuchert). 1931] Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 49 continuously maintained and often broadened. Consequently, Gon- dwana, as usually defined and whether a hypothetical or a demon- strated Permian land, need not necessarily concern our immediate problem. If, however, with Alphonse De Candolle and many other thoughtful students, we conceive the angiospermous groups of today as having lived in Jurassic time! or if, with Velenovsky, Mrs. Arber? and numerous others, we push the ancestral Angiosperms (the Pro- tangiosperms of Engler back beyond the Cretaceous, and also greatly extend the area of Gondwana in the Western Hemisphere to reach the southeastern United States, then that hypothetical equatorial land will immediately come into the picture. In this con- nection it is worth notingthat my associate, Dr. Hugh M. Raup, calls attention to the very striking fact, that hundreds of tropical and austral groups of today have restricted ranges almost coincident with the known areas of Permian or Permo-Carboniferous glaciation (see MAPS 21 and 19; also Maps 9-18). If, indeed, Angiosperms existed at that time and if youthful and aggressive groups then spread into newly available territory as do virile and dominating groups today, it would seem only natural that, with the decay of the Permian glaciers, the most aggressive plants of the adjacent territory should quickly have taken possession and that their descendents should still linger about their ancestral centers. By some the herbaceous habit is associated with cold climates, and many herbs (as well as shrubs and trees) undoubt- edly originated during the Pleistocene, while many others seem to be even more youthful; but, surely, many of the herbaceous species of today are as ancient as their living ligneous associates. And it is certainly significant that the greatest glaciation in the history of the world was the Permo-Carboniferous (мар 21).4 If it be true that the development of herbs has been largely a response to refrigerating climates, it must be apparent that, given the progenitor-stocks, herbs would had a phenomenal epoch of development during the Permo- Carboniferous glaciation. 1 ** De nos jours, Jes Smilacées sont mêlées aux Cycadées dans l'Afrique australe, la Nouvelle-Hollande et l'Inde. Existaient-elles déjà dans l'hémisphère austral, au Japon, au Mexique, etc., quand les terrains jurassiques se formaient en Europe? C'est extrémement probable; malheureusement on connait peu de fossiles de ces pays loin- tains, etles gé6ologues ne sont guére en état de certifier ce qui se passait dans une méme période d'années à des distances aussi grandes. "—4A. DC, Mon. Phan. i. 35 (1878). ? For summary of literature and pertinent discussion see Arber, Agnes, The Tree Habit in Angiosperms: its Origin and Meaning, New Phyt. xxvii. 71-84 (1929). з Engler, Natürl. Pflanzenf. ed 2, xiv“. 138-145 (1926). * Map 21 reproduced, with permission, from p. 91 of Coleman, Ice Ages Recent and Ancient (New York. Macmillan). 50 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Gondwana was, after all, only a hypothetical land. Originally re- constructed and subsequently greatly extended to account for the disrupted localities of now fossil species, it furnishes a sort of explan- ation of early tropical dispersal. But, at this very day, hundreds of living groups of Angiosperms (as well as many groups of Pterido- phytes) have a “Gondwana” or relic pantropical range. Neverthe- less, there is now no circum-tropical connection, such as is generally assumed for Permian time, between these areas of living plants; conse- quently, the hypothetical status of Gondwana becomes strikingly accentuated. Leaving these purely theoretical realms and returning to better demonstrated and, consequently, firmer geological and paleonto- logical grounds, we are at least justified in looking upon the present Atlantic North American representatives of prevailingly tropical groups as lineal descendents of plants which reached eastern North America out of the North at a time, during the Mesozoic and perhaps early Cenozoic, when the ancient rock-floor which now constitutes the Appalachian Upland was peneplained or near sea-level. With the Cretaceous seas (see MAP 20) occupying the north-and-south center of the present continent and its southern and southeastern margin and the Tertiary seas later invading much of the southern and eastern portion of the same area, the only section of present eastern contin- ental North America then continuously accessible to these plants was the ancient baseleveled Appalachian region with the Laurentian shield to the north and northwest. Then, as the later uplifting of the once peneplained Appalachian region progressed, making halts at intervals through Tertiary time, with the consequent deep dissection of the extensive plateau and its inevitable conversion from a low Cretaceous plain with retarded drainage into a vast upland mesophy- tic area, ready for occupation by the abundant mesophytie types of the climax forest which could now freely mingle between Asia, north- western America, eastern North America and Europe, the members of the tropical and subtropical groups (and with them many endemic groups) represented in eastern North America were largely forced (by drainage of the area and by invasion by the hoard of actively coloni- zing mesophytic types) to abandon their once congenial but now un- 1In this connection, the absence from Pacific North America of the bundreds of tropical and subtropical groups which linger on the Atlantic Coastal Plain is signifi- cant; during the Cretaceous eastern and western North America were completely isolated from each other (see мар 20). 1931] Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 51 congenial haunts on the Appalachian area and to move out to the newly available xerophytic and hydrophytic habitats, chiefly on the Coastal Plain (though in some instances west and northwest of the Appalachian axis), where the acid savannahs, bogs, shallow pools and dry sands supply the ecological conditions in which these descendents of Cretaceous and early Tertiary hydrophytes and xerophytes can still survive. In 1897, Dr. Т. Н. Kearney, directing attention to “ The Pine-bar- ren Flora in the East Tennessee Mountains," said: “One would hardly expect to find a large proportion of this flat country flora hidden among the high ridges of the Alleghanies; yet this is unmistakably the case. Especially along the picturesque French Broad river, . . . there is a notable incursion of plants usually considered typical of the coastal plain," and, after enumerating several such species, Kearney continued: "What are we to infer from the presence of these austro-riparian plants among the flora of northern origin that chiefly covers these mountains? Possibly they are the advance- guard of an invading army. Much more probably, however, they are the lingering survivals of a more southern flora, once widely dis- tributed over the southern Appalachian region." Three years later, developing the subject more fully and interpreting the migration to the Coastal Plain as a response to Pleistocene cold, Kearney? suggest- ed that *it may be conceived that while some individuals of each hy- pothetical Pliocene ancestral species maintained themselves in well- sheltered situations and were not forced [by Pleistocene cold] to a change of abode,’ others escaped the changing environment by a grad- ual retreat into the warmer lowlands. The individuals which remained in the mountains were the direct ancestors of the present Appalachian species; while those which migrated and later accustomed themselves ! Kearney, Plant World, i. 33-35 (1897). ? Kearney, The Lower Austral Element in the Flora of the Southern Appalachian Region, Science, ser. 2, xii. 830-842 (1900), especially p. 839. з The effect upon vegetation of ice-sheets hundreds of miles away was probably not so great as was formerly supposed. Witness the occurrence today of splendid forests on the glaciers of Alaska; and the occurrence at the ice-free margin of other- wise ice-capped Greenland of such plants of sea-level in the eastern United States as Woodsia ilvensis, Cystopteris fragilis, Equisetum sylvaticum, E. hiemale, Deschampsia flexuosa, Carex brunnescens, Streptopus amplexifolius, Corallorrhiza trifida, Stellaria borealis, Ranunculus Cymbalaria, R. reptans, Coptis groenlandica, Potentilla palustris, Viola Selkirkii, Epilobium angustifolium, Cornus canadensis, Pyrola secunda, An- dromeda glaucophylla, Vaccinium Oxycoccus, Menyanthes trifoliata, Utricularia intermedia and Linnaea borealis, var. americana; or the occurrence on tablelands of Newfoundland or Gaspé of members of chiefly tropical groups almost side-by-side with typical plants of Ellesmereland and Melville Island. 52 Rhodora [FEBRUARY in the Coastal Plain . . . gave rise to the Austro-riparian species that attract our attention today because of their close resemblance to Appalachian forms." In 1904 the late Professor Harshberger! sug- gested a similar derivation of some of the endemic North American plants of the Coastal Plain from the crests of the Alleghenies. Some- what later, Dr. Witmer Stone stated that “The flora at the top of Meadow Mountain, the summit of the Alleghenies [in Garrett County, Maryland], . . . was very much as in the pine barrens of New Jersey, and is quite likely a remnant of an early primitive flora such as we have there.” In 1924 Dr. John К. Small expressed the same view. The relic-genus Narthecium (or Abama) has one wide-ranging species in Europe, one or two highly localized species in the eastern Medi- terranean region, one in Japan, one in California and Oregon; and it has long been of great local interest in eastern America through №. americanum Ker., a famously rare plant of the very heart of the New Jersey Pine Darrens. But in 1919 a species closely related to N. amer- icanum was discovered at a single station in the mountains of North Carolina. In describing the mountain plant as Abama montana, Small said: “It is not surprising that a bog-asphodel should come to light in the mountains of North Carolina, as several kinds of plants otherwise known only in the pine-barrens of the middle Atlantic Coast- al Plain also grow in the Appalachians. . . . It is scarce, evidently rare, and may be on the verge of extinction. It may be that in this species we have one of the progenitors of the Abama of the Coastal Plain, for the high mountain region was the reservoir whence many of our Coastal Plain plants were derived. 3 The derivation of much of the flora of the youthful Coastal Plain of the United States from the ancient Appalachian Upland, which in the Cretaceous itself had a coastal-plain status, is strongly supported by the very striking condition in the Antillean and Mexican regions. As shown by Schuchert* (Maps 22-27), portions of the Greater Antilles (Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica, Porto Rico, etc.) have been in continuous ex- istence at least since the Lower Cretaceous and much of the time connected with the Central American and Mexican tablelands; but the Bahama Islands did not rise above the sea until the Miocene, ! Harshberger, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila. 1904: 607. ? Stone, as reported in Bartonia, No. 5: 16 (1912). з Small, Torreya, xxiv. 86 (1924). 4 Schuchert, Geological History of the Antillean Region, Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. xl. 337- 360 (1929), from which my maps 22-27 are photographed. 1931] Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 53 while all but the base of the Peninsula of Yucatan is even younger. It is, therefore, significant, when we check the living floras of the Bahamas! and of Yucatan,’ to find that on these very youthful areas, which are far isolated from more ancient upland centers, there are no species of Schizaea (MAP 9), the Haemadoraccac (MAP 10), the Xyrid- aceae (MAP 12) and Lycopodiaceae (see MAP 17); but that on the older Greater Antilles and the old Mexican or Central American Plateaus or their margins these groups of the young Coastal Plain of the United States are all represented. Ancient Diospyros (MAP 14), also, is on the Greater Antilles but, although locally present in Yucatan, it is absent, as a native, from the Bahamas. Many other tropical or austral groups which today have a northern remnant persisting on the young Atlantic Coastal Plain of the United States and on the ancient Greater Antilles and the equally ancient Mexican or Cent- ral American Plateaus or at their margins, are absent, likewise, from the young Bahamas and from still younger Yucatan. (except occa- sionally as cultivated species or as relics of cultivation): such groups as the Eriocaulaceae, in Mexico up to 3355 m. (11,000 ft.), the Marant- aceae, up to 915 m. (3000 ft.), the Burmanniaceae (MAP 18), up to 1675 m. (5500 ft.), Boehmeria, up to 1585 m. (5200 ft.), Clitoria, up to 2135 m. (7000 ft.), Rotala, up to 1525 m. (5000 ft.), Myriophyllum § Tess- aronia, up to 1740 m. (5700 ft.) and Dyschoriste, up to 2400 m. (8000 ft.); while Psilocarya occurs on the Greater Antilles but not in Mexico and Litsea in Mexico ascends to 3050 m. (10,000 ft.). Similarly, оп the Mexican Plateau we find representatives of Xyris at 1830 m. (6000 ft.) and of Schizaea at 1200 m. (3925 ft.). The always interesting genus Drosera (MAP 28)? with three circum- boreal species and another (D. linearis Goldie) confined to boreal America, has most of its living species concentrated in the Southern Hemisphere and in southern Asia, with a few related species on the Greater Antilles, on the Coastal Plain of the United States and in Central America; but the genus is unknown from either Yucatan or the Bahamas. The unique D. filiformis Raf., however, differs from all other American species in its hardened bulbiform woolly base, its linear-filiform and very prolonged (up to 6 dm.) leaves without elon- 1 See Britton & Millspaugh, The Bahama Flora (1920). ? See Standley, Flora of Yucatan, Field Mus. Publ. 279— Bot. Ser. iii. no. 3 (1930), which has come to рапа while this paper is going to press. 3 The map is largely copied from that of Diels in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv 12, supple- mented by material in the Gray Herbarium. The North American range is altered to accord with the specimens and citations covering this area. [FEBRUARY Rhodora '(asdi[o ш) калтанаовон(Т Jo pue “Яацайпа Ха pojeorpur seeds pesoq Iy} *virasou(q Jo әли orpdeaso0er “52 de]« | eT "gn [a ' p E желегі / / a — 2) MÀ: 1931] Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 55 or SU мег е. ---- 3. > mme | Dronata musci pula Drose ra Fili forms jj Vay. Tracy! е " Exposed since the close of the Faíeozor. ШІ Exposed since the close of Ш the Cretaceous, ЕЗ Exposed since the close of the Tertiary. ТЕЙ Nunatak areas wholly or partly exposed during Pleistocene, E Exposed after disappearance of Pleistocene ice. = Coastal plain areas exposed е during the Quaternary [x] Existing glacial fields, areolata \ Map 29, Geographic Range of DROSERA FILIFORMIS (upper and lower black areas) and of Dironara (middle black area); 30, of WoopwaRDIA AREOLATA (an additional station should be recorded, at the southwestern end of Lake Erie). 56 Rhodora [FEBRUARY gate petiole, its large purple petals and its seeds; it is far more closely related to some of the Indian, Malayan and Australian species than to any of the broad-leaved, long-petioled and white-flowered species (of § Rossolis) with which it grows. It is restricted to two wholly disrupted areas of the Coastal Plain (see MAP 29) and its present dis- tribution is best explained as a result of migration in two directions off the now uplifted Appalachian Upland. Outside the now essen- tially austral and tropical genus Drosera the family has two monotypes: Drosophyllum lusitanicum L. (see MAP 28) of the ancient Iberian Tableland and adjacent Morocco and Dionaea muscipula Ellis (see МАР 29) of the Cretaceous (hardly Tertiary or Quaternary) Coastal Plain of the Carolinas." The antiquity of the insectivorous Drose- raceae, therefore, can scarcely be doubted. Not only, as we have seen, do the tropical groups represented on the Atlantie Coastal Plain of the United States have representatives on the high tablelands of the Appalachian Mountains, on the older of the Antilles and on the high plateaus of Mexico or of Central Ameri- ca; they are also well represented at low levels west and northwest of the Appalachian axis, particularly in the upper Mississippi Valley, and about the Great Lakes where the sands and peats of Pleistocene or later origin offer them peculiarly attractive habitats. Their mi- gration out from the now elevated Appalachian area to the Coastal Plain on one side, to the region of the Great Lakes on the other, is clearly indicated by Woodwardia areolata (L.) Moore (MAP 30), a characteristic fern of the Coastal Plain but also found on the table- lands of the southern Appalachians at 3000 ft. (915 m.), and other- wise known only in northwestern Ohio and in southwestern Michigan. This movement out from the Appalachian center is even better displayed by the very distinct, bulbous Xyris torta Sm. (MAP 31), a common species of the Coastal Plain sands, also at 2000-4000 ft. (610- 1220 m.) on the high silicious tablelands from North Carolina and Tennessee southward, and with a rather extensive area about the Great Lakes. In these cases (and scores of others which might be cited) migration from the ancient Appalachian region is a reasonable explanation of the present segregations. In some other cases we do not now (or yet) know any existing stations high on the Appalachians but it is fair to assume that during the baseleveled Cretaceous stage of this area they must have there existed; and it is reasonable to be- 1 For all known stations see Coker, The Distribution of Venus's Fly Trap (Dionaea muscipula), Journ. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. xliii. 221 (1928). Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 1981] X s м м vs % Ss 6 AES у 2 сө a 2 9 988 аз, I.» 3 > E = ص‎ Q ж y) 4 SS us eyes ERA E d д . gh SG $F se азы 482 So 6б 2 о, CE 5 n $ vš 9% Pru ос Se 29 «3 hd ер SF SE esse 9 my 54 8S BR ES ss $k © gT ET Sa. eu bs ч- ъс YL SL SF YS чь Er ос RS 55 Я шең о 587572575854 Ses aa Q 2 S §sRs $9 x o ш لا‎ ш &= Uu S ul g- = - Lj B ЙЕ Г) КЛ АА; “—--=-+- тета squarrosa М Fu Map 31, Geographic Range of Хүнів TORTA; 32, of FUIRENA SQUARROSA; 33, of POTAMOGETON CONFERVOIDES, 58 Rhodora [FEBRUARY lieve that, to the already surprisingly large number of relic-colonies of tropical types known on the mountains of the Carolinas and Ten- nessee, stations of members of these other groups may soon be added. Potamogeton, sub § Javanici (МАР 13), not yet known either on the Appalachian Upland or on the true Coastal Plain, is decidedly an exception. Much more typical is Fuirena squarrosa Michx. (МАР 32), characteristic of Coastal Plain sands, with a slight overlap on the ancient Piedmont area, but unknown from the high tablelands, and isolated on the sands of southern Michigan and northern Indiana. The Burmanniaceae (MAP 18) yield an even more striking instance. The family is widespread in tropical and subtropical regions but, like many other groups, it has a slight extension northward in eastern Asia and another around the Gulf and Atlantic Coastal Plains of the United States. North of Virginia the family is unknown, save for the extraordinary little species of prairies at Chicago, Thismia ameri- cana N. E. Pfeiffer.! This, as noteworthv a plant as is known in the Great Lake area, is the more remarkable since it belongs to a small subfamily otherwise confined to the Tropics, chiefly of the Old World. The cases I have presented are merely a few illustrations but, with- out further enumeration or further analysis, enough have been pre- sented to make it clear that, to a large extent the tropical groups which today have a representation on the Atlantic Coastal Plain of the United States or about the Great Lakes are also found persisting (often as rare relics) on the high tablelands of the Mexican Plateau as well as on the tablelands of the Appalachian Mountains or at other spots back of and older than the outer Coastal Plain. I am aware that, in looking upon the members of these and other primitive groups which now occur upon or among the mountains of north-eastern Pennsylvania, northern New York and western and northern New England as preglacial relics there, I am not in full accord with ortho- dox Pleistocene geology, which asks us to believe that the late ice- sheets so vigorously overrode these mountains as to denude them of all Ше. Тһе parallelism is so definite, however, between these Coastal Plain species having representatives on the elevated tablelands of the more southern and quite unglaciated Appalachians, as well as on the Central American, Mexican and Antillean tablelands, and their occurrence on the supposedly denuded mountains farther north, that the botanist, at least, is forced to believe that the Pleistocene de- ! Pfeiffer, Morphology of Thismia americana, Bot. Gaz. lvii. 122-134 (1914). 1931] Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 59 struction of plants on the high mountains of New England, New York and northeastern Pennsylvania has been vastly overestimated. It is far more logical to look upon the very primitive Potamogeton con- fervoides (Map 33), an aquatic with plump fruits not adapted for fly- ing, as a preglacial relic on the high mountains of northern and west- ern New England, on the Adirondacks and on the Pocono Plateau (as well as on the unglaciated or but slightly glaciated tablelands of Newfoundland and of Cape Breton), than to picture it as making a post-Wisconsin leap from the coastal pools to the highest mountain- masses far to the northwest and north and successfully finding wel- coming pools on them all, but not landing in the thousands of inter- mediate lowland ponds. P. confervoides, one of the most primitive members of the worldwide subgenus KEupotamogeton, is so rare that only a few botanists have ever seen it growing. If any lowland pond- weed were in post-Wisconsin time to do the improbable and invade the elevated mountain-pools from sea-level, it would less unreasonably be a common or, in the region, essentially ubiquitous and less prim- itive species (also of peaty depressions and pools), such as P. pusillus L., P. Spirilus Tuckerm., P. epihydrus Raf.) and P. gramineus L.; but these almost weed-like species of all pools at low levels, north, south, east and west, have not invaded the mountain-ponds of New England, New York and Pennsylvania, where the primitive and ex- cessively rare Coastal Plain P. confervoides and its Coastal Plain congener, P. Oakesianus Robbins, alone represent the genus. Near the White Mountain stations of P. confervoides occur two endemic alpine xerophytes: Potentilla Robbinsiana Oakes, nearest related to the Siberian P. elegans C. & S.; and Geum Peckii Pursh, the isolated representative of G. calthifolium Mertens of the North Pacific and Bering Sea region. Obviously these two endemic neighbors of the Coastal Plain Potamogeton confervoides on the White Mountains have not originated there in post-Wisconsin time. If this general reasoning is correct, that the Coastal Plain plants of the eastern United States before occupying the youthful Coastal Plain had had direct progenitors on the Cretaceous peneplain which, through Tertiary uplifts, has again become the Appalachian Moun- 1 Although not found in the high subalpine ponds of New England and New York, Potamogeton epihydrus is, surely, to be sought there. On the great tableland of the Table-top Range in Gaspé, which Coleman and Alcock independently conclude “escaped the erosion of the continental ice sheets,” it occurs in the pools along with Myriophyllum Farwellii Morong, the most northern representative of the tropical and Coastal Plain Myriophyllum § Tessaronia. 60 Rhodora [FEBRUARY tains, it follows that these Coastal Plain groups are of as ancient an- cestry as any angiosperms now living in eastern North America. It is, therefore, particularly noteworthy that in world-wide groups their representatives are invariably regarded by monographers as wholly differentiated specifically from their relatives now living in Africa, tropical India and Australia. When we turn northward to the physiographically very youthful soils (or lack of soils) which have resulted from the Pleistocene glaci- ation, much of the vast area of eastern Canada and the northernmost States, a region in which the plant-population is, in some places, just moving in to occupy the newly available territory, we find a great assemblage of dominantly boreal (or extreme austral) genera: Spar- ganium, Festuca, Glyceria, Agropyron, Calamagrostis, Eriophorum, Carex, Juncus, Salix, Alnus, Betula, Sorbus, Rubus, Fragaria, Po- tentilla, Rosa, Lathyrus, Epilobium, Pyrola and hundreds of others. Although many stable species in this flora, like Sparganium minimum Fries, Potamogeton filiformis Pers., P. obtusifolius Mert. & Koch, P. praelongus Wulfen, Triglochin palustris L. and maritima L., Cinna latifolia (Trev.) Griseb., Eriophorum gracile Koch, Caltha palustris L., Pyrola minor L. and Lysimachiathyrsiflora L., are regularly regarded as identical with plants of Eurasia, others, like Scheuchzeria palustris Г. and Menyanthes trifoliata L., in eastern America are sufficiently different from the Eurasian plants in size of flower or fruit as to re- ceive varietal designations; but no one has seriously proposed to treat them as different species. And when we get into heteromorphic tangles like Festuca rubra, the Poa pratensis jumble, Agropyron repens, Calamagrostis canadensis (including Langsdorfi), the Carex vesicaria morass, Juncus effusus, the Salix glauca complex, Alnus іпсапа, the Betula alba forest, Cerastium arvense, Sorbus, Rubus idaeus, and a full hundred other always perplexing mazes, common experience on both sides of the Atlantic is sufficient to indicate the utter lack in these groups of the clear specific differentiations which every systematist looks for but in these plants fails to find. The key-note in this youthful flora of the vast Canadian region, mostly available for plant-occupation only during the last few thou- sand years, is, then, the essential lack of fundamental specific segre- gation from the European representatives of these plants. This is in marked contrast with the condition shown in the amphigean 1 See Fernald, Ruopona, xxv. 178 (1923). 2See Fernald, Ruopora, xxxi. 195 (1929). 1931] Fernald,—Specific Segregations and Identities 61 genera now characteristic of the ancient Appalachian Upland and with the sharp specific differentiation of the Coastal Plain species from their allies in Africa, tropical Asia and Australia. Whether we derive the disrupted colonies of the tropical groups out of the wide- spread boreal flora of the Cretaceous and early Tertiary, which seems to me the logical deduction, or whether we prefer to picture them as having spread across a hypothetical trans-Atlantic land, it is clear that long after the tropical floras had become geographically separated the northern lands still maintained a broad connection. Many geolo- gists have postulated a late Tertiary and Pleistocene uplift of the Arctic lands. Thus, Mecking,' following Suess, says of the Arctic: “ At the end of the Tertiary began an uplift which continued into the Glacial Period. At the climax of the latter there followed a general sinking, which, by filling the valleys and troughs, created the sounds and then gave way to a newer uplift which still continues”; and Sim- mons, summarizing the various studies of former continuity of Arctic lands, concludes: “That the northern parts [of North America]. . . were lifted considerably above their previous level, cannot be doubted . most authors are inclined to refer the beginning of the rise. . . to the last part of the tertiary era. 'The amount of this late Ter- tiary and early Pleistocene uplift has generally been estimated at 2000-3000 feet (600—900 meters); and study of Dr. Nansen's bathy- metric map? of the Arctic Basin shows that an elevation of 2000 feet (600 meters) would today unite northwestern America and Asia and would connect northeastern America by two routes with Greenland, thence via Iceland with Scotland and Scandinavia. It is, then. quite clear that in late Tertiary, and probably in early Pleistocene time, the northern plants had essentially free routes for interchange be- tween Eurasia and North America. Consequently, sharp specific differentiation in the comparatively youthful plants of amphigean relationship which are chiefly restricted to recently glaciated northern Europe and recently glaciated northern America is the exception rather than the rule. 'ime does not permit my now specially discussing the outstanding 229 1 Mecking, Тһе Polar Regions: a Regional Geography, Geogr. Polar Reg., Ат. Geogr. Soc., Sp. Pub. no. 8: 220 (1928). ? Simmons, A Survey of the Phytogeography of the Arctic American Archipelago, Lunds Univ. Arsskrift. n. f. Afd. 2, Bd. 9, Nr. 19: 152 (1913). 3 Bathymetric Map of the Arctic Basin in Nansen, The Oceanographic Problems of the still unknown Arctic Regions, in Problems of Polar Research, Am, Geogr. Soc., Sp. Publ. no. 7, t. 1 (1928). 62 Rhodora [FEBRUARY features of certain other floras in eastern America, like the high degree of relic-endemism on the nunatak areas, a topic already discussed by me in other papers! (190 rare and localized endemics already known, and 160 others with relic-colonies isolated by 1500-4500 miles from other colonies of the species), or the multiplicity of intergradient forms? of Panicum, Salix, Amelanchier, Crataegus, Rubus, Vaccinium ($ Cyanococcus) and Aster and the dominance of more than 1000 ag- gressive species introduced from Europe during the last three centuries on the clearings made by the white man, the youngest spots of all. From what I have been able to present, however, certain deductions, by way of summary, seem justified; 1. The characteristic flora of the present southern Appalachian Upland, made up largely of groups which were cosmopolitan in the Mesozoic or early Cenozoic but now reduced to geographically segre- gated remnants in the Northern Hemisphere, is obviously ancient and its species are usually (but not always) clearly differentiated from those of the same genera in eastern and central Asia or in south- eastern Europe. 2. The Coastal Plain flora of Atlantic North America is distin- guished by the abundance of tropical groups represented. Although these plants now chiefly occupy open silicious, peaty and aquatic habitats in comparatively youthful regions of eastern North America, it is probable that they or their progenitors formerly existed on the area of the ancient Appalachian Upland, especially in the Cretaceous, when that primitive region of the continent was baseleveled and reduced essentially to sea-level and at the time when the tropical groups of today were widespread in the North. Then, with the Tertiary uplift of the Appalachian region and its final conversion into a vast well-drained mesophytic area available to the groups which now constitute the climax forests of the Appalachian Upland, the Cretaceous xerophytes and hydrophytes which had previously oc- cupied the ground gradually moved out to the newly available and for them more congenial Coastal Plain and similar habitats to the west and northwest. These species of the Coastal Plain, whose di- rect progenitors were probably segregated geographically from their 1 For discussion see Fernald, Isolation апа Endemism in Northeastern America, Am, Journ. Bot. xi. 564 (1924); Persistence of Plants іп Unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, Mem. Am. Acad. ху. 242-244 (1925); Some Relationships of the Floras of the Northern Hemisphere, Proc. Internat. Congr. Pl. Sci. ii. 1493, 1494 (1929). ? For discussion see Fernald, The Antiquity and Dispersal of Vascular Plants, Quart. Rev. Biol. i. 236-238 (1926). 1931] ` Blake,—Carex Bebbii in eastern Massachusetts 63 African, Indian and Australian allies during the Cretaceous or the early Tertiary, are thoroughly differentiated from the Old World species. 3. The nunatak areas, the scattered unglaciated or only slightly glaciated spots within the region of more widespread glaciation, are distinguished by a high degree of relic-endemism. 4. The dominant groups of the region of northeastern America only lately freed from Pleistocene ice are largely those of recently glaciated northern Europe. These northern lands have been so re- cently segregated geographically that until geologically recent time there has been free interchange in the floras; and in the ecologically youthful Canadian and northern European regions identity of species in the amphigean genera is so general as to become the rule. 5. The recently cleared lands, like the recently glaciated areas and the Quaternary sands, are also characterized by a multiplicity of variable and often intricately intergrading and hybridizing forms, as well as by the aggressive dominance of unchanged species introduced within three centuries from the youthful flora of Europe. Some of the points I have discussed are possibly new, though many of them are familiar and very old-fashioned doctrines; but since famil- iarity so often breeds contempt and the latest doctrines are so fre- quently supposed to be the best, it may not be amiss to call attention anew to the overwhelming evidence of the soundness of some of the older deductions. А WHITE-FLOWERED FORM oF ASTER AMETHYSTINUS.— Two sta- tions made up of plants transplanted from the type colony of A. amethystinus f. leucerythros! in 1924 апа 1925, have several times ap- parently developed pink-flowered seedlings. This year one of the stations produced a white-flowered seedling. ASTER AMETHYSTINUS Nutt., f. leucos, n. f. ligulis albis.—Massa- CHUSETTS: Worcester, September 24, 1930, E. W. Bemis (TYPE in Gray Herbarium).—EAnr W. Bemis, Worcester, Massachusetts. CAREX BEBBII IN EASTERN MassAcuusETTS.—On 15 July 1930 I collected in a meadow in Stoughton, Massachusetts, specimens which have been identified by Prof M. L. Fernald as Carex Bebbii 1 Һнорова 32: 3. 1930. 64 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Olney. The presence of this sedge in eastern Massachusetts has not generally been recognized, and the species is not listed in the Flora of the Boston District published some years since in Кноровл. In the last edition of Gray’s Manual it is assigned a range from Newfound- land south to western Massachusetts and New York, and westward. In the second edition of Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora the range is extended south to New Jersey. Its presence as a scattered plant at other places in the eastern part of Massachusetts is shown by specimens in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club collected in a swamp at Chilmark, Marthas Vineyard, by Sydney Harris on 29 July 1894, and beside a railroad at West Manchester by Е. Tracy Hubbard on 30 June 1911.—S. Е. BLAKE, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. С. Volume 33, no. 385, including pages 1 to 24 and one portrait, was issued 2 January, 1931. Rhodora Plate 204 | FLORA OF WESTERN NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA OF NEWFOUNDLAND fuero өк torr ab Pory Bav eal REGION OF CAFE BAY 2 2%62 ` м 1640S us p., "e р равана $ Сане 22725 Ce nf intr Ae. 2 j 2. ek fem pol od. Ё о fat Pour av Pour (Тан GRAYMIA A лане pesi f амалу tha Ж. 1. емалы K М. Mod 22 Ан ЖІ зайыф Sy E Жізгейде. ісу mm e Photo. by H. M. Raup. POTAMOGETON CONFERVOIDES (left) and P. rEcrINATUS (right) X l3. Hodova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY Ааа аге LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Vol. 33. March, 1931. No. 387. CONTENTS: Басты АМЕ ла 65 Species of Cornus of Philip Miller. 0. А. Farwell................ 68 Notes from Herbarium of University of Wisconsin—VI. МАС Казе к е Жани ыт АН С лыд 72 Concerning a Californian Convolvulus. L. М.Рету.............. 76 Моезеа triquetra. W: C. Stowe. SK... eens iR 77 Littorella americana in Washington County, Maine. А. Н. Norton 79 New Station for Littorella americana. Е. H. Steinmetz............ 79 Cuscuta Polygonorum in New England. R. J. Eaton The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (itavailable) 20 сепів. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to М.І. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. ; For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other -— of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 5. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 33. March, 1931. No. 387. EDITORIAL ANNOUNCEMENT Охе of the provisions (Art. 36) of the International Rules of Botan- ical Nomenclature, adopted at Vienna in 1905, reads: “On and after January 1, 1908, the publication of names of new groups will be valid only when they are accompanied by a latin diagnosis." The debate before the adoption of this proposition (Art. 77 of Briquet's Texte Synoptique of 1904) was spirited and was participated in by repre- sentatives of ten countries: Austria (von Hayek), Belgium (Durand), France (Gillot and Perrot), Germany (Drude, Engler, Fedde, Hallier, Harms and Magnus), Java (Hochreutiner), Russia (Borodin and de Jaczewski), Spain (Návas), Switzerland (Briquet and Wilezek) and the United States (Barnhart, Britton and Robinson). It became quite clear at Vienna, that every one conversant with current activity in taxonomy recognized the tremendous volume of fundamentally important work done by the botanists of Russia, Finland, Poland, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Denmark, Norway, Sweden and other European countries whose native languages are not so generally familiar in the scientific world as are English, German and the ro- mance languages; and that farther east, the Japanese, and in recent years the Chinese, are doing work to which we all need ready access. To insist upon any one, two or three languages (notably English, French and German) as valid for the publication of diagnoses, to the exclusion of other modern tongues, would inevitably stir nationalistic and racial opposition by many whose work we all ought to understand and to follow. Practically all the fundamental works of taxonomy (Linnaeus, Genera Plantarum and Species Plantarum; Hedwig, Species Muscorum; Persoon, Synopsis methodica Fungorum; DeCandolle, Pro- dromus; Fries, Systema mycologicum; Kunth, Enumeratio Plantarum; Bentham & Hooker, Genera Plantarum; Saccardo, Sylloge; Engler, 66 Rhodora [Marcu Das Pflanzenreich; etc., etc.) have at least their diagnostic portions in Latin, so that every competent taxonomist must, of necessity, be able to decipher descriptions in that tongue. Therefore, the compro- mise was reached at Vienna of demanding that new diagnoses should be in Latin. The final vote at Vienna was 105 in favor of the Latin diagnosis, 88 against it. Consequently, there was some justification for those who do not feel bound by majority rulings to argue that the vote was not decisive. In line with this opposition to the majority decision much important taxonomic work, notably by certain Americans and Japanese, has been issued with nationalistic fervor but with indiffer- ence to the convenience of others and in defiance of the rule; its authors balking at the Latin diagnosis in their own work, though glad to have it in the work of colleagues whose native languages they could not decipher. Accordingly, the subject was reopened for full dis- cussion and reconsideration at the Fifth International Botanical Con- gress at Cambridge (England) in 1930. Various propositions were presented: to abandon the rule absolutely; to make it a recommenda- tion rather than a rule; to add as alternative languages English, French and German; or to admit any language using Roman letters. No one desired to exclude the valuable publications, notably in the United States, from institutions which had not wholly accepted the old Article 36, especially in view of the fact that the original vote on that article had not been essentially unanimous. In their communications to the Cambridge Congress the Russian botanists strongly urged the retention of the article, and recommenda- tions from botanists regularly writing in the Latin alphabet were largely in favor of some such provision. When the actual deliberations on nomenclature were reached, certain fundamental alterations in the International Rules were made to meet the desires of those Americans who had not heretofore fully accepted the Rules; and the feeling was nearly unanimous, that, if the vote on the retention of Article 36 were decisive, the date of its application might, with propriety, be altered so that publications made during the period following the possibly in- decisive vote at Vienna might be validated. Recognizing that the leading botanists of the world were much nearer than heretofore to a mutual understanding upon the necessary, but always perplexing, . subject of nomenclature and very generally agreeing that some pro- vision is necessary to insure to botanists of all races and tongues in- 1931] Editorial Announcement 67 telligent access to the taxonomic work done in all countries, the Con- gress reaffirmed the requirement of a Latin diagnosis but voted to change the date for application of Article 36 from January 1, 1908 to January 1, 1932, and to exclude the Bacteria from the provision of the rule, bacteriology having little in common with ordinary taxonomic work. That the Congress was a remarkably representative one (though, of course, dominantly British) no one can question; the registration was approximately 1200, of whom about 200 were from the United States and Canada. The deliberations in the sessions on Nomencla- ture, presided over by Merrill of the New York Botanical Garden, were participated in by many outstanding taxonomists, representing : about 30 nations, such experienced students, to mention a few whose work is familiar to Americans (and omitting the large representation from North America), as Briquet (Switzerland); Mangin, Moreau, Gagnepain, Guillaumain and Maire (France); Pampanini (Italy); Handel-Mazzetti, Janchen, Pfeiffer and Pia (Austria); von Degen (Hungary); Borza (Rumania); Domin and Podpera (Czechoslovakia) ; Diels, Harms, Schellenberg, Schneider, Mattfeld and Markgraf (Ger- many); Henrard, Jeswiet and Pulle (Holland); Naveau and Hauman (Belgium); Ostendfeld and Christensen (Denmark); Juel and Robert Fries (Sweden); Holmboe (Norway); Prain, Rendle, Hill, Ramsbottom, Stapf, Cotton, W. W. Smith, Craib, Davy, Sprague, Wilmott and Miss Green (Britain); Black (Australia); Allen (New Zealand); Parker (India); Chun (China). After prolonged and very free discussion the ballot, as shown by the unofficial record before us, indicated 371 votes in favor of, 24 opposed to, the requirement of the Latin diagnosis. This vote of 371 to 24 (a ratio of 1515 to 1) is far nearer to unanimity than the vote at Vienna, of 105 to 88 (a ratio of 11 to 9) and should be considered absolutely decisive. Convinced that true progress in the science can be achieved only by the acceptance and conscientious following of the decisions of the overwhelming majority of taxonomists at duly constituted inter- national congresses, the Editorial Board of RHopora wishes to an- nounce its purpose to accept the ruling that, beginning January 1, 1932, publication of names of new groups of plants (Bacteria excepted) will be valid only when they are accompanied by a Latin diagnosis. By a diagnosis is meant, not necessarily a long and detailed descrip- tion, but at least a concise statement of the leading characters (the 68 Rhodora [MARCH diagnostic characters), which can, if desired, be made in a few lines. Authors are, therefore, asked, out of consideration for those of other linguistic stocks and in order that their publications may be valid, to see that any descriptions of new plants or new groups which they propose to publish in RHODORA, have at least a diagnosis in Latin. If contributors find themselves embarrassed by this requirement, they may supply an English diagnosis which, for the time being, at least, the Editorial Board will undertake to have converted (with charges at cost for matter of considerable length) into Latin. CONCERNING SOME SPECIES OF CORNUS OF PHILIP MILLER | OLIVER ATKINS FARWELL SOME years ago I had occasion to consult Philip Miller's Gardeners’ Dictionary, Ed. 8 (1768). At that time I gave the volume a more or less cursory examination and marked certain species therein for future investigation. Amongst these were several species of Cornus, and especially С. Amomum. In Miller’s discussion of this species he says: “The shoots of the fifth sort are of a beautiful red color in winter; and in summer, the leaves being large, of a whitish color on their under side, and the bunches of white flowers growing at the extremity of every branch, renders this shrub valuable; and in autumn, when the large bunches of blue berries аге ripe, they make a fine арреагапсе.” I was puzzled to understand how such a good description of Cornus stolonifera could apply to the current understanding of C. Amomum. Both species are rather frequent in Michigan, and I have put a large amount of study on the species in the field, and the more I have observed them, the less I could apply Miller's remarks to our Silky Cornel. A close study of Linn’s description of C. sericea, which has universally been considered a synonym of Miller's species, indicated that he likewise was describing the same species with beautiful red shoots. Each, likewise, quoted the same plate of Plukenet (Phyt. Part 3, Table 169, Fig. 3) as a synonym, but the text each quoted was not identical. I finally wrote Mr. Mackenzie for information about the text matter, and he kindly sent me the full description of Plukenet. I also sent specimens of various species of Cornus to the British Museum, asking for comparisons with the plate of Plukenet, 1981] Farwell,—Species of Cornus of Philip Miller 69 and with herbarium specimens of Plukenet, Miller and Linn. Mr. A. W. Exell, of the British Museum, sent me a rough sketch of Plukenet’s Fig. 3. I agree with both Mr. Exell and Mr. Mackenzie, that the figure represents C. Amomum as found in our local manuals; but as the color of the pubescence is not shown, it may fit equally well, as pointed out by Mr. Exell, either the variety with rusty pubescence (my No. 1810) or the one with silvery pubescence (my No. 4272). Mr. Exell reports further: “There is a specimen in Hort. Sloane (206, p. 67) which is very similar to Plukenet’s figure but not exactly so, so that one cannot be justified in assuming that it is the species figured without any further evidence. " The specimen is in a poor state of preservation, but has no rusty pubescence, and Mr. Exell thinks it would be identified with my No. 4272, with silvery pubescence. Mr. Exell informs me that Plukenet's specimens are at the British Museum, but that there is no specimen there that has ever been identified as the original of the figure 3 under discussion; also, that all that is extant of Miller's Herbarium is there, but that there are no specimens representing C. Amomum, C. candidissima, and C. foemina; and that the only way of identifying these species is through an interpretation of their descriptions. Also that if Miller ever preserved specimens of these species, they were either lost or destroyed before Miller's Herbarium came into the possession of the British Museum. My No. 8534, Mr. Exell took to the Linnaean Herbarium, and finds “that it agrees perfectly with Cornus sericea, L." This No. 8534 is C. stolonifera Mx.!! Therefore, the Linnaean Herbarium specimen, the original of Linn's own description and the basis of his C. sericea is C. stolonifera Mx. ! !—which later name must lapse into synonymy. The question now arises: is C. sericea L. identical with C. Amomum Mill? There is no way of settling the question except by the com- parison of Miller's description with specimens of C. Amomum and C. stolonifera of our manuals. The stems of the former are gray, and the shoots of the season dull purplish; the stems of the latter are bright red throughout. I would scarcely call the purplish seasonal shoots of C. Amomum “a beautiful red," nor would they be conspicuous in winter. On the other hand, the stems of C. stolonifera and the plant in general will answer fully to the excellent and characteristic descrip- tion of Miller. I am constrained to construe C. Amomum Miller, 70 Rhodora [Marcu excluding Plukenet, as the same as C. sericea L., excl. Pluk., and both the same as C. stolonifera Mx. Since C. Amomum Miller must be taken up for our Red Osier Dogwood (C. stolonifera Mx.), а new name must be found for the plant of Plukenet Alm. Bot., 121 (1696) and Phyt., Pt. 3, tab. 169, fig. 3 (1692). Fortunately it has received several, so that no new name has to be coined for it. There are two variations, one with rusty pubescence and one with silvery pubescence. It might be either, as pointed out by both Mr. Mackenzie and Mr. Exell, since the color of the pubescence is not shown. Mr. Exell, as pointed out above, says that the Sloane specimen is not exactly simi.ar to the Fig. 3 of Plukenet; but that it is identical with my No. 4272, which has silvery pubescence. From this it may be deduced that the Plukenet specimen had rusty pubescence. In order to place it definitely, I will so interpret it. I am indebted to Mr. A. Rehder, of the Arnold Arboretum, for a transcript of the original description of C. cyanocarpus Moench, which name, in so far as I am able to ascer- tain, is the oldest name applicable to the rusty-pubescent variation of the Silky Cornel. Moench’s original description is short and unsatisfactory, as it does not even mention the pubescence. It is as follows:— Cornus, Cyanocarpus, foliis ovatis, integerrimis, baccis cyaneis. It comes between Cornus sericea L. with white berries and C. Amomum Miller with blue berries, so that the author evidently thought it allied to the latter. But Moench in the Methodus, 108 (1794) gives the following en- larged description :— Cyanocarpus, drupis subovatis maturis violaceis; arborea, foliis oppositis subovalibus acuminatis, subtus rubiginoso-pubescentibus; cymis mediis pubescentibus; calyce glandula triplo longiore. Cornus Amomum, du Roi, Ehrhart, Beytr., 4 p. 15. There can be no question about the application of this description to the variety with rusty pubescence, and it will validate the earlier publication in this sense. The variation with silvery pubescence, likewise has received various names, perhaps the oldest of which is C. lanuginosa Mx., but it is better treated as a variety than as a distinct species, and may be known as С. CYANOCARPUS Moench, var. albescens, n. var. 1931] Farwell,—Species of Cornus of Philip Miller 71 C. cANDIDISSIMA Mill., 1. c., No. 6. Some authors refer this species to C. florida L. and others to C. paniculata L’Hér. Miller describes it as follows: Tree Dogwood with smooth, spear-shaped, pointed leaves, umbels smaller then the involucrum, and oval berries. Those authors who refer this to C. florida Linn, do so probably because of the reference to an involucre in the description. But Miller listed C. florida, and in his discussion of it noted both white involucres and red ones, which leaves no other variety to be described as a new species. He certainly would not have made two species out of our Flowering Dogwood after mentioning all known variations of it under C. florida. Either the reference to an involucre is an error that went undetected, or it does not refer to such an involucre as is found іп C. florida. I can not construe the leaves of C. florida as *spear-shaped." In the 7th Ed. (1759) Miller further says of this: “Female Dogwood of America with very white leaves, commonly called Swamp Dogwood.” Swamp Dogwood is one of the common names of C. paniculata; I have never seen it applied, even as a book name, to the С. florida. In addition, I venture to assert that the specific name, candidissima, was suggested by “the very white leaves” of the “Swamp Dogwood” (C. paniculata). I would make C. candidis- sima Miller, the older name for C. paniculata L’Hér. and reduce the latter to synonymy. С. FOEMINA Miller, 1. c., No. 4. This has been interpreted as C. stricta Lam., and as C. paniculata L’Hér. There is little in the description, taken alone and by itself, to definitely interpret it. But when taken in connection with the description of C. candidissima there is no question as to what it is, namely, C. stricta Lam. In both the 7th and 8th editions, Miller calls it the Virginia Dogwood. The whole trend of the description is toward С. stricta Lam., which name also falls into synonymy. I wish heartily to thank the various gentlemen mentioned above for able assistance generously rendered. The species considered are given below as I have found them in Michigan. CYNOXYLON FLORIDA (L.) Raf. FLOWERING Dogwoop. Frequent in woods. Detroit, No. 1561, May 26, 1897; Rockwood, Nos. 4148, May 21, 1916, and 4786, Oct. 26, 1917. Cornus Амомом Miller, І. c., No. 5. (excl. Pluk.). Rep Oster Doa- 72 Rhodora [MARCH WOOD; KINNIKINNIK. (С. sericea Linn. Mant. II. 199 (1771) (excl. Pluk.) апа Herb.; C. stolonifera Mx., Fl. Bor.-Amer. I. 92 (1803). Keweenaw Co., No. 127, July 10, 1884; Birmingham, No. 127b, Sept. 6, 1903; Parkedale, Nos. 2649, June 9 and 3233, Oct. 27, 1912; Ro- chester, No. 2797, June 30, 1912; Due West, No. 8587, Sept. 10, 1929; Fenton, No. 8534, Aug. 13, 1929. C. CYANOCARPUS Moench, Verz. Ausl. 27 (1785); Meth. 108 (1794). SILKY CORNEL. С. caerulea Lam., Епсу. П. 116-117 (1786);? С. rubiginosa Ehrh., Beitr. IV. 15 (1789). Pluk., Cornus Americana sylvestris, etc., Phyt., Part 3, t. 169, f. 3 (1692) and Cornus foemina, Laurifolia, etc., Alm. Bot., 121 (1696).—Pubescence on petioles, midrib, etc., rusty.—Detroit, Хо. 1810, Aug. 22, 1903; Livonia, No. 8604, Sept. 17, 1929. Var. ALBESCENS Farwell. ? С. lanuginosa Mx., 1. c.; С. polygamus Raf., Fl. Ludv., 78, Хо. 247 (1817); С. obliqua Raf., Ann. Nat. 18, (1820); C. Purpusi Koehne, Gartenfl. 338 (1899); Hort. Sloane (206, p. 67).—Pubescence on petioles, etc., silvery, inflorescence more polygamo-dioecious; berries darker.—Tacoma, No. 4272, July 2, 1916; Detroit, Nos. 427914 July 2 and 440315 Aug. 27, 1916; Fenton, No. 8536, Aug. 13, 1929; Bloomfield, No. 8571, Sept. 3, 1929. C. CANDIDISSIMA Mill., 1. c., No. 6. WHITE or Swamp Doawoop. C. racemosa Lam., l. c., 116; C. paniculata L'Hér., Cornus, 9, t. 5. (1788). Detroit: Belle Isle, No. 1172a, Aug. 6, 1892; Linden Park, No. 1809b, Aug. 15, 1903; Mack Ave., No. 2023a, June 16, 1907; Parkedale: No. 2740, June 23, 1912; Nos. 3476 and 3479, June 15, 1913; No. 441914 Sept. 3, 1916; Rochester: Nos. 3464, 3467, 3469, June 15, 1913; No. 4657, Sept. 27, 1917; Butts, No. 4639, Sept. 23, 1917; Ypsilanti, No. 525112, June 15, 1919. C. FOEMINA Mill, l. c, No. 4. VIRGINIA Doawoop. C. stricta Lam., 1. с.; C. fastigiata Mx., 1. с. Not known in Michigan. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, PARKE, Davis & Co., DETROIT, MICHIGAN. NOTES FROM THE HERBARIUM OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN—VI NORMAN C. FASSETT ELATINE TRIANDRA Schkuhr, var. americana (Pursh) n. comb. Peplis americana Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 238 (1814). Elatine ameri- cana Arnott, Edinb. Journ. Nat. & Geogr. Sci. i. 431 (1830); Fernald, RHODORA хіх. 12 (1917); Svenson, RHODORA xxvi. 221 (1925); Fassett, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxxix. 100 (1928); not of most American authors. 1931] Fassett,—Notes from Herbarium of Univ. of Wisconsin 73 In taking up E. americana as distinct from E. triandra, Fernald contrasted the obovate to broadly spatulate leaves of the former with the linear to linear-spatulate leaves of the latter, and emphasized a difference in size also. E. triandra, whose only station in the Atlantic states is “the bottom of a little pond" in a park at Skowhegan, Maine, is described as often growing to a height of 2 dm., with long internodes. This would appear to be sufficiently distinct from the dwarf E. americana. The discovery of E. triandra in Wisconsin! has given opportunity for a field study of this species. One form is tall and elongate like the Skowhegan plant, and is evidently f. callitri- choides, at least as described by Hegi? The leaves reach 1.3 cm. in length and 3 mm. in breadth, agreeing essentially with the measure- ments given by Fernald.’ Besides this aquatic form, however, there is a terrestrial plant closely resembling the Е. americana of estuaries from Delaware to New Brunswick. The leaves are at most 5 mm. long, and differ from those of E. americana only in being more linear. The lack of an elongate aquatic form of the estuarine plant has a parallel in the case of Eriocaulon. E. septangulare, growing some- times in as much as 2 m. of water, produces elongate scapes raising the flowering heads to the surface. But the doubtfully distinct Е. Parkeri of estuaries, alternately deeply submerged and left stranded on the mud, remains short and stocky like the E. septangulare found on the shore. Since E. triandra var. americana is occasionally found on pond-shores in Delaware and Connecticut, an aquatic state like forma callitrichoides should be sought in these regions. Treated as an offshoot of the European, Cordilleran, and rarely middlewestern plant, E. triandra, var. americana is more easily understood in its occurrence on the estuaries of the northeastern coast than when its range was discussed by the present writer. On page 105 of his paper, the author listed Tillaea aquatica, Gentiana Victorinii, and Limosella subulata with the following words: “A few species, European or Cordilleran in their affinities, appear to have survived the last glaciation on the unglaciated edge of the continental shelf, and are found at present on land neighboring the now sub- merged edge of this shelf, and on estuaries.” E. triandra, including its variety, has a range similar to that of Таса aquatica in Europe 1 Trans. Wis. Acad. of Sci. Arts & Lett. xxv. 199-200 (1930). 2 Ill. Fl. Mitt.-Eu. v. 539 (1920). з If we assume that in line 23, page 13, in Fernald 1. c., '' dm.” is a misprint for “cm.” 74 Rhodora [Marcu and North America,! and var. americana has somewhat the relation to Е. triandra that Limosella subulata has to L. aquatica? On July 12, 1923, Dr. J. J. Davis observed at Durand, Wisconsin, an Angelica which had essentially the character of A. atropurpurea, but whose leaflets were velvety-pubescent beneath. Each succeeding year has shown more collections of this plant by the same worker, whose observations culminated in the opinion that the typical glabrous- leaved A. atropurpurea was confined, in Wisconsin, to the southeastern part of the state, and that the plants of the central, northern, and western parts all had more or less pubescent leaflets. Study of his plants by the present writer confirms this opinion, and fails to show further differences with the exception of a small distinc- tion in the veins of the upper surfaces, which are more strongly ciliate-scabrous on the pubescent plant. Meagre flowering material indicates that the anther of the glabrous plant is 0.6-0.8 mm. long while that of the pubescent plant is 0.3-0.4 mm. long, but this must be checked with more collections. Comparison of fruits of the same age fails to show any constant difference. This seems best treated, then, as an extreme occurring toward the western edge of the range of the species. ANGELICA ATROPURPUREA L., var. occidentalis, n. var., foliolis subtus in nervis et saepe in spatiis inter nervos pubescentibus, supra nervis scabris-ciliatibus.—WIsconstn: WASHBURN Co.: Birchwood, July 27, 1928, J. J. Davis. SAWYER Co.: Couderay, July 30, 1928, Davis. Pork Co.: Balsam Lake, July 25, 1924, Davis. Barron Co.: Barron, September 5, 1929, Fassett, no. 8944. Prerce Co.: Spring Valley, July 13, 1925, Davis. PEPIN Co.: Durand, July 12, 1923, Davis (түрк іп Herb. Univ. of Wis.). Охюра Co.: Tripoli, August 17, 1925, Davis. PomraAGE Co.: Plover, August 25, 1917, Davis. Monroe Co.: Tomah, July 2, 1926, Davis. Iowa Co.: Dodgeville, June 17, 1925, Davis. LAFAYETTE Co.: Argyle, June 22, 1925, Davis. Dane Co.: Klevenville, July 12, 1929, Davis; Madison, July 2, 1907, J. R. Heddle, no. 498, and July 26, 1909, no. 1T132; Token Creek, July 25, 1927, Davis. GREEN Co.: Browntown, September 22, 1926, Davis. Brown Co.: Fort Howard, June 22, 1886, J. H. Schuette. Typical A. atropurpurea occurs in Wisconsin in the southeastern part only, with the following stations represented: LAFAYETTE Co.: Gratiot, July 1, 1927, Davis; South Wayne, June 27, 1927, Davis. GREEN Co.: Brodhead, September 16, 1926, Davis. JEFFERSON Co.: 1 Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxxix. 105, and pl. 13, fig. 2 (1928). 2 Ibid., pp. 105-106, and pl. 13, fig. 4. 1931] Fassett,—Notes from Herbarium of Univ. of Wisconsin 75 Jefferson, June 8, 1929, Fassett, no. 8422. WAUKESHA Co.: [probably Muskego] June 22, 1928, Elizabeth Ehrler. MILWAUKEE Co.: Mil- waukee, I. A. Lapham. RACINE Co.: Racine, August 29, 1926, Davis. Gnaphalium saxicola, n. sp., planta 5-30 dm. alta; caulis tomento laxo flocculoso saepe capillis extendentibus; foliis late oblanceolatis marginibus non crispis nec revolutis, supra vix glandulosis non papil- losis, glabris vel sparse tomentosis, subtus sparse tomentosis vel glabris; tegulis linearibus, acutis, saepe in apice linearibus acuminatis dentibus incisis, 1-2-seriatis, laxioribus quam in G. obtusifolio.—Wi1SCONSIN: Congress Hall, Dells of the Wisconsin River, 1866 (collector unknown); shady coulee near Mirror Lake, Delton, September 7, 1891, R. H. True; sandstone ledges, cold water canyon, Dells of the Wisconsin River, September 22, 1929, N. C. Fassett, F. M. Uhler, & W. T. McLaughlin, по. 9590 (түрЕ in Herb. U. of Wis.). This species is only 5-30 cm. tall; the tomentum of the stem is loose and flocculent; the leaves are broadly oblanceolate, rather bright green on both surfaces, sparsely tomentose or glabrate, without revolute or crisped margins; the linear acute involucral bracts are in only 1 or 2 rows, and are often cut at the tip into linear-acuminate teeth. Its closest relative, G. obtusifolium, is, in contrast, 1.5-7.5 dm. tall; the stem has a denser closer tomentum, composed in large part of hairs oriented up and down the stem; the leaves are linear- lanceolate, minutely elongate-papillate and glandular above, and densely tomentose beneath, with crisped and slightly revolute margins; the rounded or obtusely pointed bracts are closely imbricated in 3 or 4 rows, and entire or shallowly toothed at tip. At the Dells of the Wisconsin River, near Kilbourn, glacial streams have cut deep gorges in the sandstone, whose varying degrees of hardness have produced many shelf-like ledges. Here, with G. saxicola, are Epilobium glandulosum, var. perplexans, Cystopteris fragilis, Thelypteris fragrans, var. Hookeriana, and a dwarf form of Hypericum mutilum. Here also grows G. uliginosum, with its bluish color and small heads imbedded in tomentum, always perfectly distinct from G. saxicola but G. obtusifolium does not seem to be present. A specimen collected by L. Andrews in shade in Forest Park, Springfield, Massachusetts, loaned from the New England Botanical Club Herbarium through the kindness of Mr. C. A. Weatherby, shows an approach to G. saxicola in its small size and short nearly glabrous leaves. The three rows of broad involucral bracts and the dense tomentum of the stem, however, place it with G. obtusifolium. MADISON, WISCONSIN. 76 Rhodora [MARCH CONCERNING A CALIFORNIAN CONVOLVULUS Ілгу M. PERRY CONVOLVULUS simulans, nom. nov. Breweria minima Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 228 (1882). Convolvulus pentapetaloides Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 12. 436 (1886), not L. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, 11. 229 (1768). Not C. minimus Aubl. (1775) nor Vitm. (1789). Dr. Gray, receiving the American plant from Lower California, first described it as a new species of Breweria, but later (Syn. Fl. l. c.), probably on account of its close resemblance to the plates of the Mediterranean Convolvulus pantapetaloides (Cav. Ic. n. 29, t. 123; Sibth. Fl. Graeca, t. 197), he identified it with the Mediterranean species and treated it as naturalized from southern Europe. Although there is no doubt of the similarity between these species in general, they differ in rather significant details which seem to have been overlooked up to the present time. These differences, chiefly in floral characters, appear to be sufficiently constant to justify the separation of the Californian and Lower Californian material as a species; and since the specifie name Convolvulus minimus is already pre-empted, the name C. simulans is here proposed. The following is a summary of the contrasting characters of the two and will perhaps be helpful in distinguishing these entities: Bracts minute (1-2 mm. long), glabrous and scarious: calyx gla- brous; sepals uniform, broadly ovate, with wide scarious mar- gins, apiculate: corolla (in bud) densely pubescent; lobes obtusish, with salient acuminate angles............ C. pentapetaloides. Bracts larger (3-4, often to 9 mm. long), pubescent and foliaceous: calyx pubescent; sepals dimorphic, the two outer narrowly oblong, herbaceous, the three inner much broader, oblong- obovate and inconspicuously apiculate, with narrow scarious margins: corolla (in bud) scarcely if at all pubescent; lobes ката ODDO: ы... тты ты; С. simulans. Convolvulus simulans is apparently indigenous to western North America and ranges near the coast from the vicinity of San Francisco Bay southward into northern Lower California. It has been collected most frequently south of Point Conception. The specimens in the Gray Herbarium are as follows: CALIFORNIA: Antioch, June, 1884, Mrs. Curran; Cholame, San Luis Obispo Co., June, 1887, Lemmon, no. 4618; Estrella, San Luis Obispo Co., May, 1885, Jared; Santa Barbara, 1879, Mrs. Cooper; San Diego, May 1, 1902, Brandegee, no. 1665; below San Diego, 1882, Jones; Sweetwater Hills, San Diego Co., May 9, 1884, Orcutt; La Jolla, April 13, 1914, Clements, no. 86. 1931] Steere,—Meesea triquetra 77 Lower CALIFORNIA: hills, 1882, Pringle; 1882, Jones, Parry, Pringle (TYPE of Breweria minima). The writer is indebted to Mr. Rimo Bacigalupi for comparing the Californian material with the type of Convolvulus pentapetaloides in the Linnean collection at Burlington House, London. Gray HERBARIUM. MEESEA TRIQUETRA! WILLIAM CAMPBELL STEERE (Plate 205) Авогт twelve miles north of Ann Arbor lies a small post-glacial pond known as Mud Lake. The margins have long since been en- croached upon by various aquatic plants, so that now only a very limited area of open water remains, which is completely surrounded by a floating mat of cat-tails and sedges. This zone is surrounded in turn by a dense swamp of tamaracks and spruces growing out of the wet, Sphagnum-covered floor. The general region is probably the richest in bryophytes of any in the immediate vicinity of the Uni- versity of Michigan. Pennington (1) has published a detailed ecolog- ical description of this interesting area. It was while wading about on the firmer parts of the undulating mat that the writer had the good fortune to run across a fine clump of Meesea triquetra (L.) Angstr. (Meesea tristicha B. & S.) with mature sporophytes. This is the second locality in Michigan from which this uncommon species has been recorded, Nichols (2) having reported it from Cheboygan County. It is apparently a circumboreal species, since it has been reported from widely separated stations in Europe, Asia and the northern part of this continent. Because of the unique and characteristic appearance of this beauti- ful moss, it is very easily recognized in the field and will hardly be confused with any other species, once it has been determined. Never- theless, it is rather puzzling to one who has never seen the plant before, for although it is readily identified by the keys in the current manuals, most of the descriptions are so unsatisfactory that one does not feel secure until he has confirmed his determination by comparison with herbarium material. 1 Paper from the Department of Botany, University of Michigan. 78 Rhodora [Marca The salient features of the gametophyte are as follows: (/) The dis- tant, strongly squarrose leaves are markedly three ranked, so that, when viewed from above, the tips of sterile plants resemble small three-pointed stars. Of our American manuals, only that of Jennings (3) makes use of this very important diagnostic character, which makes even sterile specimens easy to recognize, and from which the specific name is derived. (2) The serrate margins of the lanceolate, acute leaves further distinguish this from any other species. The sporophyte is characterized by a very long seta (3-4 cm.) which bears a pear-shaped capsule inclined from an erect, swollen collum or neck. In southern Michigan the spores mature early in July. The above macroscopic characteristics, together with the bog habitat, should serve to make Meesea triquetra easy to identify, even without the examination of the peristome required by most keys. The distinctive peristome characteristics are valuable, however, in confirmation of the determination; the 16 narrow segments of the inner peristome being two or three times as long as the 16 teeth of the outer. The writer knows no figure which adequately illustrates the gametophyte, although an excellent idea of the general sporophytic characteristics is given by the plate of Meesea tristicha in Bryologia Europaea (4) which is reproduced by Grout (5). The peculiar features of the peristome are well figured by Limpricht (6). The accompanying natural size photograph (PLATE 205) taken July 3, 1930, will therefore supplement previous illustrations and demonstrate some of the diagnostic points. TEMPLE UNIVERSITY, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. LITERATURE CITED (1) PENNINGTON, L. Н. 1906. Plant distribution at Mud Lake. Annual Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 8: 54-63. (2) Nicnots, G. E. 1922. The bryophytes of Michigan, with particular reference to the Douglas Lake region. Bryologist 25: 41-58. (3) JENNINGS, О. E. 1913. А Manual of the Mosses of Western Pennsylvania. Published by the author, Pittsburgh, Penna. (4) бснімрен, W. 1836-1855. Bryologia Europaea seu Genera Muscorum Europaeorum monographice illustrata auctoribus P. Bruch, W. Schimper et T. Gümbel. Stuttgart. (5) Grout, A. J. 1903. Mosses with Hand-Lens and Microscope. Pub- lished by the author, New York City. (6) Limpricut, K. С. 1895-1904. Die Laubmoose Deutschlands, Oester- reichs und der Schweiz. Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora. Leipzig. 1931] Steinmetz,—New Station for Litorella americana 79 LrrrORELLA AMERICANA IN WASHINGTON County, Matne.—Dur- ing the thirty-fifth field meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society in July 1930, a party consisting of Miss Sue L. Gordon, Mr. H. M. W. Haven, Miss Annie F. Nichols, Dr. F. H. Steinmetz and the writer, visited a small “kettle” or “sink” pond in township No. 18 in the Epping Plains (of the U. S. Coast Survey! reports), or the Blueberry Barrens of the Cherryfield Quadrangle; though this pond, which is located a little way to the north of the western end of Schoodic Lake, is unnamed on the quadrangle mentioned, we learned that it is locally known as “Little Schoodic Pond." On both the western and the southwestern shores of this pond we found in considerable quantity Littorella americana Fernald,? growing on the wet strand in silt-filled gravel. The plants were healthy and flowering well. The occur- rence of this rare plant so near the terminus of this branch of the great Katahdin esker system? is indeed most interesting, and suggest- ive of a possible range of stations along this esker system, since the plant is known to occur in two other ponds farther north along the same system,‘ in the present Penobscot basin.—AnrHUR Н. М ORTON, Museum of Natural History, Portland, Maine. A New STATION For LrrTORELLA AMERICANA.—Professor М. L. Fernald describes the North American Littorella іп RHODORA, хх. 61-62 as distinct from the European L. uniflora (L.) Asch. Не also gives its habitat and cites the known stations for the species. He reéstablishes the station in Nova Scotia on the shores of Grand Lake and reports it in Кнорока xxiii. 135. During the past summer it was found on July 11 by Mr. Arthur Norton? on the shores of a small “kettle hole" pond in Washington County, Maine. Ten days later it was collected in blossom along the shores of the south end of Pu- shaw Pond near Orono, Maine by the writer. It was later found at three other points on the shallow shores of the same pond. On Sep- tember 10th large areas of it were found in various stages of develop- ment near a point locally known as Sandy Beach. It was collected 11858, Bache, Rept. U. S. Coast Surv. for 1857, 302-305; pl. 3. 21918, Fernald, Кнорона, 20, 61-62. 31899, Stone, U. S. Geol. Surv Mon. xxxiv, 104-116. * 1918, Fernald, Ruopona, 20, 62 (Chemo Pond); and 1931, Steinmetz, Rhodora, 33, 79 (Pushaw Pond). 51931, Norton, RHopona xxxiii. 79. 80 Rhodora [Marcu as late as November Ist. near Kukunsook landing. Undoubtedly conditions have been favorable for its development along the shores of this pond during the past season because of the slow but constant lowering of the water level. —F. Н. STEINMETZ, University of Maine, Orono, Maine. Cuscuta POLYGONORUM IN New EnGianp.—Last autumn the writer collected a Cuscuta in his wood lot at Goose Pond, Concord, Massachusetts, which attracted attention as differing slightly in appearance from the usual run of C. Gronovii. The fact that it was growing on Polygonum acre seemed of little significance until a recent dissection disclosed corolla- and stamen-characters of the southern С. Polygonorum Engelm. The five-parted corolla with acuminate lobes, the obscure scales scarcely visible with a hand lens, and the long stamens at least equaling the tips of the corolla-lobes, seemed to fit no other species. Reference to Yuncker’s monograph on North American Cuscuta! merely strengthened this view. Ву request, Mr. C. A. Weatherby of the Gray Herbarium made an independent dis- section and reported: “I think there is no doubt at all that your Cuscuta is C. Polygonorum Engelm.” The range for this species has long been considered as: Delaware . and Pennsylvania to Minnesota and southward. А recent discovery of the plant on Long Island, New York; tends to allay somewhat the natural suspicion with which the alleged Concord station must be regarded. Any addition to the flora of New England, particularly if it be a Cuscuta several hundred miles north of its “normal” range, must be supported by incontestable evidence. At present, the writer's single sheet in the Club Herbarium constitutes the sole proof of the existence of this plant north of Long Island. Perhaps local students may be tempted to boil up their Cuscuta reliquiae in a search for other New England stations of C. Polygonorum. It may prove to be a widely distributed plant which hitherto has been entirely overlooked. —Ricnanp J. EATON, Boston, Massachusetts. iT, G. Yuncker: Revision of N. A. & West Indian Species of Cuscuta. 2 W. С. Ferguson: Flora of Long Island, Bull. Torrey Club, 53: 307, 1926. Volume 33, no. 386, including pages 25 to 64 and plate 204, was issued 30 January, 1931. Plate 205 Rhodora MEESEA TRIQUETRA X 1. Hovova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ا‎ әгә LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Vol. 33. April, 1931. No. 388. CONTENTS: Seedling of Hamamelis virginiana. Theo. Holm................. 81 New England Distribution of Arceuthobium pusillum. R. J. Eaton 92 Dwarf Mistletoe and Other Plants new to New Jersey. Ludlow Griscom ае T 101 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the fiora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to М.І. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other -— of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 in. by 8-4 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 33. April, 1931. No. 388. THE SEEDLING OF HAMAMELIS VIRGINIANA L. THEO. Ном (Plates 206 and 207) SEEDLINGS of trees and shrubs generally show a very uniform development, and the deviations depend mainly on the cotyledons being epigeic or hypogeic, and on the shape of the primary leaves, which sometimes differ from that of the mature tree or shrub. The internal structure, on the other hand, exhibits frequently several points of interest, and especially with regard to the early appearance of certain structural characters, which become more or less modified in the mature plant. The secondary increase in thickness of the pri- mary root and the stem, including the hypocotyl, naturally involves several changes in the structure, beside that the tissues of the leaf are frequently subject to modification, when being exposed to change of environment, shade and light especially. Seedlings of Hamamelideae are not mentioned by Lubbock; he figures and describes Bucklandia propulnea R. Br., but this genus is a member of Liquidambareae according to Baillon. In Hamamelis Virginiana the first leaf of the seedling (кіс. 2) is large for the size of the plant, subcordate, acuminate, and distinctly crenate; the second leaf (FIG. 3) is much smaller, ovate and short-pointed; in the ultimate leaves (FIG. 1) the crenation is less pronounced, the base is oblique, and the apex varies from short-pointed to almost obtuse. The average size of the ultimate leaves aggregates about 9 cm. in length, and 6 cm. in width, but occasionally the inflorescences may be subtended by leaves measuring up to 1314 cm. in length, and 10 em. in width. The 1 Lubbock, John” A Contribution to our Knowledge of Seedlings. Vol. 1, London, 1892, p. 521. 82 Rhodora [APRIL vernation is not “involute” as stated by Sargent (Silva, V: 1893), but "plieate." When comparing the internal structure of the seedling, during the first season, with that of the mature tree (or tall shrub), the development of the various tissues may be described as follows. THE Коот-ѕүѕтЕМ In the primary root of the young seedling at the stage figured (rra. 2), collected early in May, increase in thickness has already taken place, but only within the stele; the peripheral tissues from the epidermis to endodermis incl. are still intact. The epidermis is very small-celled, destitute of hairs, and the cell-walls are of a deep brown color; there is a thin-walled exodermis, well marked by the lumen being somewhat wider than that of the adjoining cortex. Тһе cortical parenchyma consists of eight compact strata of roundish cells with no contents of starch or crystals; the endodermis is well preserved, thin-walled and relatively large-celled, but contains no starch. At the expense of most of the pericambium the stele presents a dense mass of leptome and hadrome in deep rays with several strata of typical libriform, enclosing a narrow, slightly thick-walled pith. In the capillary, lateral roots of the same specimen the stele shows the original structure, which is diarch; the cortex presents a narrower zone, but otherwise the structure is as described above. At the close of the first season the primary root has grown to a considerable length, and increased in thickness. Тһе peripheral tissues from epidermis to endodermis, inclusive, have been replaced by many strata of homogeneous, thin-walled cork of the usual struc- ture, and by a secondary thick-walled cortical parenchyma of only two layers, containing large deposits of starch, both tissues having originated from the pericambial meristem. The stele shows the same structure as described above, but the libriform is more thick-walled. If we compare now the older roots of mature specimens, of the flowering shrub, for instance, we notice a somewhat modified structure. The cork and the secondary cortex represent broader zones, the latter containing starch in abundance, beside large, single rhombic crystals of caleium-oxalate. Moreover, we notice a number of isolated stereids and sclereids scattered throughout this parenchyma, beside some more definite strands of stereome outside the leptome. With regard to the medullary rays these contain large, single crystals and starch, The libriform shows a somewhat peculiar structure, the cells having 1931] Holm,—Seedling of Hamamelis virginiana 83 an inner, quite thick, gelatinous layer, more or less separated from the lignified part of the cell-wall, thus representing the so-called " Gallert-schicht," described by De Вагу; it is a structure of some- what irregular occurrence, being not exhibited by all the libriform-cells in many plants. As a matter of fact, De Bary calls attention to the occurrence of such cells together with normal libriform in the same annual ring of the trunk of certain trees, and a like variation exists also in roots. For in our Hamamelis we found such cells quite frequent in the innermost strata of the hadrome in the root, intermixed with normal libriform. Characteristic of the root structure is thus the early increase within the stele of the primary root of the seedling, while the peripheral tissues are still intact, succeeded during the first autumn by the replacement of these tissues by cork and a secondary cortical parenchyma. In roots of the mature tree stereids and sclereids appear in the secondary cortex, and part of the libriform shows the peculiar, gelatinous, inner layer, recorded by De Bary from the trunks of certain trees. THE STEM The hypocotyl of the young seedling is tall, cylindric, perfectly glabrous, but not smooth, the cuticle forming numerous, longitudinal ridges from base to apex. The epidermis is thick-walled (the outer wall), and a thin-walled cork of three strata has developed from hypodermal callenchyma (rra. 4); the cork-cells show the general form, being stretched tangentially. The cortex is heterogeneous, consisting of two to three strata of collenchyma and of about six compact layers of thin-walled parenchyma, of which the three peri- pheral strata are rich in chlorophyll. There is a distinct, thin- walled endodermis, containing starch; the pericycle is composed of isolated strands of stereome in two to three layers interspersed with thin-walled parenchyma. The stele represents a compact cylinder of leptome, cambium and deep rays of hadrome with narrow, medul- lary rays (1-2 rows), and some libriform, slightly thick-walled. The pith is thin-walled, solid, rich in starch. The epicotyl, the only internode of the young seedling, is obtusely triangular, and hairy with stellate hairs; the cuticle and the epidermis show the same structure as in the hypocotyl, but no cork is developed; the cortex is heterogeneous as described above, but several of the cells 1 De Bary, А. Vergleichende Anatomie der Vegetations-organe der Phanerogamen und Farne. Leipzig, 1877, p. 497. 84 Rhodora [APRIL contain a brown substance, and large aggregated crystals of caleium- oxalate. The endodermis, pericycle and stele show the same structure as described above, but the outline of the stele is triangular, the three primordial mestome-strands being much thicker than the inter- fascicular. At the close of the first season several (4—5) internodes have been developed, and in these the epidermis has become somewhat com- pressed, covering a broad zone of thin-walled cork, the cells of which are stretched radially as shown in FIGURE 6. The cortex consists of collenchyma and thick-walled parenchyma, both containing crystals, single in the former, but single and aggregated in the latter, besides deposits of starch. No endodermis could be distinguished, but a closed pericycle of stereome in about three layers. The stele shows the same structure as in the young seedling, but the libriform and the pith are thick-walled; the latter contains starch. In passing to describe the structure of the branches of the mature shrub or tree, the long, slender internodes of a branch, about nine months old, show the epidermis still preserved, thick-walled and small- celled, covering four thin-walled layers of cork with the cells radially stretched (кіс. 6). The cortex is of буе hypodermal strata of collen- chyma surrounding three strata of moderately thickened parenchyma, of which several cells contain a brown, amorphous substance; while only single crystals were observed in the collenchyma, both single and aggregated were found in the parenchyma. No endodermis could be distinguished, but an almost continuous pericycle of three to four strata of stereome intermixed with sclereids; the stereids showed the inner cell-wall beginning to become gelatinous. Corresponding with the circular outline of the branch (in cross-section) the stele is almost round, but shows the three primary mestome-strands very plainly. 'The mestome is very compact, and libriform is especially well repre- sented in the interfascicular tissue. A large, small-celled and thick- walled endoxyle covers the inner face of the three primary mestome- strands. With regard to the leptome this contains much thin-walled parenchyma forming rays between the strands of sieve-tubes, frequent- ly containing a brown substance, but neither starch nor crystals; the hadrome contains much libriform, beginning to show the gelatinous structure of the inner cell-wall; the vessels are relatively narrow, polyedrie rather than circular in cross-sections, and the medullary rays are of only one to two rows. The pith is thick-walled, and con- 1931] Holm,—Seedling of Hamamelis virginiana 85 tains starch besides a brown substance, but no crystals. Viewed in longitudinal sections the cork-cells are high, but very narrow; the sclereids form long rows between the stereids, and the crystals are contained in cells, forming continuous rows, generally close to the stereome; the libriform shows bordered pits very distinctly. This structure recurs in the older branches with the exception, that a secondary cortical parenchyma has developed on the inner face of the pericycle, and contains single crystals of calcium-oxalate. Moreover the pith shows the cells very thick-walled, porous, and stretched radially, containing several aggregated crystals, but no starch. The three-flowered peduncle is at the time of the flowering densely hairy with numerous stellate hairs, and the cross-section is circular with a circular stele. The cortical parenchyma is homogeneous, collenchymatic, and of 12-14 layers, containing both types of crystals. The endodermis is fairly distinct, but destitute of starch, and no peri- cycle is developed. Among the structures characteristic of the stem, when examined from the seedling stage to the mature tree, the following may be mentioned. 'The cuticle forming longitudinal ridges on the hypocotyl and the epicotyl; the absence of hairs from the hypocotyl; the devel- opment of stellate hairs on the epicotyl and subsequent internodes; the development of cork beginning in the young hypocotyl; the cortex being heterogeneous, 7. e. collenchymatic and parenchymatic in the hypocotyl and in all the suceeding internodes, except in the floral peduncle, where the cortex is collenchymatie all through; endodermis being distinct in the hypocotyl, epicotyl and in the floral peduncle, but absent from the other internodes; the pericycle being purely stereomatic in the seedling, but interspersed with sclereids in the young branches of the tree, and absent from the floral peduncle; the stereids and the libriform showing a gelatinous, inner wall in the branches of the tree; a well-developed endoxyle in the young branches of the tree; the cells of the pith being very thick-walled and stretched radially (in cross-sections) in old branches. The distribution of crystals of calcium-oxalate is very unequal: viz., none in the hypocotyl; aggregated in the cortex and pith of the epicotyl; single crystals in the cortex of the apical internodes of the seedling during the autumn; single and aggregated in the lower internodes during autumn; aggre- gated and single in the primary parenchymatic cortex of young 86 Rhodora [APRIL branches of the tree; single in the collenchymatic; aggregated in the pith and primary cortex of old branches of the tree; single in the secondary cortex of all branches; single and aggregated in the collen- chymatic cortex of the floral peduncle. THE LEAVES The relatively large, epigeric cotyledons (rra. 2) have short petioles, which, at the characteristic point, i. e. just beneath the leaf-blade, are triangular in cross-section, and destitute of hairs. The cuticle is wrinkled on both faces, and the outer wall of epidermis is slightly thickened. The cortex consists of 15-20 strata of roundish cells rich in chlorophyll, and several cells contain a brown substance, but no crystals were observed; the hypodermal stratum of cortex is slightly collenchymatic on the dorsal face. The three mestome-strands are collateral and situated in a single band close to each other; a starch- bearing endodermis covers the leptome-side, and inside the endoder- mis are three arches of thin-walled stereome corresponding with the leptome. "The blade of the cotyledon is also glabrous, and covered by a thin, smooth cuticle; the epidermis is thin-walled in the lateral parts of the blade, but slightly thick-walled (the outer cell-wall) above and beneath the midrib. Viewed in superficial sections the lateral cell- walls of epidermis are undulate on both faces of the blade, especially on the dorsal face; the stomata are confined to the dorsal face, with generally one rectangular subsidiary cell and four ordinary epidermis- cells. А few strata of collenchyma, hypodermal, are located beneath the midrib, passing into a small water-storage tissue of two to three strata. The chlorenchyma consists of one ventral stratum of very short and plump palisade-cells, some of which show the peculiar funnel-like shape, which recurs, but much more frequently, in the first green leaf succeeding the cotyledons; this stratum contains much more chlorophyll than the adjoining pneumatic tissue, which consists of about eight layers of oblong to roundish cells with wide intercellular spaces; the palisade-tissue passes uninterruptedly across the midrib. 'The midrib contains a single, arch-shaped, collateral mestome-strand, of which the leptome is supported by an arch of thin-walled stereome; no crystals of caleium-oxalate were observed in the cotyledon. The primary leaf of the young seedling (rra. 2) has a short petiole, which is hemicylindric in cross-sections, the ventral face flat; it is hairy on both faces with stellate hairs. Тһе cuticle is thin, nearly 1931] Holm,—Seedling of Hamamelis virginiana 87 smooth, and the epidermis is slightly thick-walled. The cortex con- sists of five to six strata of thin-walled, roundish cells with chlorophyll, but no collenchyma was observed. The mestome-strands form a stele, almost circular in cross-section, and surrounded by a continuous sheath of stereome in three to four layers; a relatively broad, thin- walled pith occupies the center of the stele, containing a little starch, but no crystals. The leaf-blade of the primary leaf of same seedling shows a typical dorsiventral structure as to stomata and chlorenchyma. The cuticle is thin, smooth; the stomata are confined to the dorsal face; they are slightly raised, and have a wide air-chamber; they show three distinct structures: they are surrounded by five cells of which two are rectangular and parallel with the stoma, the others being ordinary epidermal cells with undulate lateral walls; or only one cell is rectangular, the other four being larger and with the lateral walls undulate; or there are only four cells, of which the two are much smaller than the others, but of irregular shape, and with the walls undu- late. Viewed in superficial sections the lateral walls of epidermis are prominently undulate on both faces of the blade; in cross-section epidermis is thin-walled on both faces, with about the same lumen; stellate, and simple, unbranched hairs are frequent on both faces of the blade, the simple being unicellular, very long, and sharply pointed. There is one layer of palisade-tissue (віс. 5), which is very open, and the cells are very short and much broader under the epidermis than where they touch the pneumatic tissue; the pneumatic tissue is of three to four layers of oblong to roundish cells with wide inter- cellular spaces; the chlorenchyma, especially the palisade-tissue, is rich in chlorophyll. The structure of this palisade-tissue is very different from the typical, because the cells are mostly of a funnel-like shape, as shown in the figure (ria. 5). In describing the system of assimilation Haberlandt! calls special attention to this structure, the funnel-shaped cells, but according to this author, it is generally in the pneumatic tissue that this cell-form is represented in order to connect with a larger or smaller fascicle of true palisade cells so as to conduct the assimilated substances to the parenchyma sheaths of the mestome-strands. By Haberlandt these funnel-shaped cells аге therefore called * Sammel- oder absorption-zellen, " 7. e. receiving cells; he cites several plants showing this structure of the uppermost stratum of the pneumatic tissue, for instance some ferns, but also several 1 Haberlandt, б. Physiologische Pflanzenanatomie. Leipzig, 1896, p. 246 seq. 88 Rhodora [APRIL Dicotyledons: Ficus, Juglans, Pulmonaria, Eranthis, ete. But with regard to the typical palisade cells being replaced by funnel-shaped as in our Hamamelis (Fia. 5) Haberlandt attributes this structure to sciaphilous plants especially, where the great width of the cells, directly beneath the ventral epidermis, favors an increased assimila- tion in the diffuse light of the shady environment. Several instances of this particular structure have been described and partly figured in our paper dealing with: Sciaphilous plant-types, among these: Orchis rotundifolia Pursh, Aster divaricatus L., Aristolochia Serpen- taria L., Lepidagathis alopecuroides R. Br., Spiraea Aruncus L., Amphicarpaea monoica (L.) Ell., Stellaria pubera Michx., ete. The very open structure of the pneumatic tissue in Hamamelis recurs in several sciaphilous plants, and by containing chlorophyll, even to a limited extent, it thus performs two functions: aerating and assimila- ting. There is another peculiar structure to be observed in the chloren- chyma, namely the development of long, thick-walled sclereids (FIG. 7), which, however, are more frequent in the leaves of the mature tree. Haberlandt (l. c. p. 141) describes the sclerenchyma and the various types of sclereids (a term proposed by Tschirch) which have been observed; he distinguishes between “brachy-, macro-, osteo- and astro-sclereids” in accordance with their shape. Of these forms the more or less isodiametric sclereids, the brachy-sclereids, are the most common, known especially from the pericycle of the stem of many herbaceous and woody plants, from the fruits of Pomaceae, and from the tuberous roots of Dahlia, Paeonia etc.; by Solereder? they are called “stone-cells.”” The sclereids in our Hamamelis represent the type "macro-sclereids," and are known from the leaves of many plants, more seldom from the stems (cortex and pith). Solereder calls this type “Spicular-zellen” (l. c. p. 919), and he enumerates the families in which they have been observed. The function of the sclereids is, according to Haberlandt, of a local, mechanical nature. This term proposed by Tschirch is more natural than that of some other authors, who under the category “idioblasts” include stone- cells, crystal-cells, oil-cells, resin-cells, etc., for instance Sachs,’ Strassburger,* and others. 1 Beihefte Bot. Centralbl. Vol. 44. Dresden, 1927. ? Solereder, Hans. Systematische Anatomie der Dicotyledonen. Stuttgart, 1899, p. 966. ? Sachs, Julius. Lehrbuch der Botanik, 4th ed. Leipzig, 1874, p. 85. 4 Strassburger, E. Lehrbuch der Botanik. Jena, 1894, p. 71. (Strassburger, Noll, Schenck and Schimper). 1931) Holm,—Seedling of Hamamelis virginiana 89 The midrib forms an obtuse keel on the lower face of the leaf-blade, and contains a thin-walled water-storage-tissue of two to five strata, surrounding the single, arch-shaped mestome-strand. No endodermis was observed, but the leptome and the hadrome have a support of several layers of stereome forming two separate arches; the hadrome contains no libriform. А few single crystals were observed in the dorsal part of the water-storage-tissue. The lateral, thin veins are surrounded by green parenchyma-sheaths, inside of which some few stereids may be noticed on the leptome-side. The cells of the paren- chyma-sheath border on the palisade- and the pneumatic-tissue. The leaf of the full grown tree or large shrub shows the same struc- ture of the the cuticle, epidermis and stomata as the primary leaf of the seedling; stellate hairs of two types, viz. four-armed with very thin cross-walls, and ten-armed, which are a little shorter and more thick-walled than the four-armed, and lack the cross-walls; of these types the former is the most frequent on the dorsal face, while the ten-armed occur on both faces of the blade. Тһе chlorenchyma is developed as a typical palisade tissue of one layer (P in ria. 7) of high cells rich in chlorophyll, and covering a relatively compact pneumatic tissue of about four to five strata with only a little chlorophyll; large macro-sclereids (FIG. 7) are frequent, extending from the ventral epidermis to the dorsal, and, sometimes, breaking through this; some few single crystals were observed in the palisade-tissue. The midrib (rra. 8) forms a large, obtuse keel on the dorsal face of the leaf-blade, containing three strata of hypodermal collenchyma around the keel, and on the narrow, upper face, the chlorenchyma does not extend across the midrib, being interrupted by a large water-storage-tissue, surrounding a large stele, circular in cross-section, and an arch-shaped, collateral mestome-strand above this, and close to the ventral epi- dermis. A closed sheath of stereome in five to six layers surrounds the stele and the single mestome-strand; the leptome of the latter shows the normal, dorsal position; the center of the stele is occupied by a broad pith, containing many single, but only a few aggregated crystals of calcium-oxalate; similar crystals were also observed in the water-storage-tissue, besides macro-sclereids. This singular structure of the midrib recurs in the lateral veins, the secondaries, with the exception that there is a small opening on the ventral face of the stele, and that the ventral, arch-shaped mestome-strand above is wanting. In following the structure of the midrib towards the apex 90 Rhodora [APRIL of the leaf-blade, the composition is very different, there being only an arch of mestome, surrounded by a large, thin-walled parenchyma, and a completely closed sheath of stereome; a narrow arch of pith is located between the hadrome and the ventral portion of the stereome. The petiole of the mature leaf is almost cylindric, and very hairy near the base of the blade. The cuticle is smooth, and the epidermis is of small, thick-walled cells. Three to five hypodermal strata of collenchyma surround a thin-walled cortex of about eight layers, very compact, and containing chlorophyll and crystals, single as well as aggregated, the former being most abundant near the stereomatic pericycle, which surrounds a central stele, corresponding exactly with that of the midrib of the leaf-blade. When comparing the structure of the cotyledons, the primary leaf of the seedling, and the leaf of the mature tree, we observe the follow- ing points of interest. The petiole of the cotyledon contains three collateral mestome-strands, located in one band, while a typical stele occurs in the petiole of the primary leaf and of the leaf of the tree. The chlorenchyma consists of one layer of short palisade cells with several funnel-shaped, and of eight strata of open, pneumatic tissue in the cotyledon; of one layer of short, funnel-shaped cells covering a pneumatic tissue of three to four layers with wide intercellular spaces іп the primary leaf; and of one layer of typical, compact palisades covering a pneumatic tissue of four to five compact strata in the leaf of the tree. Macro-sclereids were observed in the chlorenchyma of the primary leaf and of the leaf of the tree, but not in the cotyledons. The midrib of the cotyledon consists of one arch-shaped, collateral mestome-strand with a dorsal water-storage-tissue; that of the primary leaf shows the same structure, while in the leaf of the tree the midrib represents a stele, circular in cross-section, with a ventral, collateral mestome-strand, and with a large, dorsal water-storage-tissue. The crystals of calcium-oxalate are distributed as follows. Aggregated as well as single, rhombic were found in the cortex of the petiole of the leaf of the tree; only single crystals were observed in the chlorenchyma of the leaf of the tree, and in the water-storage-tissue of the midrib in the primary leaf; many single and a few aggregated crystals were observed in the pith of the stele in the leaf of the tree, and in the dorsal water-storage-tissue of same. No crystals were found in the cotyledons, nor in the petiole of the primary leaf. We have thus in the seedling of Hamamelis Virginiana an illustra- 1931] Holm,—Seedling of Hamamelis virginiana 91 tion of the early appearance of some of the more important structures, noticeable in the root, stem and foliage. We have seen the develop- ment of cork and a secondary cortex in the root at the close of the first season, while stereids and brachy-sclereids do not appear in the secondary cortex before the roots are several years old. The develop- ment of stellate hairs begins on the epicotyl, while the cork, and the differentiation of the cortex into collenchyma and ordinary parenchy- ma already begins in the hypocotyl. The pericycle being purely stereomatic in the seedling, but interspersed with brachy-sclereids in the branches of the tree. The appearance of aggregated crystals in the epicotyl, and of single in the apical internodes of the seedling. With regard to the foliage we have seen that the cotyledons and the primary leaf lack a typical palisade-tissue, while such is well repre- sented by the leaves of the tree; moreover the appearance of macro- sclereids in the chlorenchyma of the primary leaf, recurring more frequently in the foliage of the tree; the singular structure of the mid- rib of the leaf of the tree representing a stele, while that of the cotyle- dons and the primary leaf contains only a single, arch-shaped mestome- strand; finally the occurrence of single crystals in the water-storage- tissue of the primary leaf, but of both single and aggregated in the various tissues of the leaves of the tree. If we compare the structure of Hamamelis with that of Liquidambar, the total absence of secretory ducts from the former, and their presence in the latter constitutes an anatomical character of import- ance, and more so than the development of sclereids in the leaves of Hamamelis. It was principally upon the basis of the system of secretory ducts in Liquidambar and Altingia that Van Tieghem! segregated these genera from Hamamelideae (Hamamelis, Rhodoleia) as a small, very distinct group of very doubtful affinity; for even if the structure of the stem and leaf resembles that of Dipterocarpeae and Simarubeae, the root-structure does not agree with these. When combining these anatomical characteristics with the floral structure as represented by Liquidambar on the one side, and by Hamamelis on the other the segregation appears a very natural one. But con- sidered by itself alone the anatomical structure, in this case the presence of ducts, would hardly be sufficient for warranting such segre- gation, because the development of secretory cells as well as secretory ducts may characterize all the members of certain families, or only 1Van Tieghem, Ph. Second mémoire sur les canaux sécréteurs des plantes. Aun. d. sc. nat. Bot. Série 7, Vol. 1. Paris, 1885, p. 86. 92 Rhodora [APRIL some of the genera or species. For instance, in the Compositae endo- dermal ducts occur in many of the Tubuliflorae, in several of the Labiatiflorae, but only in a few Cichoriaceae; in the Cornaceae ducts аге only known from Mastizxia, in the Caesalpinieae from Eperna and Copaifera, etc. CLINTON, MARYLAND EXPLANATION OF PLATES 206 AND 207. (All the figures are of Hamamelis Virginiana L.) PLATE 206. Кіс. 1, leaf of the tree; two-thirds of the natural size. Fia. 2, the seedling; natural size. Еа. 3, second proper leaf of a seedling; natural size. Fic. 4, cross-section of the hypocotyl of a seedling; Ep = epidermis, Co = cork, Coll. = collenchyma; X 480. Fia. 5, cross-section of the primary leaf of a seedling; Ep. = ventral, Ep* = dorsal epidermis, P = ventral chlorenchyma, Px = pneumatic tissue; X 480. PraTE 207. Ес. 6, cross-section of a branch in its first year, letters as in fig. 4; X 480. Fia. 7, cross-section of a leaf of the tree, showing a macro- sclereid; letters as in ria. 5; X 480. Fia. 8, cross-section of the midrib of a leaf of the tree, Ep = ventral, Ep* = dorsal epidermis. The large, obtuse keel contains a stele of mestome surrounded by a sheath of stereome, bor- dering on the leptome, and outside this is a large-celled water-storage-tissue, surrounded by strata of peripheral collenchyma. Above the stele, close to the ventral epidermis, is a small, collateral mestome-strand; X 60. PECULIAR ASPECTS OF THE NEW ENGLAND DISTRIBUTION OF ARCEUTHOBIUM PUSILLUM R. J. EATON THERE is a diminutive roadside bog in Concord, Massachusetts, where Thoreau first discovered Ledum groenlandicum Oeder seventy- five years ago. "Typical associates are also present, such as Picea mariana (Mill. BSP., Andromeda glaucophylla Link, Kalmia poli- folia Wang. and the like. During a brief stop at this place last summer, Ludlow Griscom called my attention to the diseased appearance of one of the half dozen young specimens of Picea mariana which have survived sundry wood cutting and draining operations. On close examination, the disease proved to be a heavy infection of Arceuthobium pusillum Peck. Strangely enough we could find no infection on any other spruce despite the fact that the branches of the nearest neighbor were actually interlocked with those of the diseased tree. "Thus does the survival of the dwarf mistletoe in this bog, to say nothing of the entire Concord region, hang by a very slender thread! Plate 206 Rhodora aN Theo, Holm del HAMAMELIS VIRGINIANA. í Plate 20 Rhodora Ep ~ Ep.* 62535 аа са со 5 RSS G I TET ue. 2228925 ES SSS, > o 2 42952909546 DNNN 504 ЕЗ | КА „л Й В (/ MERO v ж. p d X x. iS c > И UT IRE | І 1 irj i ШЕ СА Ds ~ — M HAMAMELIS VIRGINIANA. Theo, Holm del. 1931] Eaton,—Distribution of Arceuthobium pusillum 93 Returning to the bog on September 29, 1930, for fresh material and for further examination of other spruce trees in the vicinity, I collected excellent fruiting specimens, as well as staminate plants, the identity of which has been confirmed by Dr. J. H. Faull. The occurrence of both sexes of this dioecious parasite on a single host tree is exceptional (Thoday & Johnston, Ann. Bot. p. 393, XLIV, April, 1930). Close scrutiny failed to reveal the slightest trace of infection on any other spruce, which is the more surprising in the light of the presence of fertile plants. An interesting symposium on dwarf mistletoe was published in Ruopona for January, 1900, with excellent plates illustrating the external characteristics of the plant, its effect on the host and the method of seed dissemination. It is astonishing to learn that the parasite was unknown to science prior to 1871. It was considered an extremely rare and local plant as recently as 1899. At present it is regarded as widely distributed throughout the limit of its range, occurring in the six New England states, New York, New Jersey (L. Griscom), Pennsylvania, Michigan, Wisconsin, and northward. On the recent authority of Thoday & Johnston (supra), J. H. Faull and others, A. pusillum occurs chiefly as an endophytic parasite in the tissues of its principal host, Picea mariana, but can spread to P. canadensis (Mill.) BSP., P. rubra (Du Roi) Dietr., and very excep- tionally to Larix laricina (Du Roi) Koch. Externally, it appears to be confined to a very definite region of the infected twigs. Full- grown aerial shoots in August with ripening fruits occur mainly on the three-year old stem and occasionally on the upper part of the four- year old stem. Shoots with nearly mature flowers occur on the two- year old twigs. The parasite is not visible as a rule on one-year old or current year growth, although its endophytic system grows forward keeping pace each season with the growth of the host twig. The ovary of the mature plant contains a single ovule covered with a sticky glutinous substance which facilitates transportation by birds and lodgement on a host twig. Faull asserts that germination occurs only on live twigs of the host, and apparently only at particularly favorable spots on the twig. Such a condition indicates that unusual germina- tion factors are necessary for the propagation of the species. This conclusion is of importance in judging the significance of certain observations in subsequent paragraphs of this article. In view of the fact that Arceuthobium is very easily overlooked the 94 Rhodora [APRIL @ Stations as indicated by Herbarium material. О) Loca] isolations. ~ Southerly and local range limits, © = Terminal moraines at maximum advance of ice sheet. Мотаітев showing posi- tion of retreating ice edge at first inter- mediate halt of ice sheet. Moraines showing posi- tion of retreating ice edge at second inter- mediate halt of ice Sheet (beginning of "marine stage"). Conjectural extensions of moraines, МП! Range limits of А. wll pusillum (see Map 1). [zm E Map 1 (upper). Distribution of Arceuthobium pusillum in central and southern New Englamd. Map 2 (lower). Position of Moraines of the last (Wisconsin) advance of the Pleistocene glaciations (after Antevs) compared with southern limits of A. pusillum. 1931] Eaton,—Distribution of Arceuthobium pusillum 95 existing records of its occurrence in southern New England, as deter- mined by the specimens filed at the Gray Herbarium, at Arnold Arboretum, and in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club,! perhaps are not particularly significant. The remainder of this article must be read with this clearly in mind. Exclusive of Maine, where the plant is widely distributed, there are collections of dwarf mistletoe from only twenty-eight New England towns (мАР 1). Of these, nine are from Massachusetts, four from Connecticut, and one from Glocester, Rhode Island. Curiously enough, if we consider the Glocester station as a local isolation, the remaining thirteen southern New England stations form a narrow straight belt, closely paralleling and seventy-five miles north of the terminal moraine? of the last glaciation. This belt extends from Andover, Massachusetts, to Sal- isbury, Connecticut, through Wilmington (Massachusetts), Concord, Acton, Lancaster, Clinton, Boylston, Springfield, Becket, Norfolk (Connecticut) and Kent. The new Concord station is the most southeasterly one in Massachusetts. То the northward, there is a wide gap of 80-100 miles from which we have no herbarium material except from a single station at Nottingham, New Hampshire. The most southerly limit of this secondary belt (from present available in- formation) is marked by the line: Matinicus Is. (Maine), Monhegan Is., Great Chebeague Is., Effingham (New Hampshire), Lebanon, Rutland (Vermont). At the present writing there appears to be no reasonable explanation for this curious representation in the three herbaria consulted other 1A thorough analysis of the complete ranges of the plants discussed in this article may not be attempted without reference to all the important herbaria in North America. Lack of time and opportunity prohibits for the present an analysis of the entire North American range of A. pusillum, such as I have made for New England. In fact, it is probable that local collections in other sectors of the range are not suffi- ciently extensive to warrant an attempt at piecing together the whole picture. A con- tinuous series of specimens by townships is the ideal data from which to work up a study of this sort. In all probability the nearest approach to this ideal, as far as any large local area is concerned, may be gained by reference to the New England material contained in the three botanical establishments which I have consulted. The precise distribution of plants within the limits of central and southern New England is sufficiently well known to justify a certain degree of reliance on any conclusions derived from existing records within this area. ? Following Antevs (The Last Glaciation, p. 164; Am. Geog. Soc. 1928) I have sketched tbe three southerly positions of the retreating Wisconsin ice which represent halts of sufficient duration to have produced terminal moraines (мар 2). It is indeed remarkable that the primary and secondary range-limits of Arceuthobium are sub- stantially on the identical lines indicated by Antevs as major intermediate resting stages during the retreat of the ice sheet. No explanation is offered, if indeed any rational explanation is possible. 96 Rhodora [APRIL SITUE ) EXPLANATION Stations as indicated e. by herbarium material. ———7 Southerly range limit. 2" Je *-ы Tur EXPLANATION @ Stations as indicated by Herbarium material. (6 Local isolation. Т” Southerly range limit of L. groenlandicum and approximately identical with that of Kalmia polifolia. a7" Southerly range limit o of V. Oxycoceus. oe = Map 3 (upper). Distribution of Picea mariana in central and southern New England. Map 4 (lower). Distribution of Ledum groenlandicum in central and southern New England (Maine stations incomplete) and the southerly range- limit of Vaccinium oxycoccus. 1931] Eaton,—Distribution of Arceuthobium pusillum 97 than the merest coincidence. Hence, records accompanied by vouch- ers from other localities in southern New England would be welcome in order that the true distribution may be determined. However, should it become an established fact that Arceuthobium occurs in New England south of 43? 50' parallel only in an isolated narrow belt (except for the two anomalous outposts previously mentioned at Glocester, Rhode Island, and Effingham, New Hampshire), a problem at once arises which may have subtle ramifications. Primarily, the distribution of Arceuthobium pusillum is determined by that of its two principal hosts, Picea mariana and P. canadensis. From the meagre evidence in hand, there seem to be striking incon- sistencies in the ranges of hosts and parasite. For instance, it is not apparent why Arceuthobium should not occur, if indeed such is the case, in the general region, Ashburnham, Ashby, Rindge and Win- chendon where P. mariana is abundant in the numerous sphagnum bogs of that ill-drained divide between two water-sheds. Again, it is strange that the scattering of spruces in three other sphagnum bogs in Concord should not harbour the parasite, all the obvious ecological conditions being just as satisfactory as at the Ledum station. Some secondary set of influences must operate to restrict the occur- rence of Arceuthobium to a range strikingly localized in comparison with that of Picea. Specimens of black spruce (MAP 3), for example, are noted from twenty-two towns in six counties in Massachusetts, from Ipswich and Foxboro in the east to Adams and Becket in the Berkshires. There are three stations represented from Rhode Island and eight from Connecticut. Its southerly limit of distribution runs through Canton (Massachusetts), Foxboro, Scituate (Rhode Island), Southington (Connecticut) and Kent, for the most part exactly paralleling the limit of range of Arceuthobium but about thirty miles to the southward. Obviously, some limiting factors are at work to prevent the dwarf mistletoe from occupying a range essentially coin- cident with that of black spruce. There are two curious facts or coincidences concerning Arceutho- bium which may be suggestive. The first has already been alluded to: at Concord the parasite shows no disposition to spread from the in- fected spruce to its contiguous neighbor even though the branches of both trees are more or less interwoven. Such a condition at once suggests the remote possibility of a symbiotic association of some sort, although I must confess that the idea is novel to say the least when 98 Rhodora [APRIL applied to vascular parasites. Improbable though it may be, it is not inconceivable that Arceuthobium is associated with and perhaps dependent for its complete development on some fungus or bacteria which requires two hosts for the completion of its life cycle. Perhaps the parasite will attack only those individual specimens of spruce and larch which previously for some reason have become weakened. Following out this latter line of thought, it may be found that a small percentage of the host trees are subject to some fungus or other primary disease which permits Arceuthobium to gain a foothold. As the southern limit of Picea is approached, individual specimens become more and more sparsely distributed in locally isolated bogs. It would follow, logically enough, that the numbers of weakened host trees would diminish and perhaps disappear entirely at the extreme southerly range-limit where stations for spruce are relatively widely separated. By postulating a primary disease to which P. mariana is the most and L. laracina the least susceptible of the four known hosts of A. pusillum, we provide a simple explanation for the extraordinary discrimination which the parasite displays. In this connection, it is pointed out that I found only one specimen of A. pusillum on L. laracina (Arnold Arboretum: Kent, Connecticut, Austin & Eames, 11 May, 1903) among all the material which I examined in the three herbaria despite the fact that the larch is probably just as common as P. marina, if not more so, in Massachu- setts, Rhode Island and Connecticut. The second fact relates to an evident similarity in the ranges of A. pusillum and certain northern heaths, notably Kalmia polifolia and Ledum groenlandicum. A detailed range-study of the entire series of the normal sphagnum bog associations, including the crypto- gams, should be made before we are justified in attaching much significance to this phenomenon. The occurrence of Ledum and Arceuthobium in close association in a small bog in Concord along the extreme southeastern limit of range of each species, and nowhere else so far as I know within a radius of approximately eight miles, seemed so curious that I plotted the southern New England distribution of Ledum (MAP 4). Except for two locally isolated stations, at Canton, Massachusetts, and Litchfield, Connecticut, and for the Arceutho- bium station at Glocester, Rhode Island, the southeasterly limits for both species coincide in a most striking fashion. Subsequently, I tested the distribution of four other conspicuous bog plants, in order 1931] Eaton,— Distribution of Arceuthobium pusillum 99 to avoid placing undue emphasis solely on Ledum as possessing a definite relationship to the occurrence of Arceuthobium and Picea. The species selected were: Eriophorum spissum Fernald, Kalmia poli- folia Wang., Andromeda glaucophylla Link, and Vaccinium Oxycoccus L. Of these four random species, the range of K. polifolia alone exhibits features comparable to that of Ledum, although it occurs much more commonly along its southern limit than either Arceutho- bium or Ledum. Unlike the latter, it is locally isolated at Glocester (Rhode Island) in close association with Arceuthobium. Of the remaining three species, Eriophorum spissum occurs at Provincetown (Massachusetts), Glocester (Rhode Island), and Water- bury (Connecticut) as the southern limit of its range, thus bearing no similarity to that of dwarf mistletoe. Andromeda exhibits a range comparable to that of Picea mariana, from Norfolk County in eastern Massachusetts through Glocester (Rhode Island) to Danbury in south- western Connecticut. Vaccinium Oxycoccus is likely to occur wher- ever suitable sphagnum bogs exist and is known from Provincetown, Nantucket, Block Island and Ronkonkoma (Long Island, New York) along a line substantially coinciding with the Wisconsin terminal moraine. The suggestion that Arceuthobium may depend in some obscure manner on the presence of Ledum, Kalmia, or for that matter any other bog associate, cannot be considered very seriously without much more evidence. Copious as it is, the material examined is too meagre to warrant generalization." A more accurate knowledge of the true ranges, past and present, of the various plants under discussion is 1 Much emphasis has been laid on mere coincidence resulting from insufficient field data as a probable interpretation of my observations. Аз а matter of fact, I feel that coincidence is effectually ruled out by the law of chances. Assuming that the distri- bution of Picea is the sole factor in determining that of Arceuthobium, except as modified by the less aggressive nature of the latter, owing to limitations of seed dis- semination, fecundity, and kindred restrictive influences, one would certainly expect to find scattering stations of Arceuthobium throughout the entire range of Picea mariana and P. canadensis. Because of the insignificant aspect of Arceuthobium, we properly might expect a far greater representation of spruce than of dwarf mistletoe in our herbaria, but we also ргогегіу would expect to find no essential discrepancies in distribution. The three herbaria contain specimens of Arceuthobium from about fifty New England stations and perhaps three times that number of Picea mariana. If mere chance is the sole distributional factor the mathematical chances are indeed slim for the fifty Arceuthobium stations to fall into two well defined belts which appear to be correlated with several other sets of phenomena: (1) parallelism, (2) range limits of certain bog associations, (3) glacial moraines. Any rational explanation, other than coincidence, is difficult to imagine, considering our present incomplete understanding of the problem. Nevertheless our instinct must prompt us to reject coincidence as altogether too unlikely. 100 Rhodora [APRIL necessary before mere suspicions may become dignified by serious study. My observations are most useful, possibly, as tentative leads for the cryptogamic specialist. However far-fetched these suspicions may be, it remains true that there are one or more unknown limiting factors in the southerly occurrence of A. pusillum which are unrelated to the distribution of its principal host. This fact does not appear to have been pointed out heretofore, and is at present unexplained so far as I am aware. Perhaps microscopic studies of host and parasite will shed some light on the question. I have already alluded to the possible existence of some fungus, requiring two hosts for the completion of its life cycle, which enables the mistletoe to gain a foothold on a previously weak- ened host tree. It is conceivable also that the parasite may vegetate in a purely endophytic state under certain conditions, awaiting some necessary stimulus for the development of aerial (and visible) shoots capable of reproducing the species. Other wild guesses stimulate the imagination. For instance, on the likely assumption that seed dis- semination is accomplished to a certain extent through the agency of birds to whose feet the sticky seed readily adhere, it might be profitable to investigate the casual and permanent fauna and flora of birds' feet, particularly of those species, such as the northern finches, which occasionally winter as far south as southern New England.! It may be significant that another species of the genus Arceuthobium presents ecological peculiarities of a baffling nature. An interesting study of the northwestern A. americanum Nutt. on Pinus Banksiana? has been just brought to my attention, fortunately in time to permit a brief allusion to certain points which are pertinent to the present discussion. In this study it is shown that A. americanum tends to infect only trees in certain types of habitat, that it is very slow to develop new infections on healthy trees, showing evident preference for trees fifteen years or more old, and that the production of mature fruits in moist situations is very effectually checked by the parasitic 1 This suggestion is not very helpful in attempting to explain the presence of Arceu- thobium in the narrow isolated band extending southwesterly across Massachusetts and northwestern Connecticut. Similarly, the fairly regular occurrence of Ledum and Kalmia polifolia throughout the ''gap" in northern Massachusetts, southern Vermont and southern New Hampshire would appear effectually to dispose of any idea that these plants are interdependent. Taking everything into consideration, it does not seem safe to place too much reliance on the supposed gap in the New England distribution of dwarf mistletoe—at least until a more extensive field survey has been made in the barren area. ? Dowding, E. S. Ecology of Arceuthobium americanum Nutt. Journal of Ecology, XVII. 96-105 (Feb. 1929). 1931] Griscom,—Plants new to New Jersey 101 fungus Wallrothiella arceuthobii Ros., “a disease which flourishes best in damp shaded places."? The present importance of this rests in the fact that A. pusillum is a closely related species of the same genus and may be expected to exhibit analogous peculiarities and suscepti- bilities. Hence, it is all the more probable that the curious distribu- tion of A. pusillum in New England points to a problem worthy of the attention of a specialist. BosroN, MASSACHUSETTS. Dwanr MISTLETOE AND OTHER PLANTS NEW TO NEW JERSEY.— From 1919 to 1923 the writer had the great good fortune to accom- pany Mr. Kenneth K. Mackenzie in a long series of summer week- end collecting trips to various parts of New Jersey, and Mr. Mackenzie frequently urged me to record the more unusual and novel finds. We paid particular attention to the higher hills in the northwestern corner of the state in a search for Canadian Zone plants. On June 19, 1920 we explored Pine Swamp, just west of Lake Mashipacong, on the summit of the Kittatinny Ridge in Sussex County, at an altitude - of 1200 ft. It proved to be an ideal locality, as there was a quaking sphagnum bog surrounded by black spruce in the heart of the south- ern end of the swamp. Неге were such rarities (for New Jersey) as Kalmia polifolia Wang. and Carex rostrata Stokes. In the open sphagnum were clumps of Eriophorum spissum Fernald (callithrix of Gray’s Manual), new to the State. The most spectacular event, however, was the discovery of Arceuthobium pusillum Peck in some abundance on a considerable number of spruce trees a few minutes after our telling each other that the plant should occur here, if indeed it was ever to be found in the State. Тһе range of the species is here extended south from northwestern Connecticut. On July 10 the locality was revisited, and we discovered another sphagnum bog in the heart of the north end of the swamp. This bog was a younger one, and contained a small pond in the middle, the border of which was almost unreachable. However, by lying down full length, I was just able to grasp some small clumps of green, equitant leaves, seen from some distance off, which proved to be Xyris montana Ries, new to New Jersey. This bog also contained some more Eriophorum spissum and a little more Dwarf Mistletoe. Pine Swamp outranks even Budd's Lake as the best of the very few sphagnum bogs in the State.— Ludlow Griscom, Cambridge, Mass. ‘Ibid. 98 102 Rhodora [APRIL A NEW BLACKBERRY FROM NEW HAMPSHIRE M. L. FERNALD DuniNG the summers of 1915 and 1917 I devoted much of my atten- tion to the genus Rubus as it occurs in central and northern New Hampshire, collecting and preparing more than 6000 sheets of material, included under 295 numbers. A full series of the more significant species was sent, at his request, to the late Dr. Ezra Brainerd for study. One species in particular, one of the most characteristic trailing or low-arching and entangling brambles of the Pemigewasset Valley in Grafton County, is the subject of this note. In the 1915 collection it was called by Brainerd R. Groutianus Blanchard and material under that name was widely distributed; but, convinced by a study of the 1917 collections that it constitutes a distinct species, Brainerd consistently labeled the later collections “ Rubus severus Brainerd, ined,” and under this name I distributed the duplicates. In Brainerd & Peitersen’s Blackberrics of New England—their Classification, however, published two years later, no recognition was accorded the species, even as a "hybrid," for Brainerd's notes on the sheets in the Gray Herbarium indicate that it might be sought, if not under the new name R. severus, at least under R. elegantulus or a cross of that and R. vermontanus, var. viridifolius; Brainerd's labeling in the Gray Herbarium reading: “Revision by Ezra Brainerd. Jan. 1918. Rubus severus. Brainerd, ined. Combines the characters of R. elegantulus Blanch. with those of R. vermontanus var. viridifolius Blanch." That Brainerd did not comment on this and much other New England material which he had studied in the herbarium may well have been due to a desire first to see the new species growing. Declining strength and advanced years made such an ambition impossible of fulfillment and R. severus has lain unpublished until the present time. In view of Brainerd’s conviction, expressed in letters as well as on the labels and wholly coinciding with the field- judgment of the collector, that R. severus is a distinct species, it seems desirable to give it this belated publication. unus severus Brainerd, n. sp. in Gray Herb., arcuans deinde prostratus; turionibus deinde ramosissimis apice radicantibus 0.5-3 m. longis aculeis 2-4 mm. longis rigidis rectis vel curvatis divergentibus vel subretrorsis subulatis basi dilatatis valde armatis, setis glanduliferis sparse intermixtis; foliis quinquefoliolatis longe petiolatis, petiolis ! Brainerd & Peitersen, Vt. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. 217 (1920). 1931] Fernald,—New Blackberry from New Hampshire 103 armatis, foliolis anguste obovatis subcoriaceis acuminatis basi rotunda- tis glabris vel glabratis petiolulatis supra nigro-viridibus subtus pallidi- viridibus grosse duplicato-serratis 4-13 cm. longis 2-8 cm. latis, petiolulis armatis mediis valde elongatis 1.5-4 cm. longis; foliis tri- foliolatis subtus minute pilosis glabratisque foliolis elliptico-obovatis 9-7 ст. longis 1-3.5 cm. latis; inflorescentia racemoso-paniculata vel subcorymbiformi foliosa interrupta 0.5-2.3 dm. longa; rhachibus remote retrorse aculeatis minute pilosis; pedicellis filiformibus 2-5 ст. longis aculeis aciculiformibus remotis setis glanduliferis plus minusve intermixtis armatis; sepalis deltoideo-ovatis caudato-acuminatis 4-8 mm. longis; petalis oblongis 9-11 mm. longis 4-5 mm. latis; fructibus globosis; putaminibus semiorbicularibus 2.8-3 mm. longis 1.6-2 mm. latis valde reticulatis.—Pemigewasset Valley, Grafton Co., NEw HAMPSHIRE: dry thickets and borders of woods, Lincoln, July 28, 1917, Fernald, no. 15,754; dry thickets and clearings, North Wood- stock, Woodstock, August 7, 1915, Fernald, no. 11,765; springy thickets and banks, North Woodstock, August 7, 1915, Fernald, no. 11,768 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). dry thickets and roadsides, North Woodstock, July 6, 1915, Fernald, no. 11,780; river-gravels, North Woodstock, July 6, 1915, Fernald, no. 11,782 (all material of 1915 distributed as R. Groutianus Blanchard); dry woods and recent clearings, North Woodstock, August 20, 1917, Fernald, no. 15,616; border of sphagnous bog, North Woodstock, August 20, 1917, Fernald, no. 15,618; swampy thickets near Lost River, Woodstock, July 31, 1917, Fernald, no. 15,752; bushy intervale, Woodstock, August 3, 1917, Fernald, no. 15,806; dry thickets, borders of woods and road- sides, Thornton Gore, Thornton, August 27, 1917, Fernald, nos. 15,608, 15,745; dry thickets, clearings and roadsides, Thornton Gore, 'Thornton, July 28, 1917, Fernald, no. 15,753. From Rubus elegantulus Blanchard, near which Brainerd seems to have placed R. severus, it is at once distinguished by its much more prostrate canes, having much more abundant prickles with occasional gland-tipped setae interspersed; subcoriaceous foliage, with less sharp serration; more prickly and usually glandular-setulose pedicels; smaller flowers; and drupelets with narrower stones. R elegantulus, as shown by Blanchard's abundant material, is upright, without glands on young canes or inflorescences; the prickles rather remote; the serration of the membranaceous 5-foliolate leaves very slender and elongate (much as in R. recurvans Blanchard); the pedicels more pilose, either unarmed or bristly but not glandular; the petals about 1.5 em. long, 5-7 mm. broad; the stones of the drupelets broadly ovoid or suborbicular. Only in its trailing or low-arching habit and its often branching corymbiform inflorescence is Rubus severus closely approached by 104 Rhodora [APRIL К. vermontanus, var. viridifolius. The latter has acicular, not broad- based and hard, crowded prickles on the much more slender canes; its leaves are thinner and, even in the largest 5-foliolate leaves, the longest petiolule is only 0.7-2.5 cm. long; the longest fruiting pedicels only 2-3 em. long, more abundantly acerose and glandular-setose. Rubus Groutianus Blanchard, as shown by the Blanchard material in the Gray Herbarium, differs at once from R. severus in its more slender canes with more crowded and strongly recurving arched and more acicular prickles, without intermixed glands; much smaller leaves, the middle petiolule of the 5-foliolate leaves only 0.5-1.5 em. long; the inflorescence copiously setose, with pedicels at most 1.5-2.5 em. long; the stones of the drupelets suborbicular or broadly ovate. Gray HERBARIUM, Volume 33, no. 387, including pages 65 to 80 and plate 205, was issued 7 March, 1931. MAY 19103] Dodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 33. May, 1931. No. 389. CONTENTS: Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia. L. M. Perry. ..... 105 Algae of St. Paul Island. M. V. Ќозсое........................ 127 Another Station for Panicum calliphyllum. Ludlow Griscom....... 131 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (ifavailable) 20cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other vy of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 іп. by 8-4 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.60. IRbodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 33. May, 1931. No. 389. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. XCIV. THE VASCULAR FLORA OF ST. PAUL ISLAND, NOVA SCOTIA Іту M. PERRY Sr. PAUL, one of the smaller islands in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, lies about twelve miles northeast of Cape North, Nova Scotia. It is well-known that at least portions of the Magdalens, Anticosti and the Mingan Islands in the Gulf at some distance from the mainland escaped the Pleistocene denudation and consequently have been of particular interest phytogeographically. Presumably St. Paul also was far enough from the mainland to continue unglaciated, except perhaps locally; if so, its flora too might offer some interesting relics. This possibility and the smallness of the island induced Dr. Muriel V. Roscoe and me to spend a month’s vacation there during the summer of 1929 collecting botanical specimens. It was exceedingly difficult to obtain in advance much information concerning St. Paul. Apart from wireless and the government boats which carry supplies, equipment and employees, there is no regular means of communication with the mainland; no geological survey of the island has been made and consequently no topographic maps are available. Finally, however, Miss Roscoe discovered Miss Campbell, a former resident, who gave us many concrete facts about the place and supplied us with a map which, although drawn with the details of shipwrecks and currents especially for mariners, was invaluable to us in our work. The island in outline is elliptical-oval, at best not more than a mile wide and approximately four miles long. About a quarter of a mile from the northeast end the sea runs through a narrow channel 106 Rhodora [May North fast light М E Channel Martin Powers Cove Кш a ылу Тү Qoat Cove : > 2 Атара : КУЛ Mtn, Cu SN E ҰҒЫ Norwegian Head " : Viceroy Cove Ethe/Z Hay Cove Aes Pt. Yir 2 ям : n Lenat., Ота Sta, Lookout Fe. А Love E iy At/antie Cove С Copom : 3 Же S 5 jet fog Whistle х »" 2 ч es г Ф че South West Light St. Paul (sland, N. 5, МАР OF ST. PAUL ISLAND 1931] Perry,—Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia 107 so that, in fact, there are really two islands. The part cut off is perhaps a fifth of a mile wide and lacks trees or shrubs of any kind. On it are located the northeast light and the foghorn. A sliding cable with chairlike attachment serves as a means of transportation across the “ Tittle” and here one receives as much of a thrill as if riding over the Niagara whirlpool. The island rises rather abruptly from the sea, although the surface is only moderately rolling with two slight ele- vations, Norwegian and Coggin mountains. On the summit of Coggin Mountain is a small bronze tablet set in concrete and stamped “for information write the Geodetic Survey of Canada." From Mr. Ogilvie, the Director of the Survey, I learned that this tablet is a triangulation station mark of the Geodetic Survey of Canada and its position is as follows: latitude 47° 11’ 40.2" N., longitude 60° 09’ 06.2” W., elevation 550 feet above the sea level. This particular station was used not only for the purpose of accurately locating the island and the lighthouses at either end, but also to aid in connecting points in Newfoundland to those in Nova Scotia. From the economic point of view St. Paul Island is of little value, since for the most part 1t 1s covered with a somewhat stunted forest of balsam fir and white spruce. It is really a government station man- aged by the Department of Marine and Fisheries; and no person, unless shipwrecked, is permitted to land without the consent of the Canadian government. Last summer eight government employees with their families were living there. Although the history of the island will not be considered here, one thing should not be overlooked. Hitherto St. Paul has been a menace to seafaring people on the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The coast is rugged, rocky, irregular and without harbors. "There are three or four coves where a stranger might expect to find shelter, but experience has proved them to be more dangerous during a storm than the open sea and the lee side of the island affords the only possible haven. Not only have storms played havoc with vessels but also bewildering fogs and unusually treacherous currents. Practically every little headland has received its name from some ship destroyed thereon. So numerous were the wrecks that, until the vear 1924, a life-saving station was maintained on the island under the direction of a governor; and a crew of eight men patrolled the coast every day on the lookout for wrecks or ships in distress. Since that time, however, the Canadian government has established a radio direction-finding station and the operation of this practically elimin- 108 Rhodora [May ates the probability of any large wreck. The operator of any boat or vessel carrying a wireless outfit may ask for and receive his bearing at any time of the day or night. As early as 1883 we find the island-flora already studied by Dr. A. H. MacKay and his manuscript-list incorporated in Macoun’s “ Cata- logue of Canadian Plants." Nevertheless, so great has been the prog- ress in the field of systematic botany that earlier determinations are often obscure and many times characters have been misinterpreted; for this reason a restudy of the specimens in the light of present knowl- edge is necessary to establish their identities. For instance, Professor Fernald, while revising the genus Oxytropis in eastern North America, found that it had been reported from St. Paul island. Through in- quiry, he learned that Dr. MacKay’s record had been made on tenta- tive field identification, hence the specimens were unavailable for further study. Since “по Oxytropis is known about the Gulf of St. Lawrence except in the Gaspé region and in western Newfoundland (four species)," Professor Fernald emphasized the fact that it was highly desirable to obtain specimens from St. Paul. He also sug- gested that the flora there would probably reveal significant geographic relationships. Now the scope of the island is too limited to attract outstanding field-botanists; but Miss Roscoe and I believed that here was a somewhat isolated unit whereby we might contribute something to the knowledge of the flora of Nova Scotia and at the same time profit by some valuable field-experience. It seemed a relatively simple problem to get a boat to transfer us from the mainland to the island; nevertheless, after seeing people there wait ten days for favoring wind, tide and weather in order to go safely ashore, we realized how fortunate we had been to spend only one day at Bay of St. Lawrence. The weather was ideal for tenting and collecting specimens; yet, in spite of almost no fog nor rain, so great was the humidity that it was impossible to dry either specimens or driers out-doors. In the vicinity of the Radio Station at Atlantic Cove were miniature gardens; and the few fields, at least in part, had been cultivated although not many genera have been introduced. The vegetation of the fields was various. The predominant grasses, Anthoxanthum, Agrostis and Phleum, were associated with a profusion of Rumex Acetosella, Stellaria graminea, Ranunculus repens, В. acris, Euphrasia canadensis, E. americana, Rhinanthus Crista-galli var. fallax, Chrysan- 1931] Perry,—Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia 109 themum Leucanthemum var., Leontodon autumnalis var. pratensis, Cirsium arvense and occasional patches of Trifolium, Prunella, Galeopsis Tetrahit var., Plantago major and Centaurea nigra. In the moister or more meadowy portions Viola cucullata and Arenaria lateri- flora were the showy members of the plant-association. Near the base of one hill Potentilla canadensis var. simplex was growing with scattering bits of sphagnum. Invariably the dry rocky places were covered with Sisyrinchium angustifolium, Potentilla tridentata, Vac- cinium Vitis-Idaea var. minus and clumps of Iris versicolor. Instead of Spiraea on the open slopes, Sanguisorba canadensis var. latifolia grew in abundance. This Alaskan variety has been collected in Quebec at Natashquan and Pontchartrain, and on the island of Anticosti, but apparently has not been known south of Anticosti. Bordering the swamp of this region was a somewhat solid turf of Glyceria canadensis, Scirpus rubrotinctus, S. atrocinctus, Eriophorum virginicum, Carex scoparia, Juncus filiformis and Luzula campestris var. multiflora. Beyond this the ground was spongy. Usually Carex stellulata var. cephalantha and C. paupercula filled the margins of yy little “ bog-holes.” The larger part of the swamp was covered with tussocks of Scirpus cespitosus var. callosus supplemented in open spots by Rynchospora alba апа Epilobium palustre хат. monticola. The whole area was interspersed with Eriophorum angustifolium, Habenaria dilatata, H. fimbriata, Sarracenia purpurea and afew clumps of Iris versicolor. Just beyond in a typical sphagnum bog the incon- spicuous Malaxis unifolia was growing with an abundance of Haben- атта clavellata and Equisetum arvense, and nearby a scrubby fir con- cealed a meagre specimen of Kalmia polifolia, a species not noted elsewhere on the island. Owing to zones of dense undergrowth of brushwood, travelling in the forest was exceedingly difficult and in many places well-nigh impos- sible. Sometimes the scrub was sufficiently compact to carry our weight, but oftener 1t swallowed us and we had to hunt for a way through. The flora of the woods varied scarcely at all in the different regions. Athryium angustum, var. rubellum, Thelypteris, Phegopteris, T. spinulosa vars., Clintonia, Maianthemum, Streptopus, Habenaria obtusata, Coptis, Ribes glandulosum, Aralia nudicaulis, Cornus cana- densis, Moneses, Pyrola, Monotropa, Trientalis, Linnaea, Solidago macrophylla, Aster acuminatus and Prenanthes trifoliolata were everywhere. Empetrum nigrum or Chiogenes hispidula covered the 110 Rhodora [May exposed knolls and Carex trisperma carpeted the little swales and glades. Southeast of Lena Lake, Polypodium virginianum, Taxus canadensis, Lycopodium lucidulum, Mitella nuda, Oxalis montana and Viola incognita were frequent. The forest flora, however, was not entirely uninteresting. Carex crinita var. simulans collected in a swale on the east slope of Coggin Mountain, although known from Newfoundland to Massachusetts chiefly in the mountains, is reported for the first time from Nova Scotia; also Solidago uniligulata var. neglecta not definitely reported east of Yarmouth county was fairly abundant here. The prevailing tree was Abies balsamea although Picea canadensis was generally distributed throughout. Possibly an occasional “ bog" spruce grew there, but we failed to find any in our cruising. The chief deciduous elements were Alnus, Betula, Acer, Pyrus, Amelanchier, Lonicera, Viburnum, and Sambucus. These were not plentiful nor were they much larger than undershrubs. Lonicera canadensis reaches its northeastern range-limit on St. Paul, and Amel- anchier Fernaldii, a native of the region about the Gulf of St. Law- rence, is an addition to the Nova Scotian flora On account of the high winds and salt spray the border of the forest was greatly dwarfed. Often the firs were simply flattened dense mats which grew to the very edge of the sea-cliffs; but, between the woods and the cliffs were also stretches of barren which yielded a variety of interesting things. The barrens were nearly always on headlands and similar in character, although usually each was marked by some species lacking in the others. Here and there in slightly protected places stunted trees weathered the gales, but Empetrum nigrum flourished regardless of shelter. Occasionally sprawled with it were Juniperus horizontalis and J. communis var. megistocarpa similar in habit to var. montana vet distinguished by larger berries with larger seeds. This variety was described from Sable Island, but it also occurs on the Magdalen Islands and in western Newfoundland. Оп the broad barren, Agrostis, Ammophila, Deschampsia flexuosa, Smila- cina stellata, Iris setosa var. canadensis, Euphrasia, Solidago bicolor and Aster novi-belgii were the general vegetative elements. Equisctum, Agropyron, Carex hormathodes, C. silicea, C. maritima or Juncus bal- ticus var. littoralis filled the damp or sphagnous depressions. At the southwest end of the island some two hundred feet above the sea level, Vaccinium uliginosum var. alpinum, much cropped by the goats, maintained a struggle for existence. Near West Point the boreal 1931] Perry,— Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia 111 species Cornus succica grew in abundance and close by a colony of Anaphalis margaritacea f. anochlora prospered. The barren at Trinity Cove was by far the largest, yet its vegetation contained only three particularly interesting things: Deschampsia flexuosa var. montana, Rhinanthus groenlandicus and Campanula rotundifolia var. alaskana. These natives of Newfoundland and Gaspé are here noted for the first time from Nova Scotia. To this enumeration of boreal species should be added Silene acaulis var. exscapa (abundant also at the southwest of the island), Salix Uva-ursi, S. cordifolia var. callicar paca and Solidago multiradiata, all collected on a little slope south of the “Tittle” (North East Channel), the two latter the first from south of Newfoundland, Anticosti and Gaspé. Near the sea cliffs, Plantago juncoides var. decipiens replaced the Gramineae. Along the upper edges of the bluffs were mats of Ceras- tum arvense or Lathyrus maritimus and clumps of Sedum roseum. At the northeast Oxytropis johannensis grew in profusion. This, the only member of the genus known from Nova Scotia, has not been found farther south in Newfoundland than Cape St. George, although it occurs in Quebec, Maine and east along the upper St. John river in New Brunswick. The chief crevice plants were Puccinellia paupercula var. alaskana, Festuca rubra var., Sagina procumbens, Plantago juncoi- des var. decipiens and Solidago sempervirens. St. Paul rises so abruptly from the sea that it is unsafe to try to reach the water from more than three or four points on the island. Logically enough there is a characteristic lack of beaches. Neverthe- less, on the west coast a small sand beach has developed, and in other places below the cliffs sandy margins are appearing. The beach below West Landing maintained a few beach-types: Mertensia mari- tima growing in mats from 6 inches to 2 feet in diameter, Atriplex maritima хас. hastata, Cakile edentula, Polygonum Бай and Arenaria peploides var. robusta (a single specimen of each of the last two). While scouting to obtain the lay of the land, we discovered ap- parently a low open stretch in the forest northeast of Petrie’s Pond. We were eager to explore it, but, since the vegetation of the barren was more mature owing to its exposed location, we bent our efforts in that direction. We started at West Landing and, after following the Trinity Cove barren almost to Petrie’s Point, we came to a slight ridge marking a definite change in the plant-association. On the other side of the elevation, a little stream was trickling from a series of 112 Rhodora [May shallow pools and sunken spots of ooze or slimy mud. The locality was too fascinating to resist. From the pools we took Equisetum arvense f. decumbens and Triglochin palustre. Ne were puzzled by i network of delicate strands on the ooze; however, thinking they were probably indeterminable, we passed them by for species manifestly not yet represented in our collection: Selaginella selaginoides nestling under sedge tussocks and tiny banks, Panicum boreale, Danthonia spicata, Carex gynocrates (rare on the island and new to Nova Scotia), C. Oederi var. pumila, Thalictrum | polygamum, Potentilla fruticosa, Primula mistassinica and Pinguicula vulgaris. It was impossible to pick up everything that day so we planned to return the following Monday. А heavy rain on Sunday swelled the brooklet and filled the oozy hollows with water. Imagine our surprise to find some pools almost choked with submersed masses of Utricularia minor. The specimens were coarser than those of the typical form, the bladders larger and the leaves flattened rather than capillary. There is a form platyloba which occurs wherever the plant creeps from the water into a muddy habitat, and I am inclined to believe that our slightly abnormal specimens may be the result of ecological conditions under which they live. The stream drained a boggy meadow in which grasses and sedges were predominant. Here we gathered Agrostis hyemalis, Calamagrostis canadensis, Scirpus cespitosus var. callosus, S. hudsonianus, Erio- phorum viridi-carinatum, Carex pauciflora, C. rostrata and var. utricu- lata, Epilobium palustre хат. monticola, Andromeda glaucophylla and, curiously enough, Gaultheria procumbens. Bordering the expanse was a thicket of Betula pumila, Pyrus dumosa, Rubus recurvicaulis, Rosa nitida, Acer rubrum, Lonicera villosa var. Solonis and other common types. The swampy and boggy area in one direction was lying adja- cent to Petrie's Pond and proved to be the section we had wished to explore. At the opposite end, it opened into a larger bog dotted with a number of small ponds often individual as to floral specialty, usually one of the following: Sparganium angustifolium, Potamogeton epihydrus, Lycopodium адо, L. inundatum or Juncus canadensis. Here Carex Ilowet, a coastal plain species, reaches its present northern limit. Just beyond the immediate source of White Spring (the stream draining the bog) a beautiful patch of Pogonia ophioglossoides flour- ished and scattering specimens of Solidago uniligulata var. neglecta were beginning to blossom. 1931] Perry,—Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia 113 Apart from the brooklet already mentioned, the streams and their banks were disappointing botanically. This was probably owing to their smallness and the rapidity of the flow of water as well as to the wetness of the land in general. The lakes, Ethel and Lena, were more attractive. In Ethel Lake the wading was good and we added to our list Isoetes macrospora, Eriocaulon | septangulare, Nymphozanthus variegatus, Lysimachia terrestris and Lobelia Dortmanna. The latter is shghtly aberrant in that the lip of the corolla is somewhat more coarsely and profusely pubescent than that of the typical form and the protrusion of the pubescence causes the sinuses between the lobes to appear ciliate. Lena Lake was a different proposition. We had been warned to keep away from the lower end if we valued our lives. The muddy bottom, although seemingly solid, had several times given way suddenly, so that it was impossible to ascertain the real depth of water. But alas, here if anywhere ought to be good collecting. The vegetation grew from the margin nearly to the middle of the lake. We visited the place soon after landing and noted that the plants were too immature to collect; incidentally, we discovered by stepping into the water, that good-sized leeches were there in abund- ance. Just before leaving the island, we went back again to pick up whatever we could without venturing too far from the bank. In three weeks’ interval a huge colony of Scirpus acutus had grown from a narrow strip along the margin almost to the centre of the lake. We obtained Potamogeton Oakesianus, Scirpus subterminalis, Carex rostrata var. utriculata, Juncus militaris, Utricularia geminiscapa, U. ochroleuca, Aster nemoralis and var. major. С, ochroleuca has been reported in North America only from Greenland; and while this may appear to be a long range-extension, both Professor Fernald and І believe that the specimens (which unfortunately are sterile) compare favorably with authentic material of this species of Hartman in the Gray Herbarium. Petrie's Pond was very small and had a quaking margin from which grew a profusion of Carex limosa. It was our aim to make a complete collection of the vascular flora of St. Paul. Unfortunately, we did not reach a small part of the island, reserved for a last venture since we had been assured that it was almost inaccessible. Four days in advance,'we knew that a boat was coming from the mainland for a government official and that we might return with him. By working into the wee small hours of the morning, we had hoped to clear our presses and yet to have left an entire day in 114 Rhodora [May which to pick up at least one specimen of each of the desirable plants of Mica Head, the unexplored region. We had not one day but four so filled with heavy fog that this last field-trip faded into an impos- sibility. In spite of the lacuna, our collection is fairly representative of the flora of St. Paul. It includes about 2360 sheets of specimens, in all 418 numbers embracing 160 genera and approximately 300 species and varieties. In large part, these are common to the flora of Nova Scotia; some are found only in Cape Breton and St. Paul, while others, 20 in all, were collected in the province for the first time last summer and most of them illustrate definite range-extensions from the north. It is significant that these northern plants are characteristic of slightly or not at all glaciated regions in Newfoundland, Quebec, Anticosti or the Magdalen Islands; hence, if I may draw a parallel conclusion, it seems not unreasonable to infer that St. Paul also escaped denuda- tion by the Wisconsin ice-sheet. I am under obligation to many people who have aided me through- out my work on the flora of St. Paul Island. First of all, I wish to express my appreciation to Professor Fernald both for suggesting the trip and for the expert assistance and criticism which he has kindly and promptly given from the beginning of our preparation. To Dr. B. L. Robinson, I am deeply grateful for the generous support which made this trip possible, as well as for the personal interest he has shown in the work. I am greatly indebted to all the Canadian government officials and employees who contributed to the success апа pleasure of our little expedition. I wish particularly to thank Mr. E. W. Hawken, Assistant Deputy Minister of the Marine Department, and Mr. €. H. Harvey, Agent of Marine and Fisheries at Halifax, for permission to visit the island; Major J. J. McLean, Superintendent of Lighthouses, for shipping our equipment on the “Lady Laurier” and also for many other courtesies; and Mr. H. M. Sutherland, Division Superintendent of Radio, for the special favor of permitting us to board at the Wireless Station. I take much pleasure in thanking Miss Campbell for a map of the island which greatly facilitated our work; and, I am highly appreciative of the helpful and courteous assistance of the government employees during our sojourn on the island. Their spirit of friendliness added much to the enjoyment of our work there. 1931] Perry,—Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia 115 VASCULAR PLANTS COLLECTED ON St. PAUL ISLAND, 1929 In the following list, the names of the species marked * are recorded for the first time, apparently, from Nova Scotia. The introduced species are in italics. PoLYPODIUM VIRGINIANUM L. Between Atlantic Cove and Lena Lake. Fairly common on the southern half of the island. PrERIDIUM LATIUSCULUM (Desv.) Hieron. Common. ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM (Willd.) Presl. var. RUBELLUM (Gilbert) Butters. Frequent throughout the woods. THELYPTERIS PHEGOPTERIS (L.) Slosson. Abundant everywhere. Т. NovEBORACENSIS (L.) Nieuwl. General in the open woods. Т. SPINULOSA (О. F. Muell.) Nieuwl., var. INTERMEDIA (Muhl.) Nieuwl. Common. Т. SPINULOSA (О. Е. Muell.) Nieuwl., var. AMERICANA (Fisch.) Weatherby. Common. ` Almost as abundant as the two varieties just mentioned was a form transitional between the two. OSMUNDA REGALIS L., var. SPECTABILIS (Willd.) Gray. Margin of Petrie’s Pond and Lena Lake. O. CLAYTONIANA L. Occasional on the southeast side of the island. О. CINNAMOMEA L. Frequent in the swampy region of Atlantic Cove. EQUISETUM ARVENSE L. Common. E. ARVENSE L., f. DEcUMBENS (Meyer) Klinge. Muddy bottom of stream between Petrie's Pond and White Spring. E. sytvaticum L., var. PAUCIRAMOSUM Milde. Woods near the Radio Station. Rare in Nova Scotia. Lycopopium SELAGO L. By margin of a water-hole in a bog above Petrie’s Pond. Rare. Previously collected in Nova Scotia on the Barrasois River, Cape Breton. L. LUCIDULUM Michx. General southeast of Lena Lake. L. INUNDATUM L. Muddy margin of water-hole, bog at head of White Spring. L. CLAVATUM L. Dry hillock near the path to the North East Light. Neither this nor the following species were seen elsewhere on the island. L. овѕсоком L. Dry hillock near the path to the North East Light. SELAGINELLA SELAGINOIDES (L.) Link. Borders of tussocks; over- hanging margins of sluggish stream; between Petrie’s Pond and White Spring. Rare. ISOETES MACROSPORA Dur. Abundant in Ethel Lake. 116 Rhodora [May Not frequent in the province. Taxus CANADENSIS Willd. General on the southern part of the island. PICEA CANADENSIS (Mill.) BSP. Commonly distributed throughout the forest. ABIES BALSAMEA (L.) Mill, var. PHANEROLEPIS Fernald. Every- where. This rather than the typical form is the predominant tree on the island. JUNIPERUS COMMUNIS L., var. MEGISTOCARPA Fernald & St. John. Border of forest, Trinity Cove. Known also on Sable Island, Nova Scotia. J. COMMUNIS L., var. MONTANA Ait. "Trinity Cove barren. Not plentiful. J. HORIZONTALIS Moench. Common along the west side of St. Paul. SPARGANIUM CHLOROCARPUM Rydb., var. ACAULE (Beeby) Fernald. Mud-hole by dam near Atlantic Cove. 5. ANGUSTIFOLIUM Michx. Miry pond in bog at head of White Spring. PoTAMOGETON OAKESIANUS Robbins. Shallow water, Lena Lake. P. EPIHYDRUS Raf. Pond in bog above Petrie's Pond. ZOSTERA MARINA L. In wash of tide. TRIGLOCHIN MARITIMA L. Stagnant pool in rocks, North East Light. T. PALUSTRIS L. Sluggish stream between Petrie's Pond and White Spring. PANICUM BOREALE Nash. Banks of stream just mentioned. Anthoxanthum odoratum L. Abundant in all the open places. Minium EFFUSUM L. Woodland, southeast slope of Coggin Moun- tain. ORYZOPSIS ASPERIFOLIA Michx. Wooded hillsides near Trinity Cove. Phleum pratense L. Common in abandoned fields. AGROSTIS STOLONIFERA L., var. compacta Hartm. Barren slopes. A. HYEMALIS (Walt.) BSP. Bog at head of White Spring. Тһе awned form. А. TENUIS X А. srOLONIFERA. [Det. Dr. M. O. Malte]. Atlantic Cove. CALAMAGROSTIS Ріскеніхеп Gray. Bog above Petrie’s Pond. This grass is rare on the island. С. CANADENSIS (Michx.) Nutt. Abundant in exposed places. Тһе predominant grass on St. Paul. AMMOPHILA BREVILIGULATA Fernald. Wind-swept barren, Trinity Cove. Not noted elsewhere. CINNA LATIFOLIA (Trev.) Griseb. Woodland between Whistle Point and South West Light. DESCHAMPSIA FLEXUOSA (L.) Trin. General on the barren and in the woods on the west side of the island. 1931] Perry,— Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia 117 *D. FLEXUOSA (L.) Trin., var. MONTANA (L.) Ledeb. Barren, Trinity Cove. Var. montana is essentially a plant of the northern regions. It is known from Greenland, Labrador, Newfoundland and Quebec (Gaspé and Matane Counties). This is the first collection south of Quebec. Avena sativa L. Waste places, Atlantic Cove. DantHonta spicata (L.) Beauv. Occasional in rocky places. SPARTINA МІСНАСХІАХА Hitchcock. Near edge of sea-cliffs, slope southwest of N. E. Channel. We were very much surprised to find this plant of river banks and other wet habitats growing with Carex silicea in a sheltered spot at least fifty feet above the sea level, but evidently it derived sufficient moisture from the drainage of the land above it to thrive. Poa pratensis L. Occasional, Atlantic Cove. P. trivialis L. Waste places, Atlantic Cove. GLYCERIA CANADENSIS (Michx.) Trin. Border of swamp, Atlantic Cove. PUCCINELLIA PAUPERCULA (Holm) Fernald & Weatherby, var. ALASKANA (Scribn. & Merr.) Fernald & Weatherby. Crevices of rocks, North East Light. FESTUCA RUBRA L. Rocky slopes, North East Light. *FEsTUCA RUBRA L., var. ARENARIA (Osbeck) Fries. With F. rubra. Var. arenaria is another native of northern lands; it has been col- lected previously in Greenland, Newfoundland and Quebec (Matane and Gaspé Counties). Е. RUBRA L., var. JUNCEA (Hack.) Richter. Crevices of cliffs, Trinity Cove. Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv. Waste places. ЖА CANINUM (L.) Beauv., var. HORNEMANNI (Koch) Pease & Moore. Barren, Trinity Cove. Var. Hornemanni has been reported as far south as the alpine region of New Hanpshire, but I have not found anything to indicate that it has been collected previously in Nova Scotia. ELEOCHARIS PALUSTRIS (L.) К. & S., var. MAJOR Sonder. Near the margin of Lena Lake. Scarce. SCIRPUS cESPITOSUS L., var. cALLOSUS Bigel. Common in bogs. S. HUDSONIANUS (Michx.) Fernald. Peat bog between Petrie’s Pond and White Spring. Only a few patches seen. S. SUBTERMINALIS Torr. Shallow water, Lena Lake. S. acutus Muhl. Petrie’s Pond and Lena Lake. S. RUBROTINCTUS Fernald. General in swampy land. S. ATROCINCTUS Fernald. Swamp, Atlantic Cove. 118 Rhodora [May ERIOPHORUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Roth. General in bogs and swamps. E. VIRIDI-CARINATUM (Engelm.) Fernald. Occasional in bogs. E. VIRGINICUM L. Abundant in swamp, Atlantic Cove. RYNCHOSPORA ALBA (L.) Vahl. Bogs. CAREX HORMATHODES Fernald. Wet hollow in barren, Trinity Cove. С. Hower Mackenzie. Peat bog at head of White Spring. This is a southern species which as yet has not been found farther north. C. scoPARIA Schkuhr. Common. C. siLICEA Olney. Barren near the edge of the sea cliffs. *C. GYNOCRATES Wormsk. Bog between Petrie's Pond and White Spring. Rare. C. EXILIS Dewey. Sphagnous margin of Petrie's Pond. C. STELLULATA Good., var. CEPHALANTHA (Bailey) Fernald. Com- mon. C. INTERIOR Bailey. Peat bog at head of White Spring. C. BRUNNESCENS Poir., var. SPHAEROSTACHYA (Tuckerm.) Kükenth. Frequent in the open woods. С. TRISPERMA Dewey. Wet mossy fir woods near Lena Lake. С. втірАТА Muhl. Occasional in swales. C. MARITIMA О. F. Muell. Swales on barren, also in muddy pockets in rocks. C. скіхіта Lam., var. GYNANDRA (Schwein.) Schwein. & Torr. Swamp in woods near the Radio Station. *C. CRINITA Lam., var. SIMULANS Fernald. Woodland, Coggin Mountain. С. GOODENOWII Gay. Profuse everywhere. . PAUCIFLORA Lightf. Bog above Petrie's Pond. .Всхвасмп Wahlenb. Swamp near Petrie's Pond. . NOVAE-ANGLIAE Schwein. Norwegian Head. . PAUPERCULA Michx. Common in swampy regions. . LIMOSA L. Floating out from the margin of Petrie's Pond. . OEDERI Retz., var. PUMILA (Coss. & Germ.) Fernald. Осса- sional in hollows on the barren or near the sea cliffs. C. АКСТАТА Boott. Occurring casually in the open woodland. C. DEBILIS Michx., var. Корсе Bailey. Swampy woods near the Radio Station. C. INTUMESCENS Rudge. By streamlet from the dam near the Radio Station. C. ROSTRATA Stokes. Swamp near Petrie's Pond. C. ROSTRATA Stokes, var. vTRICULATA (Boott) Bailey. Shallow "ater, Lena Lake. ERIOCAULON SEPTANGULARE With. Ethel Lake. Juncus BUFONIUS L. Abundant everywhere on open spots. J. reNuts Willd. Common along paths. J. влілісен Willd., var. LITTORALIS Engelm. Windswept barren, Trinity Cove southwest. She УСА Са 1931] Perry,—Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia 119 J. FILIFORMIS L. Swale, Atlantic Cove. J. EFFUSUS L., var. soLuTus Fernald & Wiegand. Margin of Lena Lake. J. EFFUSUS L., var. compactus Lej. & Court. Frequent. J. BREVICAUDATUS (Engelm.) Fernald. Abundant between Lena Lake and Petrie’s Pond. J. CANADENSIS J. Gay. Peat bog at head of White Spring. Rare. J. MILITARIS Bigel. Shallow water, Lena Lake. J. ARTICULATUS L. Common in open places. J. ARTICULATUS L., var. oBTUSATUS Engelm. Wet path toward the North East Light. LuzuLa SALTUENSIS Fernald. Norwegian Head. , L. caMPEsTRIS (L.) DC., var. MULTIFLORA (Ehrh.) Celak. Common in fields. *L. CAMPESTRIS (L.) DC. var. comosa (Meyer) Fernald & Wiegand. Woodland path near Lena Lake. This variety, generally distributed from Montana west and north- west, has been collected in eastern America, in western Newfoundland and at one station in Gaspé County, Quebec. CLINTONIA BOREALIS (Ait.) Raf. Abundant throughout the woods. SMILACINA STELLATA (L.) Desf. Common on the barrens. MAIANTHEMUM CANADENSE Desf. General in the forest. STREPTOPUS AMPLEXIFOLIUS (L.) DC. Frequent at the southwest end of the island. S. RosEUS Michx. Fairly well distributed throughout the woodland. IRIS VERSICOLOR L. In swamps and on dry rocky places. I. serosa Pall., var. CANADENSIS Foster. Near the cliffs on head- lands and barrens. SISYRINCHIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Mill. Common. HABENARIA DILATATA (Pursh) Gray. Usual in bogs. Н. ctAvELLATA (Michx.) Spreng. Sphagnum bog, Atlantic Cove. Н. овтоѕАТА (Pursh) Richardson. Everywhere in the woods. Н. FIMBRIATA (Ait.) К. Br. Fields bordering the woodland. POGONIA OPHIOGLOSSOIDES (L.) Ker. Growing in profusion, peat bog at head of White Spring. CALOPOGON PULCHELLUS (Sw.) К. Br. Occasional in bogs and swamps. LISTERA CORDATA (L.) R. Вт. Damp woods near Lena Lake. MALAXIS UNIFOLIA Michx. Sphagnum bog, Atlantic Cove. *SALIX Uva-urst Pursh. Wind-swept barren southwest of N. Е. Channel. Although this species ranges farther south on the alpine summits of New England and New York, probably this locality is the southern limit of its growth near the sea-level. *S. coRDIFOLIA Pursh, var. CALLICARPAEA (Trautv.) Fernald. . (Prostrate). Barren at the north end of the main island. 120 Rhodora [May “Var. callicarpaca is common from northern Labrador to north- western Newfoundland and the Shickshock Mountains, Quebec". Мүкіса CAROLINIENSIS Mill. Bogs. Scarce. BETULA PAPYRIFERA Marsh. Infrequent, but general. B. pumila L. Bogs. Casual. This species has been collected by Nichols in Cape Breton but it is not commonly distributed through the province. ALNUS CRISPA (Ait.) Pursh, var. мотллѕ Fernald. Fairly common. *GEOCAULON LIvipUM (Richardson) Fernald. Barren near Petrie’s Pond. Rumex crispus L. Abundant in old fields. R. obtusifolius L. Interspersed with the last named species. R. Acetosella L. Apparently profuse in the fields and occasional on the barrens. POLYGONUM AVICULARE L. Atlantic Cove. Weed. P. Persicaria L. Atlantic Cove. Weed. P. scabrum Moench. Atlantic Cove. Weed. P. Rau Babington. Sand beach beyond West Landing. Only one plant seen. Chenopodium album L. Occasional on hillsides. ATRIPLEX PATULA L., var. HASTATA (L.) Gray. Sand beach beyond West Landing. Scarce. SPERGULARIA LEIOSPERMA (Kindberg) F. Schmidt. Grassy slope, North East Light. SAGINA PROCUMBENS L. The characteristic plant of rock crevices. ARENARIA LATERIFLORA L. Wet grass-land, Atlantic Cove. STELLARIA BOREALIS Bigel., var. FLORIBUNDA Fernald. Between West Landing and South West Light. Rare. S. graminea L. Common in fields. S. media (L.) Cyrill. Waste places. CERASTIUM ARVENSE L. Edge of cliffs, Trinity Cove. C. vulgatum L. Old cellar, Trinity Cove. *SILENE ACAULIS L., var. ЕХ8САРА (АП.) DC. Abundant at the southwest end of the island, also south of N. E. Channel practically at sea level. This is the first record near sea level southwest of Newfoundland. NYMPHOZANTHUS VARIEGATUS (Engelm.) Fernald. Ethel Lake. NYMPHAEA ODORATA Ait., var. ROSEA Pursh. Petrie's Pond and Lena Lake. RanuncuLus CyMBALARIA Pursh. Grassy slope, North East Light. R. acris L. Abundant in fields. R. repens L. Vying with the last named species in profusion. THALICTRUM POLYGAMUM Muhl. General, variable; on rolling slopes up to 1 m. high, in bogs as small as 3 dm. in height. 1981] Perry,—Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia 121 COPTIS GROENLANDICA (Oed.) Fernald. Common in the forest. ACTAEA RUBRA (Ait.) Willd. Open woods at the foot of Coggin Mountain. Not seen elsewhere on the island. Thlaspi arvense L. Between West Landing and South West Light. Capsella Bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic. Weed, Atlantic Cove. CAKILE EDENTULA (Bigel.) Hook. On cliffs and sand beach. Brassica juncea (L.) Cosson. Weed near the Radio Station. В. arvensis (L.) Ktze. Waste places. SARRACENIA PURPUREA L. Plentiful in bogs. DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA L. Abundant in open spots. SEDUM ROSEUM (L.) Scop. Common on cliffs and rocky knolls. MrrELLA NUDA L. Deep woods south east of Lena Lake. General. RIBES GLANDULOSUM Grauer. Frequent on the southern part of the island. : К. нікткілдім Michx. Generally distributed but casual. PYRUS ARBUTIFOLIA (L.) L. f., var. ATROPURPUREA (Britt.) Robin- son. Rocky margins of the lakes. *X P. Анвкхп (Britton) Arsène. (P. arbutifolia var. atropurpurea X P. dumosa). Frequent. P. pumosa (Greene) Fernald. Thicket bordering bog above Petrie’s Pond. *AMELANCHIER FERNALDIL Wiegand. Margin of Ethel Lake. The species thus far is restricted in its distribution to the Gulf of St. Lawrence region. It has been collected on the Magdalens, Anti- costi, Quebec (along the lower St. Lawrence), Newfoundland and, now, St. Paul. А. BanrRAMIANA (Tausch.) Roemer. Between Ethel Lake and Atlantic Cove. FRAGARIA VIRGINIANA Duchesne, var. TERRAE-NOVAE (Rydb.) Fernald & Wiegand. By the dam near the Radio Station. General. POTENTILLA NORVEGICA L., var. HIRSUTA (Michx.) Lehm. Near the Radio Station. Not noted elsewhere. P. CANADENSIS L. var. SIMPLEX (Michx.) Т. & С. Wet slope, Atlantic Cove. P. pactrica Howell. Rocky slopes and near margins of cliffs. P. TRIDENTATA Ait. Rocky places. Common. P. rruticosa L. Bogs. Rusus IDAEUS L., var. CANADENSIS Richardson. Occasional in the woods. К. CHAMAEMORUS L. Fairly general in bogs. R. PUBESCENS Raf. Abundant in the open places. R. RECURVICAULIS Blanchard. Peat bog at head of White Spring. Rare. *SANGUISORBA CANADENSIS L., var. LATIFOLIA Hook. Frequent on grassy slopes. An Alaskan variety heretofore known in the east only from the 122 Rhodora [May north shore of the St. Lawrence River (two stations), Quebee and the island of Anticosti. Rosa хітірА Willd. Casual in boggy places. PRUNUS PENNSYLVANICA L. f. Top of Coggin Mountain, also between Lena Lake and Petrie’s Pond. Rare on the island. Trifolium pratense L. Fields. T. repens L. Near edge of cliffs, Money Rocks. *OXYTROPIS JOHANNENSIS Fernald. Abundant at the northeast end of St. Paul. Although this species has not been collected in Newfoundland south of Cape St. George, its range extends south from Quebec into Maine and east along the upper St. John River in New Brunswick. This is undoubtedly the plant reported in Macoun’s Catalogue (i. 115) from St. Paul as O.uralensis, var. pumila, and later (i. 509) as 0. arctica. Vicia angustifolia (L.) Reichard, var. segetalis (Thuillier) Koch. Weed, Atlantic Cove. LATHYRUS MARITIMUS (L.) Bigel. Border of cliffs, Trinity Cove. L. PALUSTRIS L., var. MAcRANTHUS (Т. С. White) Fernald. Grassy slope, North East Light. Although found in Nova Scotia, it is more plentiful farther north. OXALIS MONTANA Raf. Common in the forest of the southern half of the island. EMPETRUM NIGRUM L. Very abundant in all the open habitats. ILEX VERTICILLATA (L.) Gray. Occasional in bogs. NEMOPANTHUS MUCRONATA (L.) Trel. Bog south east of Lena Lake. ACER sPICATUM Lam. Woodland between Lena Lake and West Landing. A. RUBRUM L. Thicket bordering the bog above Petrie’s Pond. None of the specimens seen were larger than shrubs. HYPERICUM CANADENSE L. Path, near Lena Lake. Scarce. VIOLA CUCULLATA Ait., f. PRIONOSEPALA (Greene) Brainerd. Fields. V. PALLENS (Banks) Brainerd. Sphagnous depressions on barren, also in the forest. General. V. INCOGNITA Brainerd. Deep woods southeast of Lena Lake. EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM L. Atlantic Cove. К. GLANDULOSUM Lehm., var. ADENOCAULON (Haussk.) Fernald. Open woods, Atlantic Cove. E. PALUSTRE L., var. MONTICOLA Hausskn. Common in bogs. OENOTHERA PERENNIS L. Waste places, Atlantic Cove. CIRCAEA ALPINA L. Dripping slope of open woods, Coggin Moun- tain. ARALIA NUDICAULIS L. A characteristic woodland species. Сағит Carvi L. Weed, Atlantic Cove. Ligusticum ксотнісем L. Rocky slopes usually near the cliffs. HERACLEUM LANATUM Michx. Swale, Coggin Mountain. 1931) Perry,—Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia 123 CONIOSELINUM CHINENSE (L.) BSP. Fairly general on the island, but apparently not so in the province. *CorNus sUECICA L. Sphagnous depression іп barren, Trinity Cove southwest. This boreal species occurs in Greenland, Newfoundland, Quebec, Anticosti, the Magdalens, St. Paul and Alaska. After collecting several sheets of the material at Trinity Cove, Miss Roscoe and I noticed near Martin Power’s Cove an abundance of Cornus, the berries of which were very like this species but the leaves were much larger. In passing we thought it C. suecica, but I now believe it was rather C. canadensis var. intermedia Farr. However, since we took no specimens, I cannot make this statement with surety. С. CANADENSIS L. Common. MoNESES UNIFLORA (L.) Gray. Common in the woods. PYROLA CHLORANTHA Sw. Woodland near Lena Lake. P. вксгхра L. Casual in the woods. MowNoTROPA UNIFLORA L. Frequent. LEDUM GROENLANDICUM Oeder. Well distributed but not anywhere abundant. KALMIA ANGUSTIFOLIA L. Chiefly at Atlantic Cove. К. POLIFOLIA Wang. Sphagnum bog, Atlantic Cove. Not seen elsewhere. ANDROMEDA GLAUCOPHYLLA Link. Bog above Petrie’s Pond. Scarce. CHAMAEDAPHNE CALYCULATA (L.) Moench. Bog on the left of the path to North East Light. GAULTHERIA PROCUMBENS L. Bog above Petrie's Pond. CHIOGENES HisPIDULA (L.) T. & G. Abundant on knolls in open woodland. GAYLUSSACIA DUMOSA (Andr.) T. & G., var. BIGELOVIANA Fernald. Bog on the left of the path to North East Light. Vaccinium VITIS-IDAEA L., var. Minus Lodd. Frequent. *V. Oxycoccus L., var. INTERMEDIUM Gray. Near cliffs, Lookout 2 “ 5 Point. V. PENNSYLVANICUM Lam. Woods, Atlantic Cove. Rare. V. vLIGINOSUM L., var. ALPINUM Bigel. Upper slope of headland, West Point; South West Light. Previously collected by Nichols on the mountains west of Ingonish, but not generally distributed in Nova Scotia. PRIMULA MISTASSINICA Michx. Banks of streamlet between Pet- rie's Pond and White Spring. LYSIMACHIA TERRESTRIS (L.) BSP. Shallow water, Ethel Lake. TRIENTALIS BOREALIS Raf. Common in the forest. GLAUX MARITIMA L., var. OBTUSIFOLIA Fernald. Rocky slope, North East Light. 124 Rhodora [May HALENIA DEFLEXA (Sm.) Griseb. Hillside, Martin Power’s Cove. This species is listed by Nichols (Vegetation of Northern Cape Breton, 324, 1918) as common on bleak exposed headlands. I do not find any other record of its occurrence in the province. MENYANTHES TRIFOLIATA L., var. MINOR Michx. Stagnant pools and bogs. CONVOLVULUS SEPIUM L., var. PUBESCENS (Gray) Fernald. At- lantic Cove. MERTENSIA MARITIMA (L.) S. F. Gray. Sand beach beyond West - Landing. PRUNELLA VULGARIS L., var. LANCEOLATA (Barton) Fernald. Fields, Atlantic Cove. Galeopsis Tetrahit L., var. bifida (Boenn.) Lej. & Court. Waste places, Atlantic Cove. Lycopus UNIFLORUS Michx. Open places. Infrequent. VERONICA SERPYLLIFOLIA L. By streamlet, Hay Cove. EUPHRASIA PURPUREA Reeks, var. Кахри (Rob.) Fernald & Wiegand. Hillside, Martin Power’s Cove. Abundant. E. PURPUREA Reeks, var. Кахри (Rob.) Fernald & Wiegand, f. ALBIFLORA Fernald & Wiegand. Hillside, Martin Power's Cove. E. PURPUREA Reeks, var. Fartowir (Rob.) Fernald & Wiegand. Barrens. Е. AMERICANA Wettst. Field, Atlantic Cove. Frequent. E. CANADENSIS Townsend. Field, Atlantic Cove. Abundant. *HHINANTHUS GROENLANDICUS Chabert. Near ruins of an old house, Trinity Cove. Not noted elsewhere on the barren. This boreal species is represented in the Gray Herbarium by speci- mens from Greenland, Labrador, western. Newfoundland, Quebec (Saguenay Co.), Anticosti, the Mingan Islands and Alaska. К. CRISTA-GALLI L., var. FALLAX (Wimmer & Grab.) Druce. Abundant in fields, Atlantic Cove. UTRICULARIA GEMINISCAPA Benj. Lena Lake. U. minor L. Pools of streamlet between Petrie's Pond and White Spring. The specimens differ from those of the typical form in having bladders somewhat larger than usual and flattened rather than terete leaves. Possibly they correspond to f. platyloba Meister, which is merely the result of an ecological reaction to creeping out on the mud. *U. OCHROLEUCA R. Hartm. Lena Lake. This dainty little plant is most closely related to U. intermedia, which ordinarily may be identified by the fact that the bladders are borne on separate leafless branches. (7. ochroleuca, too, has separate 1931] Perry,— Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia 125 bladder-bearing leafless branches, but it differs from its relative in bearing bladders also on the leaves of the immersed stems; moreover, the teeth along the margins of the leaves are larger than those char- acteristic of U. intermedia. Unfortunately our specimens are sterile, but Gliick intimates that sterility is not an unusual occurrence in this species. (7. ochroleuca is fairly common in the northern countries of Europe. It has been reported from two localities in Greenland, but this is the first record south of there; hence, it is not only an addition to the flora of Nova Scotia but also to that of Canada. PriNGUICULA VULGARIS L. Banks of streamlet between Petrie's Pond and White Spring. Found also on Cape Breton, but not elsewhere in the province. PLANTAGO JUNCOIDES Lam. toward var. LAURENTIANA Fernald. Rocks, North East Light. P. усхсотркв Lam., var. GLAUCA (Hornem.) Fernald. Hillside, Martin Power's Cove. P. JUNCOIDES Lam., var. DECIPIENS (Barneoud) Fernald. Barrens. Common. Р. мазок L. Field, Atlantic Cove. GALIUM TRIFLORUM Michx. Woods near the Radio Station. С. Стлүтохт Michx. Common in swamps and wet open places. MircHELLA REPENS L. Near the outlet of Lena Lake. LONICERA VILLOSA (Michx.) К. & S., var. SOLONIS (Eaton) Fernald. Margin of peat bog at head of White Spring. L. CANADENSIS Marsh. Woods near Ethel Lake. This is the northeastern limit of its range. LINNAEA BOREALIS L., var. AMERICANA (Forbes) Rehder. Abundant in the forest. VIBURNUM CASSINOIDES L. Casual on the southern part of the island. SAMBUCUS RACEMOSA L. Open places in the woodland. CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA L. Hillside, Martin Power's Cove. In this locality we found one white-flowered form. The typical was abundant near cliffs. *C. ROTUNDIFOLIA L., var. ALASKANA Gray. Rocky slopes. This Alaskan variety has been collected east of British Columbia only in western Newfoundland and Gaspé (one collection), and, now, St. Paul (Nova Scotia). LoBELIA DorTMANNA L. Ethel Lake. The specimens differ slightly from the typical in the more pubescent lip of the corolla. SOLIDAGO BICOLOR L. Rocky slope above South West Light. 126 Rhodora (Мау . MACROPHYLLA Pursh. Open forest. Fairly common. PUBERULA Nutt. Woodland near Martin Power's Cove. ЖУ. MULTIRADIATA Ait. Barren southwest of N. E. Channel. NN? Distributed in the west from Manitoba to Alaska. In the east, reported from western Newfoundland and Quebec (Gaspé and Matane counties). S. SEMPERVIRENS L. Both near and on cliffs. S. UNILIGULATA (DC.) Porter, var. NEGLECTA (T. & G.) Fernald. Peat bog at the head of White Spring. S. RUGOSA Mill, var. sPHAGNOPHILA Graves. Wet gulch, Nor- wegian Mountain. ASTER LATERIFLORUS (L.) Britton. Woods, Atlantic Cove. A. RADULA Ait. Swamp, Atlantic Cove. Part of the specimens collected approach var. srRICTUS. А. NOVI-BELGH L. Casual on the barren. A. UMBELLATUS Mill. General in open places. A. ACUMINATUS Michx. Open woodland. A. NEMORALIS Ait. Margin of Lena Lake. A. NEMORALIS Ait., var. MAJOR Peck. Margin of Lena Lake, growing with the typical form. ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA (L.) B. & H. Hillside, Atlantic Cove. А. MARGARITACEA (L.) B. & H., f. ANOCHLORA Fernald. Barren, Trinity Cove southwest. Gnaphalium uliginosum L. Waste places, Atlantic Cove. Achillea Millefolium L. Clearing near South West Light. Matricaria suaveolens (Pursh) Buchenau. Hillside, Atlantic Cove. Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum L., var. pinnatifidum Lecoq « Lamotte. Abundant in the fields, Atlantic Cove. CIRSIUM MUTICUM Michx. Casual. Only three or four specimens seen. C. arvense (L.) Scop. Swale, base of Norwegian Mountain. Centaurea nigra L. Field, Atlantic Cove. Leontodon autumnalis L., var. pratensis (Link) Koch. Weed, At- lantic Cove. Taraxacum officinale Weber. Atlantic Cove. PRENANTHES TRIFOLIOLATA (Cass.) Fernald. In open forest and along borders. Common. P. TRIFOLIOLATA (Cass.) Fernald, var. NANA (Bigel.) Fernald. Barren, Trinity Cove. Gray HERBARIUM. 1931] Roscoe,—Algae of St. Paul Island 127 THE ALGAE OF ST. PAUL ISLAND! Muriet V. ROSCOE (Plate 208) WHILE on a month’s expedition to St. Paul Island with Miss Lily Perry during the summer of 1929, the writer undertook to make a collection of the marine algae. Very little attention has been given to the algal flora of the Canadian regions and the idea is current that it is of little interest. That of St. Paul revealed more of variety than would perhaps be anticipated. Fic. 1 (left). Gulf of St. Lawrence, showing location of St. Paul Island (in Cabot | Strait). Fire. 2 (right). St. Paul Island. St. Paul is a small island lying in Cabot Strait some twelve miles north-east of Cape North, the most advanced outpost of Nova Scotia (FIG. 1). It is about fifty miles distant from Cape Ray, the nearest Newfoundland point. Since it lies in the pathway not only of all boats passing up the 5t. Lawrence from southern ports, but also of European liners at those seasons when the Strait of Belle Isle is not a feasible route, this island has acquired much importance in navigation. From the earliest history of St. Lawrence shipping it has proved a menace to ocean traffic. Thus, very early, the Canadian Govern- ment established two light-houses on the island as well as a fog alarm and а well-equipped life-station. Іп 1924 the latter was replaced by a direction-finding station. With an extreme length of no more than four miles and a width 1 Contribution from the Department of Botany, Acadia University. 128 Rhodora [May which varies from one-half a mile to a mile, the island has no claim to size. It rises abruptly from the ocean bed from depths of about 250 fathoms. The shore line is characterized by formidable cliffs which rise perpendicularly to heights varying between 50 and 100 or even 150 feet. These form in general an insurmountable barrier to land approach. West Landing in Trinity Bay and the Boat Landing in Atlantic Cove are exceptions (FIG. 2). The entire island is rough and bold, with the highest of its hills, Mt. Coggin, reaching a height of 550 feet. Perched high above sea- level and shut in among the hills are two bodies of water known as “ће Lake and Lena Lake. Streams forming outlets from the lakes are surprisingly small. Thus the main outlet of Ethel Lake leading to the west side of the island was found to be, even at its source, little more than a foot in width. A second outlet, the tiniest of streamlets, drained eastward and eventually trickled over the rocky precipice at Kay Cove. As a whole, natural drainage of the island is slight and the water for the most part is retained in the soil which is a thin, superficial covering over the huge rock. It was thus an anomaly to find an island with such steep inclines and an abundant supply of water and yet with so little opportunity for its escape. The island suffers all the rigors of climate which its location would suggest. Dense fogs, high winds and severe winter storms are its lot. During the winter months, the drift ice of the St. Lawrence very effectively shuts it off from communication with the mainland. This pan ice is in cakes about six feet in thickness. Its effect upon the al- gae is conjectural, but doubtless it quite effectively scours off and removes at least the intertidal zone forms. The temperature of the surface waters in these regions ranges from 55 to 65 degrees fahrenheit in summer." Since the St. Paul spring tides are but four feet high and the neaps but three feet,? the exposure of algae at low tide is not great. There is an outward current from the Gulf which is here known as the Cape Breton Current and which at- tains a speed varying between l5 knot and 11% knots an hour.’ Once arrived, it was apparent to us that the algae would be relative- ly inaccessible. In the absence of a boat, it was necessary to confine most of the collecting to two regions, Trinity Cove (at West Landing) ! The Currents in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Dept. of Naval Service. Ottawa. 1913. ? Tide Tables for the Eastern Coasts of Canada for the year 1929. Dept. of Marine and Fisheries. Ottawa. 3 The Currents in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Dept. of Naval Service. Ottawa. 1913, 1931] Roscoe,—Algae of St. Paul Island 129 and Atlantic Cove (at Money Rocks and the Boat Landing). А third region, on the west side of Martin Power’s Cove, did not add anything to the collection made at the former points. А fourth collecting ground was the salt spray pools in the rocks at the North East Light. These slightly saline pools are at least 100 feet above the sea, and receive from the sea only the spray thrown up during very high storms. They yielded a rich growth of Enteromorpha in- testinalis and also abundant mats of Rhizoclonium tortuosum and В. riparium, the latter a species not found elsewhere during the month. It is apparent that the collections do not necessarily represent an inclusive list of the marine algae of the island. And yet, since the accessible regions were also in the most protected areas, it is felt prob- able that few forms escaped detection. The most favorable place for algal growth on the entire shore ap- peared to be at Money Rocks (Pr. 208, Fics. 1 and 2). Here the large rocks project outward into the water in a gradual enough fashion to enable collecting to be done at low tide both from the outer rocks and in the inner tide pools. On the outer rocks, an abundance of Scytosiphon and Chordaria plants were clinging to the exposed faces. In the inner pools, several species of greens such as Chaetomorpha Melagonium, Enteromorpha intestinalis and Rhizoclonium tortuosum formed dense growths. In the outer deep channels, through which constantly surged even at low tide the strongest of currents, the hardy kelps found a favorable location. Money Rocks, fortunately, is directly in front of the Direction Finding Station (PL. 208, кіс. 2) and since this was our headquarters for pressing and drying operations the proximity of the collecting ground was an asset. Collecting was expediated because confined to а small area. It was however rendered both difficult and hazard- ous by the roughness of the coast, the precipitousness of the rocks and even in the most favorable places by the strength of the local cur- rents and the force of the waves. Although the Money Rocks region was considered the best for var- iety of forms, the greatest abundance of any species observed was at the Atlantic Cove Boat Landing, where great quantities of Chordaria formed dense coverings over all the rocks. By far the best Alaria and Laminaria specimens were secured here in the wash after a heavy storm, and along with these were splendid specimens of Agarum. Since one expects Fucus and Ascophyllum in cold northern waters, the lack of any abundant growth of these was striking. 130 Rhodora [May The only fresh water forms collected belong to the genus Bat- rachospermum. The abundance of B. vagum in Ethel Lake, where it formed a dense growth over the rocks in shallow water, calls for spe- cial comment. Also, a second species, В. moniliforme, was discovered in the streamlet draining into Kay Cove. In all, some thirty-nine species and varieties have been identified as follows: CHAETOMORPHA MELAGONIUM forma RUPINCOLA Aresch. CLADOPHORA FLEXUOSA (Griff.) Harvey CLADOPHORA RUPESTRIS (L.) Kützing ENTEROMORPHA INTESTINALIS (L.) Grev. RHIZOCLONIUM RIPARIUM (Roth) Harvey RHIZOCLONIUM TORTUOSUM Kuetz. SPONGOMORPHA ARCTA (Dillw.) Kützing AGARUM TURNERI Post. & Rupr. ALARIA ESCULENTA (L.) Grev. AscoPHYLLUM NODOSUM (L.) Le Jolis CHORDA Епсм (L.) Stack. CHORDARIA FLAGELLIFORMIS (Fl. Dan.) Ag. DesMARESTIA VIRIDIS (Fl. Dan.) Lamour. Пістүовірнох HISPIDUS Kjellm. DICTYOSIPHON FOENICULACEUS var. AMERICANUS Collins FELACHISTEA FUCICOLA (Velley) Fries Fucus FILIFORMIS Gmelin Fucus VESICULOSUS L. Fucus VESICULOSUS var. LATERIFRUCTUS Grey. Fucus VESICULOSUS var. SPHAEROCARPUS J. Ag. LAMINARIA DIGITATA (L.) Lamour. LAMINARIA SACCHARINA (L.) Lamour. LkaTHESIA DiFFORMIS (L.) Aresch. PYLAIELLA LrrTTORALIS. (L.) Kjellm. SACCHORIZA DERMATODEA (De la Pyl.) J. Ag. ScYTOSIPHON LOMENTARIUS (Lyng.) J. Ag. AHNFELTIA PLICATA (Huds.) Fries BATRACHOSPERMUM MONILIFORME Roth BarRACHOSPERMUM VAGUM (Roth) Ар. CERAMIUM RUBRUM (Huds.) Ag. CHONDRUS CRISPUS (L.) Stack. CORALLINA OFFICINALIS L. HALOSACCION RAMENTACEUM (L.) J. Ag. PHYMATOLITHON COMPACTUM (Kjellm.) Коз]. POLYSIPHONIA URCEOLATA (Lightf.) Grev. POLYSIPHONIA VIOLACEA (Roth) Grev. 19311 Griscom,—Another station for Panicum calliphyllum 131 PTILOTA PECTINATA (Gunner) Kjellm. RHODOMELA suBFUSCA (Woodw.) Ag. RHODYMENIA PALMATA (L.) Grev. In addition to Spongomorpha arcta of usual size and appearance from the rocks at the Boat Landing, some specimens with filaments 100-120 micra broad and 7-8 cm. long were obtained іп the wash at Money Rocks. The Rhodomela subfusca was not altogether character- istic. Howe indicates that “it leans a little toward the variety gra- cilior." It was not anticipated that any Polysiphonia would appear in the region. Although not abundant, the specimens of P. urceolata and P. violacea denote that the genus is at least represented. I am grateful to Dr. W. R. Taylor for checking the collection and for his assistance in identifying some of the more difficult species. I am indebted also to Dr. Marshall A. Howe for final determination of species of Phymatolithon, Spongomorpha and Rhodomela. ACADIA UNIVERSITY, WOLFVILLE, Nova SCOTIA. ANOTHER STATION FOR PANICUM CALLIPHYLLUM ASHE.—On July 29, 1928 I accompanied Mr. Clarence H. Knowlton in a short botaniz- ing trip around East Weymouth, Massachusetts, one of several trips that summer, where I benefited greatly by his expert guidance. One of the areas explored was composed of innumerable tongues of salt meadow, from which rose steep little wooded ridges, with a dis- tinctly richer, less sandy soil than the prevalent type along the South Shore. On one of these steep hillsides in dense shade, we happened to notice a good sized patch of a large Panicum, which struck us as not being ° destinum, and after some discussion as to what it might be, specimens ‘quite right" either in appearance or habitat for P. clan- were collected on general principles. That night while putting the day’s collection in press, I was surprised to be quite unable to “Кеу” the grass in either Gray’s Manual or Britton and Brown. One day last spring I brought a package of such puzzles to the Gray Herbarium, where, however, my labors were shortened by the kindly interest of Professor Fernald, who with his usual acumen named it offhand as Panicum calli phyllum. This species of Panicum has been collected on a very few occasions only, Ontario, once; Ohio, once; central New York, once or perhaps 132 | Rhodora [May twice; eastern Massachusetts (Medford, West Roxbury, and Lake- ville, Plymouth Co.). This scattered and peculiar distribution is strikingly like that of a small group of relict species discussed by Fernald (Amer. Journ. of Botany, vol. 5, 1918, p. 225), of which Cyperus Engelmanni is опе. In a very difficult and “finely split genus, it is a refreshingly distinct species. Technically its affinities are with the rare and local P. Bicknellii, but the spikelets are longer (3mm.) and the blades wider (up to 12 mm.). Іп the field, however, it would be passed over nine times out of ten for P. clandestinum, because of its large spikelets, unless it was being specially sought for. It may be separated in the field from P. clandestinum on the following counts:—(1) the blades average distinctly narrower; (2) the plant is bright (almost yellowish) green instead of dull grayish green, a difference noticeable in properly dried specimens; (3) the sheaths are never swollen, and absolutely smooth; (4) the panicle 1s few-flowered, consisting of a few, stiff, ascending branches, whereas in P. clandestinum, the branches are long and flexuous; (5) the spikelets tend to be long-pedicelled, instead of on short peduncles. A duplicate sheet has been given to the Gray Herbarium, my no. 12430.— Ludlow Griscom, Cambridge, Mass. Volume 33, no. 388, including pages 81 to 104 and plates 206 and 207, was issued 10 April, 1931. Rhodora Plate 208 Fias. 1 AND 2. Money Rocks, ST. PAUL ISLAND aN 000га JOURNAL ОЕ THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 33. June, 1931. No. 390. CONTENTS: Overlooked Coral-root from the Rocky Mountains. [ey MIK. УНИ: о 522222275. 133 Cladonias collected in the Western United States. C. A. Robbins.. 135 Recent Contributions to the Flora of Wisconsin. А. L. Throne.... 139 Pollen of Sparganium americanum and A. androcladum. BHF Туштап о и сао a 141 New Selenia from the Edwards Plateau of Texas. V. L. Cory.... 142 Drosera rotundifolia, var. comosa in Connecticut. С. 5. Torrey... 144 The New England Botanical Club, Ince. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the fiora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other peo of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. А. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates тет space of 4 in. by 8-4 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 33. June, 1931. No. 390. AN OVERLOOKED SPECIES OF CORAL-ROOT FROM THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS C. E. HELLMAYR and K. J. HELLMAYR THROUGH the kind coóperation of Dr. Aven Nelson we were enabled to visit, in the summer of 1929, the Medicine Bow Range, Wyoming. On one of our excursions in search of orchids we came across several scattered colonies of a Coral-root which we immediately recognized as different from any other species known to us. Studies in the Rocky Mountain Herbarium of the University of Wyoming (Laramie) re- vealed the fact that the plant had heretofore been referred to the European Corallorrhiza trifida Chat., a species with which we are thoroughly familiar in nature and which we had collected in large numbers the year before in Germany and Switzerland.! Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell? apparently was the first to notice its distinctness from the Old World plant, but in the absence of European material, he had to rely on published descriptions, and provisionally separated the Colo- rado form as a subspecies under the name C. corallorhiza coloradensis. 'The differences between the two plants are, however, such as to sug- gest specific distinctness. The Rocky Mountain plant may, accordingly, be described as: CoRALLORRHIZA Wyomingensis, n. sp., caulibus gracilibus 10-16 cm. altis, infra medium 2 vel rare 3 bracteis vaginantibus onustis; floribus in racemum laxum 9-12-florum dispositis; bracteis minutis triangularibus obtusis; ovario pedicellato torto perianthio erecto longiore; planta tota pallide lutea, floribus laete luteis, labello albo; sepalis lateralibus lineari-lanceolatis plus minusve patentibus et juxta labellum deflexis, 6-7 mm. longis; sepalis superioribus brevioribus 1 This summer (1930) we again had an opportunity of studying numerous fresh plants in the Bavarian Alps. 2 Torreya, xvi, 1916, p. 231. 134 Rhodora [JUNE latioribusque supra columnam productis; petalis breviter subacutis vel obtusis ca. 5 mm. longis et 1.5 mm. latis sepalis superioribus paullo brevioribus; labello late oblongo basi angustato apice truncato, parte apicali deflexa et undulato-marginata; lobis lateralibus minutis denti- formibus; calcare obsoleto vel obscuro; columna longiuscula et gracili prope medium attenuata prorsum valde curvata; clinandrio leviter scrobiculiformi minuto. Stem slender, 10 to 16 cm. high with two, rarely three, sheathing scales on basal half; flowering spike a loose raceme of from 9 to 16 flowers; bracts minute, triangular, obtuse; ovary pedicelled, twisted, longer than the erect perianth; whole plant light yellow, flowers brighter, the lip pure white; lateral sepals linear-lanceolate, some- what spreading and deflected at sides of lip, 6 to 7 mm. long; upper sepals shorter and broader, roofing over the column; petals briefly subacute or obtuse, about 5 mm. long and 1.5 mm. wide, slightly shorter than upper sepals; lip broad-oblong, narrowed at base, truncate at tip, with apical half deflexed and wavy-edged; lateral lobes exceedingly small, tooth-like; no trace of a spur, at best sug- gested by a faint swelling; column fairly long and slender, atten- uated in the middle, strongly bent forward; clinandrium a small, slight depression. Tyre from Libby Creek (alt. 7000 ft.), near Libby Lodge, Medicine Bow Range, Wyoming, July 17, 1929 (C. E. and K. J. Hellmayr, No. 72). Geographical Distribution.—Rocky Mountains, Wyomine: Libby Creek, near Libby Lodge (C. E. and K. J. Hellmayr, July 17, 1929); Jackson Creek (July 7; Rocky Mountain Herbarium, University of Wyoming); Horse Creek, seven miles west of Merna, Sublette County (July 16, 1922; Rocky Mountain Herbarium). C. wyomingensis is nearly related to Corallorrhiza trifida; but the flowers are markedly larger, the column is slenderer and more strongly curved, and the lateral lobes of the lip, so conspicuous in its ally, are barely suggested. Besides, the coloration is quite different, the entire plant being light yellow, with the wholly unmarked lip in abrupt contrast pure white. Corallorrhiza trifida is purplish or brownish green, the sepals and petals are tipped with purplish, and the trilobed lip is dotted or streaked with bright purple, this color also encroaching on the top of the column. Twenty-five specimens of C. wyomingensis examined on the spot were perfectly alike in coloring and did not show any variation. In the majority, there was no trace of a spur, though a very slight swelling was noticeable in a few plants. The plants were found growing in small colonies among moss and lichens on the very edge of the creek in shady woods. There is little doubt that the plant described by Cockerell from near 1931] Robbins,—Cladonias collected іп the Western U. S. 135 Long’s Peak Inn, Larimer County, Colorado, is specifically identical with C. wyomingensis, though certain peculiarities, such as the pale orange-tinted sepals and the whitish (not pure white) lip, seem to indicate that coloradensis might be separable as a variety. On the other hand, it is quite possible that C. innata var. virescens Farr, based on specimens from Banff, Alberta, and Field, British Columbia, may be referable to C. wyomingensis. It may be well to consider in this connection the possible relationship of our plant to С. vancouveriana Finet, regarded by Prof. Oakes Ames? as synonymous with C. trifida. Thanks to the courtesy of Prof. Le- comte and his associates, we were enabled, this summer, to examine the type sheet and Finet’s original drawings in the Herbarium of the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, at Paris. While the two specimens on the sheet are not in very good condition, two of the five flowers of the larger plant are fully developed, and permit a close scrutiny of their structure. As correctly described by Finet, the plant possesses а very conspicuous exposed spur; besides, the lateral lobes of the lip are much larger and much more divaricate, and its marginis much less cren- ulate than in C. trifida. There can be no doubt that C. vancouveriana is totally different from both C. trifida and C. wyomingensis. On the other hand, it is so close to certain Mexican species that one is tempted to question the correctness of the locality. The sheet was presented by Sir W. Hooker, in 1855, and the original label reads: “1. Vancouver. Garry, May, 1826." To Dr. Paul Standley we are much indebted for looking over the manuscript and for supplying the Latin diagnosis. FIELDS MUSEUM ок NATURAL HISTORY, Chicago. CLADONIAS COLLECTED BY S. F. BLAKE IN THE WESTERN UNITED STATES! С. А. ROBBINS (Ріате 209) During the summer of 1927 Dr. S. Е. Blake collected Cladonias from several localities> in the Pacific Coast States and also from 1 Contrib. Bot. Lab. Univ. Penns., 2, 1904, p. 425. 2 Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 56, 1909, p. 100, pl. 1, figs. 38-43. з An Enumeration of the Orchids of the United States and Canada, 1924, р. 24. 4Mr. С. A. Robbins died on 22 Jan. 1930. This paper was left by him so nearly complete that it has been possible to prepare it for publication without material 136 Rhodora [JUNE three stations in Yellowstone Park, Wyoming. Aside from adding to our knowledge of the distribution of a number of plants which are commonly met with in New England, these collections brought to light one new species and two new forms, as well as some plants not previously reported from North America. It seems advisable, there- fore, to record all the species and forms found. The species are arranged as far as possible after the order of Wai- nio's"* Monographia Cladoniarum Universalis" and his “ Licheno- graphia Fennica." А few departures from these works will be noted, particularly in the splitting up of Cladonia fimbriata, and in the treat- ment of certain other species where the classifications of Harmand or Sandstede seem preferable. 1. CLADONIA SYLVATICA (L.) Hoffm. Wyomine: Canyon Junction, alt. 2375 m.; Upper Geyser Basin, alt. 2240 m. 2. C. TENUIS (Floerke) Harm. Wyomine: Upper Geyser Basin, alt. 2240 m. З. С. BAcILLARIS (Ach.) Nyl. f. suBSCYPHIFERA Wain. CALI- FORNIA: Inverness. Not before recorded from America. 4. С. MACILENTA (Hoffm.) Nyl. f. corticara Wain. WASHING- TON: on stump in prairie, Tumwater (sturdy plants, often much branched, the majority too sorediate and intermediate with f. sty- racella (Ach.) Wain.). Previously reported in North America from Connecticut and South Carolina. Also slender, simple plants like- wise intermediate between these two forms from redwood stump, La Honda Canyon, and sand dunes, Del Monte, CALIFORNIA. 5. C. DIGITATA Schaer. CALIFORNIA: Del Monte (thallus). 6. C. DEFORMIS Hoffm. m. EXTENSA (Hoffm.) Wain. WYOMING: Upper Geyser Basin. Also f. cRENULATA (Ach.) Nyl. from the same locality. 7. С. ксксата (Huds.) Schrad. var. PINNATA (Floerke) Wain. “ change except for corrections in four specific names. Dr. Alexander W. Evans informs me that three of these, discussed in his recent paper on ‘‘The Cladoniae of Connecti- cut” (Trans. Conn. Acad. 30: 357-510. 1930), had been agreed to by Mr. Robbins in correspondence. The fourth name (C. Balfourii) has priority over the name used by Mr. Robbins in reporting on my specimens. The statements of range extension have been kindly checked by Dr. Evans. A presumably full set of the species and forms recorded, including the types of those described as new, is in the herbarium of Mr. Robbins, which has been given by his widow to the Farlow Herbarium. Another set, containing a complete representation of the localities listed for each species and form, was returned by Mr. Robbins for my own herbarium.—S. Е. Blake. 5 The localities at which specimens were collected are: CALIFORNIA: Santa Rosa, Sonoma County; Inverness, Larkspur, and Mt. Tamalpais, Marin County; La Honda Canyon and Santa Cruz Mountains, San Mateo County; Palo Alto, Santa Clara County; Del Monte, Monterey County; Camp Curry, Yosemite National Park, Yosemite County; Fallen Leaf Lake, Eldorado County. OREGON: Wolfcreek, Josephine County. WASHINGTON: Tumwater, Thurston County. WYOMING: Mam- moth Hot Springs, Upper Geyser Basin, and Canyon Junction, all in Yellowstone National Park. 1931] Robbins,—Cladonias collected in the Western U. 5. 137 f. TRUNCATA (Floerke) Wain. CALIFORNIA: Inverness, and on sand dunes, Del Monte. 8. C. scaBRIUSCULA (Del.) Leight. f. surrecta (Floerke) Sandst. (Cladonia furcata var. racemosa f. surrecta Floerke, Clad. Comm. 154. 1828). CALIFORNIA: Larkspur and Inverness.—Forma subnuda Robbins, forma nova: cortex none, podetia becoming subpellucid, often darkened, smooth or with scattered to contiguous, minute, scale-like, persistent squamules. CALIFORNIA: Santa Cruz Moun- tains, San Mateo County. (PLATE 209, к. 3.)—And from tufa near Santa Rosa, CALIFORNIA, plants atypical as to form, rather dark and quite squamulose, approaching f. conspersa (Wain.) Sandst., n. comb. in litt. (Cladonia furcata f. conspersa Wain. Act. Soc. Faun. Fl. Fenn. 4 (Monog. Clad. 1): 355. 1887). 9. C. MULTIFORMIS Merrill f. Frvkit (Wain.) Evans and f. suBas- СҮРНА (Vain.) Evans. OREGON: near Wolfcreek. 10. С. suBsQUAMOSA (Nyl.) Wain. WASHINGTON: on stump іп prairie, Tumwater (plants variously intermediate between f. denu- data Arn. and f. pulverulenta (R. Br.) Wain.). 11. C. cENOTEA (Ach.) Schaer. f. скоѕѕотА (Ach.) Nyl. WYOMING: Upper Geyser Basin (a rather undeveloped state). 12. C. cartosa (Ach.) Spreng. Wyoming: Mammoth Hot Springs. CALIFORNIA: on rocks, Camp Curry, alt. 1220 m. (thallus only from both stations). 13. C. ELONGATA (Jacq.) Hoffm. f. Ecmocyna (Ach.) Vain. and f. LAONTERA (Del.) Vain. (the last beautifully and very diversely de- veloped). WyvoMiNa: Canyon Junction, alt. 2375 m.—Also, from the same locality, forma intermedia Robbins, forma nova; podetia mod- erately short (12-50 mm. tall), squamulose throughout, cup-forming, the cups well expanded. (PLATE 209, к. 1.) Analogous to C. gracilis f. dilacerata. 14. C. DEGENERANS (Floerke) Spreng. f. EUPHOREA (Ach.) Floerke. Wyomine: Canyon Junction.—Forma CLADOMORPHA (Ach.) Wain. CALIFORNIA: Santa Cruz Mountains.—Forma PHYLLOPHORA (Ehrh.) Flot. Wyomine: Canyon Junction and Upper Geyser Basin; CALI- FORNIA: Santa Cruz Mountains. 15. С. vERTICILLATA (Hoffm.) Schaer. f. EvoLuTA (Th. Fr.) Stein and f. PHYLLOCEPHALA (Flot.) Oliv. CALIFORNIA: from tufa near Santa Rosa, and from Santa Cruz Mountains.—Also, from the last station, f. АРОТІСТА (Ach.) Wain.—Forma CERVICORNIS (Ach.) Floerke. Wyomine: Upper Geyser Basin (thallus; also plants with the podetia well developed and squamulose). 16. С. KREMPELHUBERI Vain. CALIFORNIA: near Fallen Leaf Lake (thallus). Not previously reported from North America. 17. C. MACROPHYLLODES Nyl. WYOMING: Upper Geyser Basin, alt. 2240 m. (thallus; det. Sandstede). Not previously reported from North America. 18. C. CHLOROPHAEA (Floerke) Spreng. f. cosrATA (Floerke) Arn. 138 Rhodora [JUNE CALIFORNIA: Inverness and Larkspur. WASHINGTON: on stump in prairie, Tumwater.—Also, from the last station, f. PROLIFERA (Wallr.) Arn.; and f. soREDIOSA Sandst. from Inverness.—Plants atypical as to form from OREGON: near Wolfcreek; Wyomina: Upper Geyser Basin; CALIFORNIA: from tufa, near Santa Rosa; Camp Curry; Santa Cruz Mountains; and from sand dunes, Del Monte,! the last a quite unusual colony, apparently of new plants but really the pro- liferations from the podetial or cup squamules of a buried and decay- ing preceding rank, widely divergent in development. 19. C. contsta (Ach.) Robbins; A. Е. Allen, Rhodora 32: 92. 1930. (Cenomyce fimbriata 9. C. conista Ach. Syn. Lich. 257. 1814.) CALIFORNIA: among redwoods, Larkspur, and on sand dunes, Del Monte. Doubtless intermediate between C. fimbriata and C. chloro- phaea (see Wainio, Monog. Clad. 2: 266), but possessing characters which may well be considered specific. Podetia short and with cups well expanded as in chlorophaca, but the soredia finely farinaceous as, in fimbriata; usually more corticate than either, with comparatively large, persistent primary squamules. Widely distributed. 20. С. MAJOR (Hag.) Sandst. CALIFORNIA: on rocks, Camp Curry, alt. 1220 m. 21. C. FIMBRIATA (L.) Fr? OREGON: near Wolfcreek. 22. С. NEMOXYNA (Ach.) Nyl. CALIFORNIA: Mount Tamalpais, alt. 550 m.; WYOMING: Upper Geyser Basin, alt. 2240 m. 23. C. Batrourtr Cromb. (С. fimbriata © Balfourii (Cromb.) Wain.). CALIFORNIA: on dry rocks, Palo Alto. With it: forma sub- radiata (Wain.) Robbins, n. comb. (С. fimbriata 5 chondroidea Wain. Ẹ subradiata Wain. Act. Soc. Faun. Fl. Fenn. 10 (Monog. Clad. 2): 338. 1894).—The species has been recorded by Wainio from the White Mountains (Tuckerman), the forma not hitherto from North America. [In the case of this species and form I have retained Mr. Robbins’ identifications but corrected the names used by him to agree with the law of priority. 5. Е. В.] 24. C. coNroCcRAEA (Floerke) Spreng. In various states, from CALIFORNIA: Inverness and Camp Curry; OREGON: near Wolf- creek.—Also f. PHYLLOSTROTA (Floerke) Vain., from CALIFORNIA: Mt. Tamalpais; and both f. ceratopEs (Floerke) Dalla Torre & Sarnth. and f. TRUNCATA (Floerke) Dalla Torre & Sarnth. from the following localities: CALIFORNIA: Larkspur, Inverness, and Santa Cruz Mountains; WYOMING: Upper Geyser Basin. 25. С. PITYREA (Floerke) Fr. var. ZwaAckun Wain. f. SUBACUTA Wain. CALIFORNIA: on dry rocks, Palo Alto. 26. C. CARNEOLA Fr. Wyomina: Upper Geyser Basin. Also f. SIMPLEX Flot. and f. PROLIFERA Flot. from the same locality. 27. C. Blakei Robbins, sp. nov.; primary squamules medium-size, the margins entire or irregularly lobed, yellowish above, white be- 1 Distributed in Sandstede’s Clad. Exsicc. as по. 1883. 2 The usage of Evans, Trans. Conn. Acad. 30: 474. 1930, is here followed.—S, Е. B. Rhodora Plate 209 Fig. 1, CLADONIA ELONGATA f. INTERMEDIA; fig. 2, C. Вилки; fig. 3, C. SCABRIUSCULA f. SUBNUDA; all X 2. 1931] Throne,—Contributions to the Flora of Wisconsin 139 neath (or darkening in age), neither sorediate nor granulose, KOH — , CaCl—, (or in combination—); podetia short, stout, cup-forming, cups regular or irregular, imperforate, moderately deep, becoming much expanded (to 14.5 mm. in diameter), the margins entire or repeatedly proliferate, the proliferations one to several, cup-forming or some- what club-shaped; cortex yellowish, continuous or subcontinuous, smooth or slightly rugose, persistent and densely covered with small, smooth, subglobose, yellowish squamules, KOH—, CaCl— (or in com- bination —); apothecia brown. (PLATE 209, к. 2.)—Type from Upper Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, Wyoming, alt. 2240 m., September 6, 1927.—The species is pywidata-like in construction but is dis- tinctly yellow and perhaps not far from C. carneola Fr. In the glo- bose-squamulose-covered cortex it resembles C. santensis "Tuck, EXPLANATION OF PLATE 209. Fig. 1. Cladonia elongata f. intermedia. Fig. 2. C. Blakei. Fig. 3. C. scabriuscula f. subnuda. All X 2, from the types in herbarium of C. A. Robbins. RECENT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF WISCONSIN ALVIN L. THRONE THE first specimen of Pterospora andromedea Nutt. to be recorded from Wisconsin was found by the writer August 14, 1928, while col- lecting specimens for the herbarium of the State Teachers College of Milwaukee. The specimen was found in the extreme southeastern corner of Ozaukee County, on a rather heavily wooded bluff near Lake Michigan, in the locality known as Donges Bay. This region is only twelve miles from the heart of Milwaukee but due to the area being dissected by several deep ravines, and because of its scenic beauty, it has been left in its natural state. The soil is a stiff, reddish clay. The dominant tree growth is white pine (Pinus Strobus L.) this being one of the few places in southeastern Wisconsin where the species is still found in any number. The specimen of Pterospora was found on top of a bluff in a somewhat grassy ares (Poa pratensis L.) about fifteen feet from the base of a white pine. The region was thoroughly searched and another specimen was found about a fourth of a mile in distance from the first. [t was growing on the slope of the ravine in hard clay soil which was covered with a carpet of dead pine needles. The only undergrowth was a few bushes of Juniperus communis var. depressa Pursh. This specimen is herbari- um number 66162 of the Milwaukee Public Museum. The roots of Pterospora were foun to greatly resemble those of the Beech-drops 140 Rhodora [JUNE Epifagus virginiana (L.) Bart. No direct connection with the roots of the pine was found. In 1929 three specimens were found. In 1930, one specimen was found in the same locality, but in the very northeastern corner of Milwaukee County. No judgement can be made at this time as to whether the species is indigenous to Wisconsin or whether it is a recent, accidental introduction, but the above observations indicate that the species is fairly well established in this locality. Another plant, Amesia latifolia (Huds.) Nelson & Macbride, new to the Wisconsin flora, was found by the writer July 24, 1930, and is now in the Milwaukee Public Museum, herbarium number 70396. The specimen was found on the north side of a ravine in Lake Park within the city limits of Milwaukee. Lake Park is one of the largest and oldest parks in the city. Within its boundaries are four ravines, the sides of which are covered with the native vegetation. It was in one of these ravines that the specimen of Amesia was found while a Nature Study class from the Milwaukee State Teachers College was studying the vegetation of the slope. The tree and shrub growth of that particular area is composed of Crataegus, Rhus typhina L., Thuja occidentalis L., Fraxinus americana L., and a few Austrian Pines ( Pinus nigra Arnold). All but the latter are native. Тһе Austrian Pines had apparently been transplanted there some fifteen to twenty years ago. The ground vegetation is entirely native, being largely Solidago, Aster, and Osmorhiza longisty- lis (Torr.) DC. The soil is hard clay. Search was made in all the ravines of the park but no other speci- mens were found. As with Pterospora, it is impossible to say if the plant is indigenous or of recent, accidental introduction. Under the conditions where found, the latter seems more probable. However, it is true that any indigenous plant within the park, might have better chances of surviving due to the protection received, than if it were in the country near a large city. Gray's Manual of Botany, Seventh Edition, lists Amesia (as Serapias Helleborine) as having been found as far west as New York and Pennsylvania. The Wisconsin station thus extends the range of the species about five hundred miles farther west. Identification of the specimens was verified by Mr. Albert M. Fuller, Assistant Curator of Botany of the Milwaukee Public Museum. STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. 1931] Truman,—Pollen of Sparganium americanum 141 POLLEN OF SPARGANIUM AMERICANUM AND 5. ANDROCLADUM Harry V. TRUMAN In connection with the pollen analysis of a peat bog situated in a kettle-hole in the glaciated area of Wisconsin it was found necessary to make a study of the pollen characteristics of certain species of Sparganium. Although no key has been prepared for the identification of the species of this genus, certain observed differences in the char- acteristics of the pollen of two of them, namely, S. americanum Nutt. and S. androcladum (Engelm.) Morong, are of interest because of the confusion that has existed in the past in regard to these species. Fernald! identified 5. lucidum Fernald & Eames with S. androcladum and noted that, while the species is abundant in Missouri and adjacent Illinois, it is otherwise unknown or unrecorded between the Mississippi valley and eastern Pennsylvania. Fassett? found two stations of the species, both in kettle-holes, in Wisconsin where it was hitherto unrecorded. Two specimens of S. androcladum were used in this study, one collected at Gibraltar Rock, Lodi, Wisconsin, Oct. 3, 1926, Fassett & Wilson, no. 2889, the other at West Roxbury, Massachusetts, Forbes, no. 17204. Specimens of 5. americanum collected at Dundee, New York, Wright, New Bedford, Massachusetts, Greene, Lone Rock, Wisconsin, Davis, 1921, Spring Green, Wisconsin, Davis, 1922 and Haugen, Wisconsin, Davis, 1923 were used. Sparganium pollens are thin-walled and collapsible. Sears? describes one of them (45, eurycarpum?") as being spherical and monopored, with a thin, granular surface. The pollens of S. androcladum and S. americanum were found to differ from each other in the character of the granulation of the surface and in size. S. androcladum has a granular surface with a clean-cut outline throughout all, or at least the greater part, of its circumference. 5. americanum shows a papillate surface which gives the outline of the grain much the appearance of a small-toothed cog-wheel, the intervals between the papillae being but slightly smaller than the diameter of the papillae. The pollen of 5. androcladum averaged 28.4 mu. in diameter, that of S. americanum averaged 24.5 mu. Normal pollen grains were selected for measure- ment in each case (?. e., badly collapsed or torn grains were not con- 1 Fernald, Кноронл 24: 27 (1922). ? Fassett, Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters 25: 186 (1930). ? Sears, Bot. Gaz. 89: 95 (1930). 142 Rhodora [JUNE sidered) and the measurements were made of the longest diameters where they were not exactly spherical. UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN A NEW SELENIA FROM THE EDWARDS PLATEAU OF TEXAS V. L. Cory, GRAZING RESEARCH BOTANIST SELENIA Jonesii, sp. nov., herba annua hiemans prostrata glabra, folis petiolatis pinnatis bipinnatisve segmentis parvis oblongis, racemis folioso-bracteatis, floribus parvis luteis suaveolentibus, sili- quis stipitatis ad 15 mm. longis, 10 mm. latis subglobosis vel ellipsoid- alibus inflatis stylo breve crasso. A prostrate, glabrous, winter annual from a slender tap-root; branches leafy and up to 15 em. or more in length; leaves petioled, up to 5 em. long, pinnately or bipinnately divided into small, oblong, obtuse or acute segments 1-3 mm. long, the terminal segment usually being longer than the others and, in growth, subjected to further lobing; petioles slender and elongated, narrowly winged, and extend- ing into a mid-vein more widely winged; racemes leafy-bracted and frequently clustered at the crown of the plant, but occurring also along the spreading branches; flowers small, yellow, fragrant, 5-6 mm. long; sepals shorter and paler than the petals, up to 5 mm. long, spreading; petals yellow, oblanceolate, up to 6 mm. long, erect; pedicels slender, spreading or slightly ascending, 1-3 cm. long; siliques stalked, up to 15 mm. long and 10 mm. broad, subglobose to elliptical, inflated, surmounted by a broad style which is 3 mm. high and 2 mm. broad at the base; seeds 10 or more, 2-rowed in each cell, orbicular, broadly winged, 3.5 mm. wide by including the margin which adds slightly more than one mm. to the width of the seed. This species differs from the other species of Selenia in its prostrate growth and in its shorter, broader, and inflated fruit. Also it differs from Selenia aurea Nutt. in its shorter and stouter style, and differs from Selenia dissecta Torr. in having flowers half or less than half as large. Тһе inflation of the fruit, after the fashion of Physaria, marks it clearly as a distinct new species. The first collections of this species were made March 20, 1929, at the headquarters of the W. R. Baggett Ranch, 3 miles north of Ozona, Texas, and the same day at the Six Mile Water-hole on John- son Draw at about six miles north of Ozona, and also on Mr. Baggett's ranch. These collections were discarded, when better specimens 1931] Cory,—New Selenia from the Edwards Plateau of Texas 143 were collected the next day at a water-hole on Howard Draw at about twelve miles above the Old Spanish Trail crossing of the Draw at about eighteen miles northwest of Ozona, the county-seat of Crockett County, Texas. The collections (Nos. 323 and 324) made on Howard Draw, March 21, 1929, were of plants in full flower, but without any fruit whatever. Тһе Selenia had made excellent growth, and, at four water-holes in these two Draws, it grew abundantly in the mud and moist ground surrounding the water, while only a few plants of other species were present. As these plants were new to me and the fruit was lacking to permit certain placing in its proper genus, sheet No. 324 was sent to the Gray Herbarium. Through the kindness of Dr. Ivan M. Johnston a report was received that apparently the plant was a Selenia, but, if so, it was distinctly a new species. Post- ponement of further study was made until the plant could be collected in fruit. In 1930 the late winter and early spring were exceptionally dry and all water-holes in Crockett County dried up, and thus it was that only a few rather unsatisfactory plants could be found on April 15th when fruiting specimens were obtained. These collections (Nos. 2992- 3000, both inclusive) proved that the plant was really a Selenia. АП were obtained at the Six Mile Water-hole in Johnson Draw. The type specimen, No. 2992, is deposited at the Herbarium of the Texas Agricultural Experiment Station at College Station, Texas. СоПес- tions Nos. 324 and 2993 are deposited at the Gray Herbarium, col- lection No. 2994 is deposited at the Missouri Botanical Gardens, and collection No. 2995 is deposited at the Field Museum of Natural History. On the occasion of the collections of 1930 the writer was accom- panied by the noted Western botanist, Prof. Marcus E. Jones of Pomona College, Claremont, California, who took the opportunity to make a series of collections of this plant. То commemorate his visit to the Edwards Plateau country of Texas and to express appre- ciation of the opportunity thus afforded to make his acquaintance and to gain his friendship it is our wish to name this species in his honor. It appears probable that this species is confined to Crockett County, Texas, for the writer has not seen it at the water-holes in draws else- where in the Edwards Plateau or on further west in the Trans-Pecos 144 Rhodora [JUNE area of the State; but a more thorough search is required before this may be accepted as a fact. Grateful acknowledgement is made to Dr. Ivan M. Johnston and to Prof. Marcus Е. Jones for advice and assistance given in the study of this species. Texas AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION. DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA, VAR. COMOSA IN CONNECTICUT.—In the course of a morning's botanizing last August on a small floating bog at Donovan's Pond, Mansfield, Connecticut, I was hunting around in the sphagnum for pitcher-plant seedlings when I noticed a queer- looking sundew, whose reddish, capitate inflorescences were dis- tinctly different from the elongate, white-flowered racemes of ordi- nary Drosera rotundifolia. The material was tentatively referred to Drosera rotundifolia L., var. comosa Fernald, an identification which I was recently able to confirm by examining specimens from the other known stations at the Gray Herbarium. The Connecticut plants do not show a transformation of the carpels or perianth into gland-bearing leaves, but the same may be said of several of the plants of the type collection. This peculiar variety has only once before been reported from New England (Mt. Desert, Maine, Steb- bins), and is otherwise known only from Gaspé and from Central New York. My scanty collection, four plants in all, is in the College Herbarium.—G. 5. Torrey, Connecticut Agricultural College. Volume 33, no. 389, including pages 105 to 132 and plate 208, was issued 8 May, 1931. 000га JOURNAL ОЕ THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY Хы кйш LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Vol. 33. July, 1931. No. 391. CONTENTS: Cladonia іп the District of Columbia and Vicinity. С. A. Robbins and АТРО РИН n СА a, ie t RI угул 145 Solidago and Aster in Washington County, Maine. С. Н. Knowlton. 159 New Station for Calluna. E. W. Ішшейей...................... 162 Coronilla varia in Michigan. Cecil ВІ оп..................... 163 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can һе sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other “еге of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 рег 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST ОҒ GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 іп. by 8-4 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 33. July, 1931. No. 391. CLADONIA IN THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA AND VICINITY C. А. RosBINS! AND S. F. BLAKE (Plates 210-212) THE genus Cladonia, of which the largest and most familiar ex- amples are the various species of reindeer-moss, occupies much the same position among lichens as is held by such genera as Salix and Rubus among flowering plants. The species are numerous, often very variable, and sometimes distinguishable only by differences in chem- ical reaction, so that, although the commoner species are for the most part easily recognized, the acquisition of a thorough knowledge of the forms occurring even in a somewhat restricted region is the work of years. In consequence, the study of the genus affords an interesting and profitable occupation for the student of flowering plants who seeks an object for his walks afield during the months of winter and early spring. It is at such times, when banks and fields are bared by melting snow, that many Cladonias are most conspicuous and can be collected in the best condition for study. The external morphology of Cladonias is simple. A typical rep- resentative, Cladonia cristatella (see. PL. 210, F. 14), the common scarlet-fruited species found on earth or decaying wood, consists of three chief parts. From the horizontal part, known as the primary thallus, and composed of squamules, arise vertical stalks (podctia) bearing fruiting bodies (apothecia). In the reindeer-mosses (PL. 210, к. 1-5) the primary thallus is evanescent and very seldom seen, the plants consisting of masses of much branched, intertangled podetia. In different species the podetia (which are very rarely absent) may 1 The senior author died on 22 Jan. 1930. In the final preparation of this paper for publication, material assistance has been given by Dr. Alexander W. Evans. 146 Rhodora [JULY be short or comparatively long, simple or greatly branched, cylindri- cal or clavate. When more or less clavately enlarged and hollowed out at apex they are described as cup-forming (see PL. 210, ғ. 11-12; PL. 212, ғ. 3-4). Their surface, except in the reindeer-mosses, is usually corticate, that is, provided with a subcrustaceous outer layer, which often becomes broken and dispersed, leaving interspaces which expose the more downy medulla. Іп several species the podetia, rarely also the squamules, are more or less completely decorticate and sorediose (or sorediate), that is, covered with masses (soredia) of fine whitish powder, which under the microscope are found to consist of intertangled algal cells and fungal hyphae (see pL. 210, ғ. 9-10). In other cases the podetia may be granulose, squamulose, or squamose, the first term referring to the presence of coarse soredia, the two latter to the presence of small or large squamules similar to those of the thallus. The podetia, when cup-forming, are frequently prolif- erous from the center or margins of the cups in one or more series, the successive tiers of proliferations being known as ranks (see PL. 212, к. 4, 7). In the reindeer-mosses the character of the gonidia, small wart-like bodies on the podetia, is often of importance in the separation of the species. The fundamental work for the study of Cladonias is Wainio's " Monographia Cladoniarum universalis," published in three parts! from 1887 to 1897. Ап illustrated account of the morphology of the genus, with photographs of several species, is given in Fink's “ Li- chens of Minnesota."? A key to the New England species and prin- cipal varieties then recognized was given in 1909 by the late Prof. L. W. Riddle? The latest and most generally useful publication on North Amer- ican Cladonias is Dr. Alexander W. Evans’ “The Cladoniae of Con- necticut."* In this paper the author, in addition to a discussion of the recent important literature, morphology, local distribution, and habitats of the genus, has given carefully prepared keys to the groups, species, and minor forms occurring in Connecticut, with synonymy and abundant annotations. The 45 species treated include nearly ! Act. Soc. Faun, Fl. Fenn. 4: 1-509. 1887; 10: 1-498. 1894; 14: 1-268. 1897. The first two parts are systematic, the third general.—In his most recent works Wainio altered the spelling of his name to Vainio, and both forms occur in the list of species in this paper. 2,Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 14: 107. рі. 11-17. 1910. 3 RHODORA 11: 212-214. 1909. 4 Тгапв. Conn. Acad. 30: 357-510. June, 1930. 1931] Robbins,—Cladonia in the District of Columbia 147 all those which are common in the temperate eastern United States, so that the paper is of value to workers outside the area specially covered. The present list of Cladonias of the District of Columbia and im- mediate vicinity is based on the local material of this genus in the U. S. National Herbarium collected by E. Lehnert (ca. 1884), J. М. Holzinger (1892), Т. A. Williams (1896—1900), William R. Maxon (1899-1903), Mary F. Miller (ca. 1904-13), and Bruce Fink (1907), and on the collections of S. F. Blake (1924-26, and a single specimen collected in 1930). The last have practically all been determined by C. A. Robbins, who has also been able, through the kindness of Dr. William R. Maxon, to examine critically a number of specimens by earlier collectors preserved in the National Herbarium. АП the species and forms listed in this paper have been collected in the region by the junior author except C. mitis and С. alpicola var. karelica, and all, except these two species and two forms (C. chlorophaea f. centralis and С. strepsilis f. subsessilis), are represented in his herba- rium. Material of the two forms mentioned was identified by the senior author and is presumably preserved in his herbarium. The only list of Cladonias of the District of Columbia region hitherto published is that by Rev. E. Lehnert (1886), forming a part of F. H. Knowlton’s supplement to L. F. Ward's “Guide to the flora of Washington and vicinity," and including! the names of 20 species and 11 additional varieties. Examination of the material in Leh- nert's herbarium, now incorporated in the United States National Herbarium, shows that a number of his species were misidentified. His C. macilenta and C. Floerkeana are C. cristatella f. vestita; his C. pulchella is C. vulcanica f. minor; his C. symphycarpa and C. cariosa are misnamed, being mixtures of several species; his C. gracilis is C. chlorophaea and C. verticillata. His C. decorticata, C. degenerans, C. santensis, and C. leporina, not now represented by specimens, cannot be identified, but it seems likely that all were incorrectly named. Lehnert’s specimens of C. alpicola var. karelica, originally labeled C. symphycarpa and later C. cariosa, are the only ones known from the region. Two principal floral areas are recognized for flowering plants in the District of Columbia region. The Piedmont Plateau, characterized 1 Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 3: 123-4. 1886. ? See W. L. McAtee, “А sketch of the natural history of tbe District of Columbia,” Bull. Biol. Soc. Washington 1: 57-90. 1918.—The area covered in the present 148 Rhodora [JuLy by the presence of metamorphic and igneous rocks, with caps of Coastal Plain deposits on the hilltops and on divides between streams, is separated by the Fall Line from the Coastal Plain of unconsolidated clays, gravels, and sands. Of the 36 species of Cladonia here listed, 23 show no sign of restriction in local habitat. Three species— Cladonia coccifera, C. Floerkeana, and C. floridana—are known only from the Coastal Plain. All are rare, occurring together at a single locality near Bladensburg and not elsewhere, except C. floridana, which has been collected at Lanham, two or three miles further east. Cladonia squamosa is most abundant in Coastal Plain areas, occur- ring only sparingly elsewhere. Seven species—C. Boryi, C. foliacea, C. mitis, C. pityrea, C. polycarpia, C. pyxidata, and C. vulcanica—are known only from Piedmont areas, and C. furcata is scarce outside the Piedmont region. One species, C. alpicola, is represented only by a single unlocalized collection. The wide range of Cladonias in general is shown by the fact that, of the 36 species here listed, at least 19 are recorded from Finland by Vainio, while only 11 are not found in some part of Europe. The identifications on which this paper rests have practically all been made by the senior author, who is also responsible for the key. The introduction and annotated list of species were also examined and corrected by him. The illustrations in this paper represent aver- age specimens, not specimens selected to show extremes of devel- opment. KEY TO GROUPS AND SPECIES Subg. 1. Cladina (Nyl) Wain. Primary thallus crustaceous, evanescent, seldom seen. Podetia slender, elongated, much branched, arachnoid-tomentose and without cortex but often with a pseudo-cortex formed of scattered or contiguous gonidia; apices minutely 2-8-forked; apo- thecia fuscous, small, often absent.— Plants intricately massed-entangled. The reindeer-mosses. Plants ashy grayish, not at all yellowish, coarse; KOH + (distinctly yellow).! (Pf. 210, f. 1)...... 1. C. rangiferina. paper on Cladonia is the same as that of the ‘‘Flora of the District of Columbia and Vicinity," by A. S. Hitchcock and P. С. Standley (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 21. 1919)— à circle of approximately 15 miles radius with the Capitol as a center. 1 Nearly all species of Cladonia give a color reaction when touched with a saturated solution of caustic potash. In many cases this is merely a brightening of the natural color of the plant. Several species, however, undergo a distinct and immediate color change. In some the reaction is best obtained by using KOH in combination with a saturated solution of chloride of lime. Usually the reaction is yellow. In С. strepsilis with CaCl (alone) it is immediately bluish-green, and in C. subcariosa and C. polycarpia (with KOH alone) it is slowly red or reddish brown. А plant's reaction, therefore, whether positive or negative, is often of diagnostic value. In the keys here given the reaction is not mentioned where it has no such value. Unless otherwise stated, the plus sign indicates that the reaction is yellow, the minus sign that there is no color reaction. 1931] Robbins,—Cladonia in the District of Columbia 149 Plants yellowish-green, varying to white, green, or gray, usually more delicate; KOH —(or pale yellow in С. tenuis). Gonidia dissolving —Podetia irregularly branched or often subdichotomously divided throughout, here and there roughened with disintegrating gonidia; gonidia greenish, whitish, or yellowish, often darkening, the interspaces soon naked and often pellucid. (Р ОЛО ШОГА ec dE 5. C. impexa. Gonidia persistent. Podetia with the branches neither radiate nor whorled, subunilateral throughout; axils in part closed; apices soon nodding; KOH + (pale yellow). (РІ. 210, f. 3.)........3. C. tenuis. Podetia with the branches irregularly to subregu- larly radiate or whorled; axils gaping; KOH-. Branches with abundant subsecund branchlets; apices nodding, minutely 3-8-pointed; gonidia grayish, greenish, or occa- sionally brownish, the interspaces tomentose. (Pl. 210, f. 4.)....2. C. sylvatica. Branches with usually few dichotomously di- vided branchlets, the branchlets slen- der, tapering, divaricate, straight; apices minutely forked or 3-5-pointed; gonidia whitish to yellowish, the inter- spaces smooth. (Pl. 210, f. 5.)....4. C. mitis. Subg. 2. Pycnothelia Ach. Primary thallus granular-crustace- ous, persistent. Podetia short, stout, simple or short- branched, corticate, suggesting minute cacti; termi- nations obtuse; apothecia small, fuscous.—Plants not intertangled. (ШКО ТШ ШИС ey ae ee 6. C. papillaria. Subg. 3. Cenomyce (Ach.) Th. Fr. Primary thallus foliaceous, persistent or disappearing. Series A. Cocciferae Del. Apothecia scarlet (whitish in rare color-forms). a. Subglaucescentes Wain. Primary squamules grayish- green above, white beneath; podetia whitish to grayish-green. (In the region here dealt with, represented only by plants having the podetia often sterile, with obtuse to subulate apices, mainly or wholly decorticate, the de- corticate areas farinose-sorediate or granulose.) Decorticate areas pellucid and granulose or granu- lose-squamulose, usually darkening, KOH+. ОТОУ 7. C. vulcanica. Decorticate areas impellucid and farinose-sorediate, usually whitish. Podetia usually basally corticate, above with the cortex dispersed or more or less con- tinuous particularly below the apices; KOH ~. (Pl. 210, f. 8.)......8. C. Floerkeana. Podetia occasionally basally corticate, above wholly decorticate and farinose-sore- diate. KOH -. (BILL РИТЕ. 9. €. bacillaris. KOH +. (REE 210; i One LUE 10. С. macilenta. 150 Rhodora [Тоту b. Stramineo-flavidae Wain. Primary squamules yellow- ish-green above, white or yellowish beneath; podetia yellowish-green. Podetia cup-forming, sterile or fertile (CaCl) KOH +. Cortex persistent, not at all sorediate. (Pl. 210, PALEIS ЕЕЕ 11. С. coccifera. Cortex disintegrating, more or less sorediate. (РІ. 210, #. 12.).................. 12. С. pleurota. Podetia not cup-forming, always terminated by apothecia; cortex continuous to areolately dispersed or wanting; (CaCl) КОН-. Plants not at all sorediate; podetia typically short-branched above; decorticate areas persistently arachnoid, whitish. (Fh, ИА Г, М)... sd 13. C. cristatella. Plants more or less sorediate; podetia typicall club-shaped: decorticate areas naked, subpellucid, soon darkening. (РІ. 210, PE retake ыи 14. C. paludicola. Series ya ama Wain. Apothecia brown to pale flesh- color. a. Unciales (Del.) Wain. Primary thallus evanescent, rarely seen. Podetia not persistent basally, cylindrical to irregularly turgescent, corticate, never squamulose, becoming much branched and intertangled; cortex usually smooth and shining; ү өз spinose.—In the massed habit of growth the group resembles the Cladinas. It can readily be distinguished from them by its conspicuous cortex, and (as well as from all other species here listed) by its spinose-tipped podetia. Podetia corticate, the surface usually smooth. (РІ, 32 О hich АК с оед 15. C. uncialis. Podetia more or less decorticate, the surface rough- ened by depressions or perforations....... 16. C. Boryi. b. Chasmariae (Ach.) Floerke. Primary thallus persist- ent or disappearing, the squamules white be- neath. Podetia usually persistent basally, cup- less or with open cups (i. e., not closed by a diaphragm); axils usually open. Primary squamules large; segments elongated, the margins entire or sinuate; podetia none; apothecia (usually wanting) sessile on the primary squamules; KOH +. (РІ. 211, f. 7.) 22. C. apodocarpa. Primary squamules small to medium, the margins segmented; segments crenate to finely incised. Podetia essentially none; apothecia (usually present) sessile or short-stalked on the primary squamules; KOH —. (РІ. 211, EJ. ЛДЕ Vox p adis E s 21. C. caespiticia. Podetia conspicuously developed. Podetia cup-forming, the cups well devel- oped and conspicuous to very small; cortex disintegrating, but in local forms neither sorediate nor granulose; KOH —. (РІ. 211, f. 5.) 20. C. squamosa. Rhodora Plate 210 Figs. 1-5, CLADONIA, subg. CLApINA; fig. 6, subg. PycNoTHELIA; figs. 7-14, subg. CENOMYCE, series COCCIFERAE. 1931] Robbins,—Cladonia in the District of Columbia 151 Podetia not cup-forming. Plants sorediate, granulose or granu- lose-squamulose, usually very small and delicate, growing on decaying wood; podetia short, often simple; cortex dispersed to wholly wanting; KOH+. (РІ. 211, f. 3.) 18. C. delicata. Plants neither sorediate nor granulose, growing normally on earth. Podetia short-branched; cortex areolate; apices obtuse; axils round-perforate; KOH+. (PI. 211, f. 2.) 17. C. floridana. Podetia much branched, the branches slender, elon- gated; cortex continuous to areolate; apices often subulate; axils irregularly gaping; KOH —. (PI. 211, I4) UT. 19. C. furcata. c. Clausae Wain. Primary thallus persistent or disap- pearing, the squamules white or ereamy beneath. Podetia usually persistent basally, cupless or with closed cups (i. e., closed by a diaphragm); axils closed. Plants not intertangled. Primary squamules grayish-green to olivaceous above, beneath white, not yellowish anywhere. Podetia cup-forming. Plants neither sorediate nor granulose. Cups irregular, shallow, usually partly or wholly obliterated by ir- regular marginal or occasion- ally central proliferations. (Pl. 212, f. 8)...... 32. C. mateocyatha, Cups regular. Cups deep (goblet-form); prolif- erations normally mar- ginal; cortex smooth to warty-areolate (РІ. 212, f. RC E 28. C. pyridala. Cups very shallow (saucer-form); proliferations normally central, usually several- ranked; cortex smooth. (РІ. 212, f. 7.)...33. C. verticillata. Plants sorediate or granulose. Soredia farinaceous; squamules coarse, with margins somewhat lo- bate; cups narrow, often abortive or obsolete. (Pl. 212, LEID LEE 30. C. coniocraea. Soredia granulose. Cups deep and large. (РІ. 212, f. А5) А 29. C. chlorophaea. Cups shallow, irregular or abor- tive, small. (Pl. 212, f. APEX Um un 31. C. pityrea. 152 Rhodora [July Podetia not cup-forming. Plants sorediate or granulose. Soredia farinaceous; primary squa- mules usually large, with margins sublobate; apices subulate. (Pl. 212, f. 5.) 30. C. coniocraea. Soredia granulose; primary squamules small; apices acute to sub- obtuse. (Pl. 212, f. 6.).31. C. pityrea. Plants neither sorediate nor granulose. Primary squamules small to minute; podetia slender, simple, often short, usually somewhat tortu- ous, always terminated by comparatively large apothe- cia; cortex dispersed, often wholly wanting; КОН-. (BLU tag eee 23. C. mitrula. Primary squamules medium to large; odetia regularly to irregu- arly | club-shaped, often stout, simple or with short, obtuse branches, sterile or fertile. Podetia greenish, laterally much fissured and torn (can- cellate-cariose); ^ cortex becoming dispersed іп small subpeltate areoles; KOH-. (PI. 212, f. 2.) 27. C. alpicola. Podetia grayish-green to oliva- ceous, laterally subentire or here and there de- pressed ог flattened; cortex continuous to areolate. Plants CaCl + (bluish-green). (РІ. 212, f. 10.).. ..35. C. strepsilis.! Plants CaCl — KOH ~. (РІ. 212, f. 1.) 26. C. clavulifera. КОН + (yellowish, soon brick-red). (Pl. 211, f. D) LM 24. C. subcariosa. KOH + (persistently yel- low mixed with red). (Pl. 211, f. 10.) 25. C. polycarpia. Primary squamules distinetly yellowish. CaCl (KOH) + (bluish green). (РІ. 212, f. 10.) 35. C. strepsilis. CaCl (KOH) + (yellow). Squamules large, yellowish above, cream- colored or whitish beneath, with rounded segments, the margins 1 No other Cladonia species yields this color reaction to chloride of lime (particu- larly when followed by KOH). The under surface of the squamules shows it most conspicuously. 1981] Robbins,—Cladonia in the District of Columbia 153 entire or subentire; podetia and apothecia rarely developed. (PI. PADI WM soa oss sone 34. C. foliacea.! Squamules small to medium, yellowish above, white beneath, with incised margins; podetia slender, simple or fastigiately much branched, the branches short; cortex cracked and dispersed in flat or recurved, partly detached patches; apothe- cia minute to large, often abun- dant. (Pl. 212, f. 11.)..36. C. piedmontensis. 1. C. RANGIFERINA (L.) Web.—Pr. 210, к. 1.—In moss among rocks in woods, scarce (near Prospect Hill, Fairfax Co., Va.; on clayey bank, edge of mixed woods, near Lanham, Md.; and on slope in pine woods, Burnt Mills, Md., Blake). In addition to the typical form, the f. cRISPATA Coem., a small form with densely crowded, intertangled branches, has been collected. 2. C. sytvatica (L.) Hoffm.—Pr. 210, к. 4.—Clayey ground, on edge of woods, scarce (near Landover, near Lanham, Burnt Mills, and Suitland bog, Md., and near Mt. Vernon, Va., Blake). Among the specimens collected are some referable to f. PYGMAEA Sandst., a dwarf form, and others to f. sPHAGNOIDES (Floerke) Oliv., with the podetia well branched from near base to apex, and the upper branch- lets and apices erect or suberect. 3. C. TENUIS (Floerke) Harm.— Pr. 210, ғ. 3.—In similar habitats to C. impexa, sometimes growing with that species, but less common (Miller, Blake). 4. C. mitis Sandst.—Pr. 210, к. 5.—Dry roadside bank near Great "alls, Va. (Miller). 5. C. ІМРЕХА Harm.—Pr. 210, к. 2.—In poor soil in pine or de- ciduous woods, sometimes on banks or rocks, abundant (Lehnert, Fink, Miller, Blake). The following forms have been found typically developed: f. CONDENSATA (Floerke) Sandst. (Cenomyce silvatica var. condensata Floerke), a dense low form; and f. LAXIUSCULA (Del.) Sandst. (C. sylvatica var. laxiuscula Del., in part), with nodding apices. This appears to be the commonest species of the reindeer- moss group in our region, and is rarely found except in a sterile con- dition. The earlier collections were referred to C. rangiferina or C. sylvatica, both of which, as now interpreted, seem to be scarce here. 6. C. PAPILLARIA (Ehrh.) Hoffm.— Pr. 210, к. 6.—Fields and hill- sides, in sandy or clayey soil, fairly common (Lehnert, Miller, Blake). Represented by three forms: f. MoLARIFoRMIS (Hoffm.) Schaer., with podetia well developed, often much branched: f. PAPILLOSA Fr., with podetia papilliform; and f. sriPATA Floerke, with podetia sterile and very densely papillose-branched above. 1 The usually large spreading colonies of coarse yellowish squamules are conspicuous and cbaracteristic. Тһе chemical response to KOH combined with CaCl is also diagnostic. 154 Rhodora [JuLy 7. C. vuLcaNICA Zolling. f. minor Robbins, n. forma.—Pt. 210, к. 7.—Podetia only 2.5-8 mm. high; otherwise as in C. vulcanica.— “District of Columbia” (Lehnert); on old log in woods, Lyonhurst, Arlington Co., Va. (Miller); on old log in woods, Prospect Hill, Fairfax Co., Va., 17 Feb. 1925 (Blake; type collection); on logs, Riggs Mill and vicinity, near College Park, Md. (Blake). Cladonia vulcanica Zolling. differs from C. didyma (Fée) Wainio in its yellow reaction with caustic potash, as does C. macilenta from C. bacillaris, and should likewise be given specific rank. It has apparently not hitherto been recorded north of Mexico. The f. minor differs only in its diminutive podetia; those of the typical plant are described by Wainio as 8-45 mm. long. 8. C. FroERKEANA (Fr.) Floerke.—Pr. 210, к. 8.—Sandy loam in clearing, at one locality in vicinity of Landover, near Bladensburg, Md. (Blake). The specimens collected belong to var. INTERMEDIA Hepp, with sorediose, esquamose podetia. 9. C. BACILLARIS (Ach.) Nyl.—Pr. 210, к. 9.—On logs, stumps, and bases of trees, rarely on ground, common (Fink, Miller, Blake). Most of our material belongs to f. cLAv ATA (Ach.) Wain. 10. C. MACILENTA Hoffm.—Pr. 210, к. 10.—On decaying logs in woods, on rocks, or in clearings, apparently rare (Fink, Blake). АП material collected belongs to f. sryRACELLA (Ach.) Wain. 11. C. COCCIFERA (L.) Willd.—Pr. 210, ғ. 11.—Sandy loam in clearing, at one locality in vicinity of Landover, near Bladensburg, Md. (Blake). Specimens collected represent var. STEMMATINA (Ach.) Wain., without squamae on podetia or cups, and var. PHYLLOCOMA Floerke, with the podetia and particularly the margins of the cups squamose. 12. C. PLEUROTA (Floerke) Schaer.—Pr. 210, к. 12.—In woods, in clearings, and on banks, sometimes on exposed rocks, not common (Lehnert, Miller, Blake). In addition to the common form, with naked podetia of medium length, the following forms occur: f. DECORATA (Wain.) Evans, with short esquamose podetia 4-10 mm. long, and apothecia sessile on margins of cups; var. FRONDESCENS (Nyl.) Oliv., with squamose podetia; and var. cERINA (Nagel) Th. Fr., with whitish apothecia (rare; Plummer Island, Md.). 13. C. CRISTATELLA Tuck.—Pr. 210, к. 14.—On ground in fields and woods and on banks, occasionally on logs or the bases of trees; an abundant and beautiful plant (Lehnert, Holzinger, Maxon, Williams, Fink, Miller, Blake). Represented by the following forms: f. BEAU- vorsir (Del.) Wain., with naked podetia and scarlet apothecia (com- mon); f. ocHROcARPIA Tuck., similar but with pale flesh-colored or whitish apothecia (rare); f. vestrra Tuck., like f. Beauvoirs but with podetia squamulose (abundant); and f. squAMULOsA Robbins, like f. vestita but with whitish or flesh-colored apothecia (rare; non- Rhodora Plate 211 Fig. 1, CLADONIA, subg. CENoMYCE, ser. OCHROPHAEAE, subser. UNCIALEs; figs. 2-7, subser. CHASMARIAE; figs. 8-10, subser. CLAUSAE. 1931] Robbins,—Cladonia in the District of Columbia 155 typical plants from Great Falls, Va., and an intermediate plant toward f. vestita, bearing a few small scarlet apothecia mixed with abundant whitish ones, near Mt. Vernon, Va.). 14. C. PALUDICOLA (Tuck.) Merrill, Bryologist 27: 23. 1924.—PL. 210, r. 13.—On old log in woods, near Lyonhurst, Arlington Co., Va. (Miller); on decaying stump in pine woods, vicinity of Landover, near Bladensburg, Md. (Blake). 15. C. UNCIALIS (L.) Web.—Pr. 211, к. 1.—Sandy or clayey ground in woods or on banks, sometimes on rocks, fairly common (Lehnert, Miller, Blake). The following forms have been collected: f. DICRAEA (Ach.) Wain., with dichotomously branched podetia with subulate apices, the axils more or less pervious; f. OBTUSATA (Ach.) Nyl., with polytomously branched podetia with obtuse apices, the axils scarcely dilated and destitute of rhizinae; f. suBoBTUSATA Arn., similar to f. obtusata but with dilated axils provided with rhizinae. 16. C. Boryt Tuck. (C. reticulata (Russell) Wain.) In path, Upton Hill, Arlington Co., Va. (Blake & Diehl). The specimens belong to f. PROLIFERA Robbins, with podetia bearing short irregular adventitious branches. The species is so closely similar in appear- ance to C. uncialis that it has not seemed necessary to present a figure of it. 17. C. FLORIDANA Wain.; Robbins, Ruopora 29: 136. pl. 157. 1927. (С. Beaumontii Wain. Act. Soc. Faun. Fl. Fenn. 10 (Monog. Clad. 2):455. 1894, as to descr., not as to name-bringing syn.)—PL. 211, r. 2.—Common at one locality in vicinity of Landover, near Bladensburg, Md., in sandy loam in clearing; collected also on a clayey bank near Lanham, Md. (Blake). The following nominal formae have been collected: f. түрІСА Robbins, fertile plants with squamulose podetia; f. ESQUAMOSA Robbins, fertile plants with esquamulose podetia; f. ELEGANS Robbins, sterile plants with squa- mulose podetia; f. BRACHIATA Robbins, sterile plants with esquamulose podetia. 18. C. DELICATA (Ehrh.) Floerke.—Pr. 211, к. 3.—On decaying logs and stumps in woods, fairly common (Walliams, Miller, Blake). Our plants are f. QUERCINA (Pers.) Wain., which is the normal form everywhere. 19. C. ЕОКСАТА (Huds.) Schrad.—Pr. 211, к. 4.—On rocks or on ground in woods, often growing in moss; scarcer below the fall line (Lehnert, Fink, Maxon, Miller, Blake). The following varieties and forms occur: var. RACEMOSA (Hoffm.) Floerke, with esquamose pode- tia; var. RACEMOsA f. SUBCLAUSA (Sandst.) Evans, with essentially naked podetia having the sterile summits slightly expanded, sub- truncate, with 2-5 spreading points, forming small pseudo-cups; and ғат. PINNATA (Floerke) Wain. f. FOLIOLOSA (Del.) Wain., with squa- mulose, subulate-tipped podetia. With the exception of specimens representing f. subclausa, the material of var. racemosa is intermediate between f. corymbosa (Ach.) Nyl. and f. furcato-subulata (Hoffm.) Wain. 156 Rhodora [Junv 20. C. sqUAMOsA (Scop.) Hoffm.—Pr. 211, к. 5.—Usually in sandy ground in pine woods or clearings, rarely on decaying logs or on rocks; common on the high ground between Bladensburg and Lanham, Md., not common elsewhere ( Miller, Blake). very variable species, the following forms being represented among local specimens: f. DENTICOLLIS (Hoffm.) Floerke, with podetia cup-forming, decorticate, the upper half without squamules; f. SQUAMOSISSIMA Floerke, similar but densely squamulose throughout with fine squamules; f. PHYLLO- сома (Rabenh.) Wain., similar to the last but corticate and coarsely squamulose;' f. sessilis Robbins, n. f., with apothecia borne on the primary squamules, the podetia more or less abortive, bearing apo- thecia laterally as well as terminally (түре from clayey bank on edge of woods near Lanham, Md., 6 Dec. 1925, Blake); f. LEVICORTI- CATA (Sandst.) Evans, with the podetia cup-forming, corticate, gray- ish, green often darkening, with or without squamules, represented by two modifications—m. RIGIDA (Del.) Evans, frequently squamulose and with short, rigid, often radiate, terminal proliferations, and m. PSEUDOCRISPATA Sandst., with well developed cups and smooth, short, often stout, whitish, esquamulose podetia; and f. TURFACEA Rehm, similar to f. levicorticata, but a dark, smooth-cortexed form of sunny situations. 21. C. cAESPITICIA (Pers.) Floerke.—Pr. 211, к. 6.—Sandy ground, on banks and in woods (usually deciduous), rarely on logs, fairly common (Fink, Miller, Blake). 22. C. APODOCARPA Robbins, Ruopora 27: 211. 1925.— Pr. 211, Е. 7.—Usually in sandy loam in deciduous woods, sometimes in clay or among rocks, rather common (Blake). Rarely found in this locality in fruit. The sterile thallus of erect brittle squamae, ashy-glaucous above and chalky white beneath, 1s readily recognized. 23. C. MiTRULA Tuck.—Pr. 211, к. 8.—On ground in fields and woods and on banks, rarely on stumps, very common (Lehnert, Williams, Maxon, Fink, Miller, Blake). АП local specimens belong to f. IMBRICATULA (Nyl.) Wain. 24. C. suBCARIOSA Nyl.—Pr. 211, к. 9.—1In old fields and woods, in sandy or clayey soil, sometimes among rocks, very common (Lehnert, Williams, Miller, Blake). The forms occurring are: f. EVOLUTA Wain., with naked podetia; f. sqUAMULOsA Robbins, with squamu- lose podetia; f. EPIPHYLLA Robbins, with apothecia sessile on primary thallus; f. pallida Robbins, n. forma, with apothecia flesh-colored or whitish, and naked podetia (түре collected on sandy slope in pine woods, vicinity of Landover, near Bladensburg, Md., 15 Feb. 1925, Blake). 25. C. POLYCARPIA Merrill, Bryologist 12: 46. pl. 4, f. 4. 1909.— Pr. 211, к. 10.—A single scanty collection from log in open woods, Great Falls, Va. (Blake). 1 The three forms first mentioned are closely related, and by some authors the two last are treated as modiflcations of tho first. 1931] Robbins,—Cladonia in the District of Columbia 157 26. C. CLAVULIFERA Wain. in Robbins, RHopora 26: 145. 1924.— Рі, 212, к. 1.—On ground in clearings or woods (usually deciduous), "rely on logs or among rocks, rather scarce (Washington, D.C.; vicinity of Landover, near Bladensburg, Md.: near Riggs Mill, Md.; Plummer Island, Md.; and Great Falls, Va., Blake). In addition to the typical form with naked podetia, f. susvEsTITA Robbins, with squamulose podetia, has been collected. 27. C. ALPICOLA (Flot.) Wain. var. KARELICA Wain.—Pr. 212, к. 2.— Known from our region only by two fruiting specimens collected by Lehnert in “ District of Columbia,” and mounted with others of C. mitrula and C. subcariosa. The plant grows on the ground in old fields. 98. C. PYXIDATA (L.) Fr.—Pr. 212, ғ. 3.—On ground in woods and on rocks, scarce (Fink, Blake). Our plants belong to var. NEGLECTA (Floerke) Mass., represented by two forms; f. sIMPLEX (Ach.) Harm., with esquamose podetia, and f. LopHyra (Ach.) Rabenh., with squa- mose podetia. 29. C. cHLOROPHAEA (Floerke) Spreng.—Pr. 212, ғ. 4.—On ground, often in moss, in deciduous or evergreen woods, and on banks and rocks, rarely on bases of trees; abundant (Lehnert, Maxon, Fink, Miller, Blake). The commonest and most variable Cladonia about Washington. The following named forms have been collected: f. carneopallida (Ach.) Robbins, n. comb.,! with pale flesh-colored apothecia (rare; collected once in its typical form, and once in a squamose state); f. SIMPLEX (Hoffm.) Arn., l-ranked esquamulose sterile plants with decorticate surface of cups smooth and opaque; f. cosrATA (Floerke) Arn., similar but with decorticate surface of cups pellucid and more or less striate; f. PROLIFERA (Wallr.) Arn., like f. simplex but with the cups marginally proliferous, the secondary ranks mostly cup-forming; f. CENTRALIS (Flot.) Vain., like f. costata but with central proliferations; f. PTERYGOTA (Floerke) Vain., sterile squamulose plants; f. CARPOPHORA (Floerke) Anders, fertile esqua- mulose plants with distinct cups bearing sessile or short-stipitate podetia; f. HomopacTyLa (Wallr.) Robbins, similar to the last but with indistinct cups and apothecia borne on long stipes; f. LEPIDO- PHORA (Floerke) Sandst., with podetia fertile and squamulose. 30. C. coNiocRAEA (Floerke) Sandst.—Pr. 212, к. 5.—On ground, on bark, and on rocks, fairly common (Lehnert, Miller, Blake). Three forms occur: f. CERATODES (Floerke) Vain., with esquamulose, subu- late-tipped podetia; f. TRUNCATA (Floerke) Vain., with esquamulose, truncate or obscurely cup-bearing podetia; and f. PHYLLOSTROTA (Floerke) Vain., with squamose podetia. 31. C. PITYREA (Floerke) Fr.—Pr. 212, к. 6.—On old log, Plummer Island, Md. (Fink); on ground in low woods, near Great Falls, Va. 1 Cenomyce fimbriata ү. C. carneopallida Ach. Syn. Lich. 258. 1814, in part. Cla- donia pyridata var. chlorophaea f. carneopallida Harm. “Lich. Lorraine 142”; Lich. Fr. 305. 1907. 158 Rhodora [Junv (Blake); on old log near Chevy Chase, Md., mixed with C. delicata (Blake). The local material represents two forms—f. HOLOLEPIS (Floerke) Wain., with cup-bearing, more or less squamose or squa- mulose podetia, and f. suBAcUTA Wain., with cupless esquamose podetia—both belonging under var. Zwackum Wain. 32. C. MATEOCYATHA Robbins, Ruopora 27: 50. 1925.—Pr. 212, к. 8.—On banks in woods, scarce (Lehnert, Miller, Blake). In ad- dition to the typical form, with esquamulose podetia, the f. SQUAMU- LATA Robbins, with podetia and margins of cups squamulose, has been collected. 33. C. vERTICILLATA (Hoffm.) Schaer.—Pr. 212, к. 7.—On ground in woods and fields and on banks; well distributed, but often oc- curring in very small colonies (Lehnert, Williams, Fink, Miller, Blake). The following forms occur: f. EvoLUTA (Th. Fr.) Stein, with esquamu- lose podetia and proliferations only from the center of the cups; f. APOTICTA (Ach.) Wain., similar but proliferous from the sides of the podetia as well as from the center of the cups; f. PHYLLOCEPHALA (Flot.) Oliv., with squamulose podetia. Specimens from this region which have been identified as var. cervicornis (Ach.) Floerke appear to be only dwarfed plants of f. evoluta. 34. С. FOLIACEA (Huds.) Willd. var. ALCICORNIS (Lightf.) Schaer.— Pr. 212, r. 9.—On rocks at Great Falls, in Maryland and Virginia (Blake). Found only in a sterile condition. | 35. C. srREPSILIS (Ach.) Wain.—Pr. 212, к. 10.—On ground, usually in sandy soil, in old fields and woods, sometimes on rocks, common (Blake). The three forms of this species named by Wainio have all been collected: f. GLABRATA Wain., with podetia developed and not squamose; f. CORALLOIDEA (Ach.) Wain., with well-de- veloped, squamose podetia, by far the commonest form; and f. SUBSESSILIS (Wain.) Sandst., with podetia abortive. 36. C. PIEDMONTENSIS Merrill.'—Pr. 212, к. 11.—Usually in sandy soil in or on the edge of pine woods, common (Blake). The following forms occur: f. овсохіса Robbins, with stout naked obconical podetia and large terminal apothecia; f. s@uUAMULOSA Robbins, like the last but uniformly squamulose; f. PHYLLOCOMA Robbins, with clavate or cylindric squamulose podetia and biform apothecia, some medium-sized, terminal, and solitary, some minute and densely clus- tered, axillar as well as terminal; and f. LEPIDIFERA (Wain.) Robbins, with cylindrie squamulose podetia with reduced apical squamules, and the tips expanded and divided into numerous short, subradiate, freely minute-fruited segments. EXPLANATION OF PLATES 210-212 (Except where otherwise indicated, all the figures represent specimens collected in the District of Columbia or vicinity by S. F. Blake. All the figures are natural size.) 1 See Robbins, Ruopora 31: 101-106. pl. 187. 1929. Rhodora Plate 212 Figs. 1-11, CLADONIA, subg. CENOMYCE, ser. OCHROPHAEAE, subser. CLAUSAE. 1931] Knowlton,—Solidago and Aster in Maine 159 Рглте 210. Fra. 1. Cladonia rangiferina f. crispata. Ес. 2. С. impexa (toward f. laxiuscula). Еа. 3. C. tenuis. Fic. 4. C. sylvatica f. sphagnoides. Ес. 5. C. mitis, a typical little-branched form (Wareham, Mass., Robbins). Fra. 6. C. papillaria f. molariformis (upper and right-hand specimens) and f. papillosa (lower specimen). Fic. 7. C. vulcanica f. minor (District of Columbia, Lehnert). Fia. 8. C. floerkeana var. intermedia (Dumbarton, Scotland, Blake). Fia. 9. C. bacillaris f. clavata (two specimens). Fia. 10. C. macilenta f. styracella. Via. 11. C. coccifera var. stemmatina (poorly developed plants). Fia. 12. C. pleurota f. decorata (three specimens). Fia. 13. C. paludicola. Fia. 14. C. cristatella f. vestita (upper specimen) and f. Beauvoisii (lower specimen). PLATE 211. Ев. 1. C. uncialis f. dicraea (left-hand specimen; young plant) and f. obtusata (right-hand specimen) Fra. 2. C. floridana (four speci- mens; the two left-hand ones f. typica, the upper right-hand one typically developed f. elegans). Ета. 3. C. delicata f. quercina (Stoughton, Mass., Blake). Ета. 4. C. furcata var. pinnata f. foliolosa (left-hand specimen) and var. racemosa (right-hand specimen). Fic. 5. C. squamosa f. squamosis- sima (left-hand specimen) and m. rigida (two right-hand specimens; atypical). Fia. 6. C. caespiticia. Fia. 7. C. apodocarpa (thallus). Fia. 8. C. mitrula f. imbricatula. Ета. 9. C. subcariosa f. evoluta (two specimens). Fra. 10. C. polycar pia. PLATE 212. Fia. 1. C. clavulifera (four specimens, all but the third one representing f. subvestita). Fic. 2. C. alpicola var. karelica (Sharon, Mass., Robbins & Blake). Fie. 3. C. pyxidata var. neglecta f. simplex (two specimens). Fie. 4. C. chlorophaea. Fia. 5. C. coniocraea f. ceratodes (upper specimen) and f. truncata (lower specimen). Fia. 6. C. pityrea. Fic. 7. C. verticillata f. evoluta. Fia. 8. C. mateocyatha (two specimens, the right-hand one f. squamulata; Wareham, Mass., Robbins). Кіс. 9. C. foliacea var. alcicornis (thallus). Ета. 10. С. strepsilis f. coralloidea. Fia. 11. C. piedmontensis (the lower right one f. lepidifera, the two others slender plants of f. obconica). SOLIDAGO AND ASTER IN WASHINGTON COUNTY, MAINE CLARENCE HINCKLEY KNOWLTON SEVERAL of my recent vacations have come at the latter end of the summer, and have taken me to Washington County in extreme east- ern Maine, when the Asters and Goldenrods were at their prime. The assortment of species and varieties and their relative abundance is quite different from conditions in other parts of New England, and are therefore of considerable interest. In addition to many previous observations I took special pains to check stations in various parts of the county in the years 1928 and 1929. There are still large areas of woodland in the northern part of the county which have never met the eye of the botanist, but the list given seems to be fairly ade- quate for the coastal strip and the organized towns between the sea and the forest. I have included collections made by other botanists, notably G. G. Kennedy, Kate Furbish, M. L. Fernald, K. M. Wiegand and S. 160 Rhodora [Jury N. F. Sanford. These are included in the herbaria of the New Eng- land Botanical Club, Boston Society of Natural History, Gray Her- barium, and Mr. Sanford’s own herbarium. My own collection includes a great many of these Washington County plants, also. SoLIDAGO LATIFOLIA L. Rich woods, deciduous, Cooper. On Lead Mountain in Township No. 28, Hancock County, there is a great abundance of this, growing at 2000 feet elevation and above. ‘This township borders on Washington County. S. BICOLOR L. Frequent in dry sunny places. S. MACROPHYLLA Pursh. "This is a typical plant in the Canadian spruce forest near the sea, at Lubec, Cutler and Roque Bluffs. It is associated with Thelypteris spinulosa (О. Е. Mueller) Nieuwl., var. americana (Fischer) Weatherby, and Aster acuminatus Michx., just as in the mountainous regions of western Maine, New Hampshire and Vermont. It often grows close down to the high-tide level on the shore. When the woods are cut away, as I have noted recently at Lubec and at Roque Bluffs, the ferns are stunted by the sun, while the two composite plants find new food supplies in the bared humus, and grow with great luxuriance. I have seen 5. macrophylla a meter in height, with a big thyrse of very large flowers, under these condi- tions. At Roque Bluffs in 1928 I saw a clearing of two or three acres filled with these two species in flower, a most beautiful sight. S. PUBERULA Nutt. Very common in open spruce woods near the sea, especially on headlands, as well as in dry sunny places inland. S. sEMPERVIRENS L. Edges of salt marshes and wet seashore, all along the coast, very common. S. JUNCEA Ait. This species, so common and familiar in many other parts of New England, is one of the rarities in Washington County. I have noted it in but one place, a dry bank in the city of Calais. S. uNILIGULATA (DC.) Porter. This is one of the most character- istic plants of the county. It varies in size from large specimens 6 dm. high growing in rich moist soil to the tenuous little plants of the peatbog not over 2 dm. tall. The axis and branches of the inflores- cence are almost as yellow as the flowers. S. RUGOSA Mill. Moist thickets, exceedingly common throughout. S. rucosa Mill., var. viLLosA (Pursh) Fernald. The same habitat as the species; found at Roque Bluffs, Machias, Machiasport, Cutler, on the coast, and at Wesley inland. XS. ASPERULA Desf. After much search along the shore at East Machias, where both S. rugosa апа S. sempervirens flourish, I found a few scattered plants of this interesting hybrid, Sept. 5, 1929. One queer specimen looked like a hybrid of S. sempervirens with S. nemor- alis. S. NEMORALIS Ait. Dry soil, very common and abundant. S. cANADENSIS L. Moist thickets, fields and pastures, common. 1931] Knowlton,—Solidago and Aster in Maine 161 S. SEROTINA Ait. This is a rare species in the county. I found it in only one place, at Marshfield, in moist rich soil by the roadside, Sept. 7, 1929. S. GRAMINIFOLIA (L.) Salisb., var. Хгттлілді (Greene) Fernald. Moist soil, especially in clay, very common throughout. ASTER MACROPHYLLUS L. Rich open woods, frequent. The form with minute glands in the inflorescence which has been called var. IANTHINUS (Burgess) Fernald seems to be about as abundant as the strongly glandular form which is the type. А. MACROPHYLLUS L., var. VELUTINUS Burgess. Open woods, at Roque Bluffs, Trescott, Perry and No. 14 Township. А. RADULA Ait. Swamps and heaths in rich soil, common. А beautiful species. А. RADULA Ait., var. STRICTUS (Pursh) Gray. Damp heath, Boot Cove, Lubec (M. L. Fernald, Aug. 2, 1909); Cutler (Kate Furbish, July 25, 1902). A. UNDULATUS L. Cutler (Kate Furbish in 1902). A. CORDIFOLIUS L. This species, so common elsewhere, is rare in Washington County, occurring as a dooryard weed in Machias, Machiasport and Lubec. A. LiNpLEvANUS T. & С. Moist fields and roadsides; not noted near the shore, but frequent and often abundant in the settled towns from Beddington and Cherryfield east to Calais (ten stations noted). At its best this is a very handsome species. A. VIMINEUS Lam., var. DUBIUS Wiegand. Blueberry plain, Bed- dington, Sept. 2, 1924. Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club, determined by К. М. Wiegand. А. LATERIFLORUS (L.) Britton. Moist soil, very common and abundant. All the material gathered seems to be of the typical form, according to Wiegand’s recent revision (RHODORA xxx. 161, 1928), but var. angustifolius Wiegand has been collected in Hancock county near the line, and is undoubtedly occasional in the Washington County towns. A. PANICULATUS Lam. Roadsides and moist open places, very common. A. PANICULATUS Lam., var. BELLIDIFLORUS Burgess. This densely- flowered narrow-leaved variety as described in Gray's Manual, 7th ed., is occasional. I have noted it in abundance at five stations. A. JUNCEUS Ait. River meadow, Princeton (М. L. Fernald, July 22, 1909). А. LoNGIFOLIUS Lam. Cutler and Lubec (Kate Furbish, 1902); coastal strand, Moose Island, Eastport (M. L. Fernald, 1909). А. NOVI-BELGII L. Moist soil, common, especially near the coast. A very vigorous much-branched form is frequent in the rich soil at the extreme landward margin of the salt marshes. A. NOVI-BELGII L., forma ALBIFLORUS Rand & Redfield. Barrier beach, Roque Bluffs. 162 Rhodora [JULY А. NOVI-BELGII L., var. LITOREUS Gray. Edges of salt marshes and seashore, occasional. A. PUNICEUS L. Swamps, very common throughout. This is the plant with the large, vivid, pale-blue flowers. A beautiful pink form was found in rich soil by the road in Edmunds, Sept. 9, 1929. A. UMBELLATUS Mill. Moist soil, very common throughout. There are hundreds of acres covered with this aster, which often grows to a height of 15 dm. It is the most conspicuous species of the group, with beautiful cream-white flowers in mid-August. A. ACUMINATUS Michx. Woods and clearings, very common. A. NEMORALIS Ait. Boggy meadows and peat bogs at Roque Bluffs, Cutler, and Wass Island; stony edge of Bog Lake, Northfield (M. A. Barber, Aug. 27, 1898; C. H. Knowlton, Sept. 7, 1929). A. NEMORALIS Ait., var. MAJOR Peck (var. Blakei Porter). Edge of peat bogs, Roque Bluffs and East Machias. HINGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS. A NEW STATION FOR CALLUNA E. W. LITTLEFIELD On May 18, 1930, while inspecting some state plantations on the " Mountain Pond" area in Franklin County, New York, in company with Mr. E. J. Eliason, the writer discovered a patch of the European Heather (Calluna vulgaris, Hull). "This plant formed a mat about a square yard in extent on the south edge of a plantation of Scotch pine (Pinus sylvestris, L.) located along the so-called “Slush Pond Road” in the town of Brighton (Twp. 18, Great Tract X 1, Macomb's Purchase), about three miles north of "Paul Smith's". The occurrence of this species so far out of its known range and in an area which has for many years been wild forest land was thought sufficiently unusual to put on record, and a specimen was accordingly submitted to Dr. Homer D. House, State Botanist, who confirmed the identification. According to House's “ Annotated List”! only one verified report of the occurrence of Calluna in New York State has been made previously. This was from Rensselaer County, quite outside the Adirondack region. Reports of the establishment of Calluna at two stations in the central part of the State, one in Oneida and the other in Herkimer County, have never been substantiated, though according to Dr. House there is some historical evidence to support the claim made in Paine's “ Catalogue" (1865) that plants were actually brought into those localities from Massachusetts. 1N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 254: 551-2. 1924. 1931] Billington,—Coronilla varia in Michigan 163 The Mountain Pond area, referred to above, is the site of some of the earliest reforesting projects carried on by the state. The particular plantation of Scotch pine near which the Calluna was found was set out in 1908, from stock grown in the state nurseries. A short distance west of this, however, in 1905, there were planted some 300,000 white pine (P. Strobus, L.) imported from nurseries at Halstenbeck, Germany. On other parts of the tract, also, a considerable amount of sowing was done, in 1905 and 1906, with various forest tree seeds, including both Scotch pine and Norway spruce. The presence of the Calluna along the road which affords the principal if not the only means of access to the tract from the main highway suggests the possibility that its seeds may have been distributed there during some of the opera- tions referred to above. In certain other instances where European heaths have become established in North America, notably at Nantucket, Mass., and in New York State (loc. cit.) its introduction has been associated with importations of forest trees from northern Europe. In the present case, the imported white pine stock of German origin would appear to have been the logical agent in the bringing of Calluna on to the area. Whether the Scotch pine and Norway spruce seed used in the sowing operations could have been instru- mental in this regard seems more problematical. A systematic search among both seeded and planted areas, as well as among other planta- tions of imported stock in the same region, might disclose other patches of Calluna which would throw further light on this question. CoNSERVATION DEPARTMENT, Albany, New York. CORONILLA VARIA IN MicniGAN.— I have a small summer home on Lakeville Lake in the northeastern section of Oakland County, Michi- gan. For several years I have been informed from time to time by different residents of the vicinity that a Mr. Potter, who lives on the outskirts of the Village of Lakeville, had growing in his yard a “strange clover or vetch," and knowing my interest in botany, it was stated that some of it would be brought to me for identification. However, it was not until June of last summer that Mr. Potter brought to my place specimens of the plant. While I had botanized the locality 1 RuopoRA 10: 173-179. 1908; Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 41: 415-16. 1914. 164 Rhodora [July more or less thoroughly for a number of years and am fairly familiar with the Michigan flora I had never seen the plant. Consulting Gray's Manual I found it to be Coronilla varia L. which it is stated has a range from “New England to New Jersey." Mr. Potter informed me that he had found the plant growing in a meadow not far from Lakeville, and as the plant and flower were so unusual he had trans- planted some of it to his yard where it had flourished. He said that to his knowledge it had been growing in the meadow fifteen years. I subsequently visited the place and found the plant which had evidently been introduced through seeding. It had spread so that it occupied a more or less circular patch approximately thirty feet in diameter. The meadow is hilly and the soil a gravel-clay-sand mixture. The colony of Coronilla is growing in a broad valley near the boundary line of the field. The plant is not listed in Beal’s Michigan Flora and in- quiry at the herbaria of the Michigan State College and the University of Michigan developed the fact that it has not heretofore been reported from Місһірап.-Сесп, BILLINGTON, Detroit, Michigan. Volume 33, no. 390, including pages 133 to 144 and plate 209, was issued 1 June, 1931. d 1934‏ ! نالا 000га JOURNAL ОЕ THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 33. August, 1931. No. 392. CONTENTS: Notes on some New York Plants. И. C. Muenscher and Bassett Maguire 165 Further Additions to the Connecticut Flora E.H.Eames......... 167 Occurrence of Phragmites communis in western Washington and e ^ rt. Rigg e Н И fh ЕЛЕР САНИ ӘР 170 Plantago arenaria at Portland, Maine. А. Н. Norton............. 171 Genus Geum in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region. The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other — of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. А. CHECK LIST ОҒ GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. II. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. 0 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- айс Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 іп. by 8-4 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 33. August, 1931. No. 392. NOTES ON SOME NEW YORK PLANTS W. €. MUveENSCHER апа BASSETT MAGUIRE (Plate 213) Огкіхс the summer of 1930 the writers had an opportunity to make observations on the distribution of a number of the less com- mon plants in several localities, chiefly in northern New York. Notes are here recorded on a few of the collections made which appear to represent additions to the known flora of New York State, or because they extend our knowledge concerning the distribution of some spe- cies in the State. ALISMA GEYERI Torr. Mostly submerged in shallow water. Rather common in silt overlying bedrock along the St. Lawrence River: Chimney Island, Ogden Island, Waddington and Polly’s Gut, St. Lawrence County; near the mouth of the St. Regis River, Franklin County. Previously reported from near Ogdensburg and Chaumont, Jefferson County.! Rumex АСЕТОВА L. This weed has been naturalized in a number of localities in New York. In Cortland and Broome Counties, in the valley of the Tioughniouga River, it is very abundant, especially between Blodgetts Mills and Whitney Point, a distance of about 20 miles. In early June many of the permanent or old meadows along this river appear reddish on account of the abundance of this weed. Lycunis Fios-Cucuur L. Occurring as a weed in a clover field east of Marathon, Cortland County. In other localities in the State where this has become naturalized it occurs chiefly in moist meadows. ERUCASTRUM GALLICUM (Willd). Schulz. A weed on waste ground near the dock in Plattsburg, Clinton County. Before 1920 this weed was known in this state only from Tompkins County. Since then the senior author has collected it in Cayuga County (1925), Living- ston County (1926) and Erie County (1928). SUBULARIA AQUATICA L. This little submerged plant was found in fruiting condition in 3 to 7 decimeters of water off the north end of 1 Fernald, M. L. and К. М. Wiegand. Ruopora 25: 205-214. 1923. 166 Rhodora [AUGUST Piseco Lake, Hamilton County. Collected by O. F. Curtis and L. H. MacDaniels, October 11, 1930. Apparently not previously recorded from New York State. PODOSTEMON CERATOPHYLLUM Michx. Forming a dense mosslike growth, attached by fleshy disc-shaped processes to rocks on the bottom of very swiftly running streams: rapids of the Grass River; below Massena, St. Lawrence County; rapids of St. Regis River below Hogansburg, in cascades of Chateaugay River below Chateau- gay Chasm, Franklin County (Plate 213). Previously reported? only from Watertown (Gray, 1843), Newburgh (Halsted, 1843), and Oneida County (Haberer, 1905). This plant is apparently not as rare in New York State as the previous collections indicate; the inac- cessibility of its habitat, in very swiftly running water, probably accounts for the few collections made. In the St. Regis River station the river had been diverted temporarily on account of some con- struction work for a power canal, so as to expose the bed rock. Ве- tween 2 and 3 acres of the river bottom were covered with almost a solid mat of Podostemon. The plants were mostly past the flowering stage, but fruits were abundant. EUPHORBIA Cyparisstas L. Тһе production of seeds by this naturalized weed has been considered of rare occurrence? In about 40 stations where this species was examined by the senior author, seeds were found in only three: along a roadside bank west of Pots- dam, St. Lawrence County; on a sandy bank beside Bay Pond, Franklin County; on several adjoining farms between Cedarville and Columbia Center, Herkimer County. At the last station this species is a troublesome weed on at least 80 acres on one farm, not to mention the adjoining farms. HIPPURIS VULGARIS L. The submerged form was found associated with Potamogeton pectinatus L., P. HRichardsonii (А. Benn.) Rydb. and Vallisneria americana Michx. in 1 to З meters of water in the St. Lawrence River; below Ogdensburg; Waddington, St. Lawrence County; between the mouths of the Raquette and St. Regis Rivers, Franklin County. Also in mud near shore in the last two localities. No flowers or fruits were found. Reported as infrequent across the northern part of the State. MYRIOPHYLLUM FARWELLII Morong. Specimens with fruits answer- ing the description of this species were common in shallow water in Bradley Pond, Clinton County. ODONTITES RUBRA Gilib. In sandy soil along roadside and in a field near a cemetery east of Chateaugay, Franklin County. Natural- ized from Europe in northeastern Canada and Maine. Apparently not recorded previously from New York State. AMBROSIA PSILOSTACHYA DC, This western weed was found well established over several acres in dry sandy fields and along both з House, Н. D. New York State Museum Bulletin 254: 375. 1924. з Deane, W. Ruopora 12: 57-61. 1910. мялі SIÐAY “LQ dO dag NO WATIAHAOLVUAD NOWALSOGOg STE Mid БОРО 1931] Eames,—Further Additions to the Connecticut Flora 167 sides of the highway just north of Lake Clear Junction, Franklin County. Previously reported from Rochester.! ARTEMISIA PONTICA L. This introduced plant was growing in a sandy pasture near Brasher Center, St. Lawrence County, forming solid clumps varying from 2 to 5 meters across and producing nu- merous panicles of flower heads. Ordinarily this species does not flower. CrRSIUM ARVENSE (L.) Scop. var. уезтіТСМ Wimm. & Grab. A thistle answering the description of this variety has been common over about 5 acres of an abandoned field near Danby, Tompkins County. It was first observed in 1928. Only pistillate flowers are produced, suggesting that the entire colony probably was developed by vegetative propagation from a single plant. HELIANTHUS MAXIMILIANI Schrad. Two large clumps of this western sunflower were found on waste ground near the upper end of the Massena Power Canal, St. Lawrence County. IVA XANTHIIFOLIA Nutt. Growing luxuriantly about farm build- ings and along the roadside near Massena Center, St. Lawrence County. LEONTODON AUTUMNALIS L. Common in several meadows about 3 miles southwest of Malone, Franklin County. Mapia sativa (Nutt). T. & С. In waste ground and in new grass seeding near the Power Plant, Massena, St. Lawrence County. Sev- eral large viscid-glandular plants nearly 1 meter high, with large heads capitate-congested at the ends of branches but with mature achenes. Probably referable to the var. concEsta T. & С. Common along the Pacific Coast where it is thought to have been naturalized from Chile. Apparently not previously reported from New York State. Specimens of all of the collections recorded in these notes have been deposited in the herbarium of Cornell University. CORNELL UNIVERSITY. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 213 The bed of St. Regis River below Hogansburg, New York, exposed while the water was diverted through a power-canal. The dark moss-like carpet is Po- dostemon Ceratophyllum. FURTHER ADDITIONS TO THE CONNECTICUT FLORA Epwin Н. EAMES THE following notes and records supplement the “ Additions” published as Bulletin 48, Conn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey, Jan., 1931, and unless otherwise stated are to be credited to the writer. 1 House, Н. D. New York State Museum Bulletin 254: 1924. 168 Rhodora [AUGUST Lesser items may better form part of a composite publication in the future. Records new to the State are preceded by an asterisk if native, by a dagger if introduced. *POLYSTICHUM ACROSTICHOIDES (Michx.) Schott, f. orbiculatum, n. f., pinnis plerumque omnino vel fere orbicularibus, dentatis. Pinnae orbicular or nearly so, dentate. Darien, Fairfield County, 8 Oct., 1930, on a lightly wooded rocky hillside with normal plants, no. 11214 (TYPE in Gray Herbarium). Typical fronds are 14-20 mm. broad, 15-30 em. long. Most fronds show some more or less transitional pinnae which usually are irregularly disposed. LYCOPODIUM ALOPECUROIDES L. In addition to the station in Mil- ford, this has been found in Fairfield where it formed a colony near a large area of L. inundatum L. and a tall slender form of var. Bigelovii Tuck. and without any intergradations. *POTOMAGETON MICROSTACHYS Wolfg., var. SUBELLIPTICUS Fernald (Кнорока 32:82. 1930) occurs in Taunton Pond, Newtown, Fairfield County, where it was collected just after flowering 13 Aug., 1930, no. 11150 in Herb. Eames. This variety is not otherwise reported south of northern Vermont and the Adirondacks. *SCIRPUS LINEATUS Michx., f. elongatus, n. f., spiculis elongatis, 12-18 mm. longis. Spikelets elonagted, 12-18 mm. long. Sharon, Litchfield County; also in New York at Southeast, Putnam County, 27 July, 1928, Fames and Starr, по. 10672 (түрк in Herb. Eames). In this species spikelets rarely exceed 10 mm., but in these collections the plants are attractively different. * ARISAEMA PUSILLUM (Peck) Nash, f. pallidum, n. f., spatha spadice- que omnino pallide viridibus. Spathe and spadix pale green through- out. Fairfield, 17 June, 1907, open sphagnum swamp bordering tidal meadows, no. 5646 (TYPE in Herb. Eames). Many plants about the border of a large colony of the normal dark-colored type. *CORALLORRHIZA ODONTORRHIZA (Willd.) Nutt., f. FLAVIDA Wherry. Lip white, unspotted; plant otherwise greenish yellow throughout. Easton, Fairfield County, 20 Sept., 1928, rocky openly wooded slope, W. I. Starr (in Herb. Eames). This was examined while fresh. It is analagous to a form of C. maculata Raf. This affords opportunity to note the occurrence of a branched phase of the typical form along a wood-border in Fairfield, 8 Sept., 1903, nos. 4078, 4079. Іп two straggling disconnected colonies were many plants each with one flowering branch from the uppermost bract. These branches each had a well-formed exserted bract and a small spike of flowers. The form was dominant in each area: *SALIX PETIOLARIS J. E. Smith, occurs in a boggy swamp in Dan- bury, with S. serissima, S. candida and a sparse representation of S. candida var. denudata Anders. which is otherwise known in Connecti- cut only from Salisbury. 1931] Eames,—Further Additions to the Connecticut Flora 169 *DicENTRA CUCULLARIA (L.) Bernh., f. purpuritincta, n. f., corolla rosea, flexura saturate aurantiaca, calice rubescenti-purpureo. Corolla pink, deep orange at flexure; calyx reddish purple. Westport, Fair- field County, 20 April, 1928, in rich deep soil of moist wooded slope, Eames and Starr, no. 10561 (түре in Herb. Eames). This form occurs at a number of stations in southwestern Connecticut, nearly always in colonies of the typical form into which it grades. The purple colora- tion strongly pervades scape and appendages. *SAXIFRAGA VIRGINIENSIS Michx., f. plena, n. f., floribus multipli- cibus, albis. Flowers double, white. Kent, Litchfield County, 3 May, 1908, on a ledge with several similar plants, Hugh Mosher (TYPE in Gray Herbarium). Double-flowered plants have been reported from Woburn, Massachusetts and from Pennsylvania by Meehan! and by Sterns.” Leggett’ reported it from Greenburg, Westchester С ounty, New York. TSPIRAEA HYPERICIFOLIA L. forms a large and evidently long estab- lished colony on a dry, open, rather barren roadside in Brookfield, Fairfield County. Pursh knew this species in “Can. and N. Y." and Muhlenberg from “N. Y.," according to Beck.“ *LUPINUS PERENNIS L., f. ROSEA Britt. occurs in several colonies of the typical form in Brookfield, also in Danbury. TWISTERIA FRUTESCENS (L.) Poir. has spread freely over a consider- able area on West Rock, New Haven, where it has been planted along a roadway. TPARTHENOCISSUS TRICUSPIDATA (Sieb. & Zucc.) Planch. is rare or occasional in wastes and on banks in the southwestern part of the State. Starlings eat the fruit and may be responsible for its dissemi- nation, at least in part. *VioLA soRoRIA Willd., f. Вескуттни House, with white petals, occurs plentifully in a colony, essentially all of this form in its purity, in Kent. ТГессвісм Borrys L. Dry rocky bank, in limestone soil, at Kent. Local and rare. TSATUREJA Асіхоѕ (L.) Scheele. Dry upland pasture, Sherman, Fairfield County. *PENTSTEMON HIRSUTUS (L.) Willd. f. ALBIFLORUS Farwell. Flowers white; stem and leaves green. Kent, with the typical form, which usually is strongly suffused with purple throughout, no. 10225, 22 June, 1927. *CASTILLEJA COCCINEA (L.) Spreng., f. LUTESCENS Farwell. Upper part of floral bracts and tip of sepals yellow; plants otherwise pale green throughout. Sherman, Fairfield County, 10 May, 1903, Austin and Eames. Though rather rare or local, this form is widely dis- ! Am. Nat. Aug. 1872 & 1877, also in Native Fl. & Ferns 1:76. 1878. ? Bull. Torr. Cl. 14: 122. 1887. * Bull. Torr. Cl. 3:39. 1872. 1 Воб. N. & Mid. States, 99. 1833. 170 Rhodora [Асаоѕт tributed, usually in colonies with the type. Also in eastern New York, where also a transition state, pale salmon in color, has been collected at South Salem by W. 1. Starr (Herb. Eames). TGaLiUM VERUM L., f. ALBIDUM (Hartm.) Lindm., in which the flowers are of palest yellow, was plentiful with the typical form in grassland at one locality in Stratford and in a meadow at Wilton, Fairfield County. tGaALIUM MOLLUGO L.,f. ocHROLEUCUM Koch. Flowers pale yellow, brighter in bud. Grassy hillside, Bethel, Fairfield County, forming a large clump, 20 June, 1929, no. 10932. + х GALIUM ocHROLEUCUM Wolff. (G. Mollugo X verum). With its pale yellowish flowers this hybrid was found in several colonies in an extensive meadow at Wilton, Fairfield County, with both parents, 30 June, 1930, no. 11099. tSamBucus NIGRA L. Several large shrubs, long persistent, on waste land in Bridgeport. tRupBECKIA HIRTA L., f. VIRIDIFLORA S. H. Burnham. Several plants in a dry old pasture, New Fairfield (W. 1. Starr). TGUIZOTIA ABYSSINICA Cass. Found sparingly along a roadside in Westport in 1927 and a small number of bushy plants scattered over a tract of waste land in Bridgeport in 1930. It flowered abundantly at the latter station but was killed by frost without having matured any seeds, indicating a precarious existence which must have been more favorable in other vears. Native of southwestern Asia and north- eastern Africa. fSoNcHUs ARVENSIS L., var. GLABRESCENS Gunth., Grab. and Wimm. Abundant in a wet meadow, Redding, Fairfield County. І am greatly indebted to Mr. C. A. Weatherby for assistance in the identification of doubtful plants in this list. BRIDGEPORT, CONNECTICUT. THE OCCURRENCE OF PHRAGMITES COMMUNIS IN WESTERN WASH- INGTON AND OREGON.—The reed, Phragmites communis, occurs only in scattered localities in western Washington and Oregon. The writer had been engaged in field work in Washington for twenty years when, in July, 1929 (in company with Dr. А. Р. Dachnowski- Stokes), he first found this plant growing west of the Cascade Moun- tains. At this time a vigorous patch of this plant, covering an area about 500 by 100 feet, was found growing along Mercer slough east of Lake Washington and only a few miles from Seattle. Peat formed by this reed was found in the cultivated area bordering this patch of growing 1931] Norton,—Plantago arenaria at Portland, Maine 171 plants. Lake Washington and the waters of this slough were lowered seven feet in 1916 at the time of the opening of the ship canal, and the growth of this plant in this place had evidently been more ex- tensive before the lowering of the water level. Specimens were collected at this place by the writer in August, 1929, and these have been identified at the U. S. National Herbarium, the Missouri Botanical Garden, the New York Botanical Garden, and the Field Museum of Natural History. A specimen has been depos- ited at each of these places and also in the herbarium at the Museum of the University of Washington. It was found that there was already a specimen in this herbarium collected at “Lake Washing- ton" October, 1916, by Mr. Kahan. Correspondence and consultation with other botanists has brought out the fact that it has been collected at two other places in western Washington (Ilwaco, 1885, and Lake Ozette, 1927) and at four places in western Oregon (Sauvies Island, 1877; Blind Slough, Clat- sop County, 1903; Brooks, Marion County, 1922; Lake Labish, 40 miles south of Portland, 1929). Mr. №. N. Suksdorf, of Bingen, Washington, who has collected plants in the state for more than forty years, writes that he has never collected this species west of the Cascades. He states that the plant formerly occurred at Bingen but disappeared years ago as the land was brought into cultivation, and that he knows of only one place (8 miles west of Bingen) where it is abundant now. Mr. J. B. Flett, who has also collected in Washington for many years, writes that he has never seen this species in western Washing- ton. The experience of these two botanists and of the other botanists who have kindly contributed information confirms the experience of the writer and indicates that this reed has played a much smaller part in the development of plant communities in western Washington and Oregon than it has in many other parts of North America.— GEORGE В. Ric, University of Washington, Seattle. PLANTAGO ARENARIA W. & К. ат PORTLAND, МАТХЕ.-Іп Septem- ber 1929, the writer found a single plant, about two feet tall, of Plantago arenaria growing on an extension of Hersey Street in Port- land. In the spring this part of the street had been filled with material 172 Rhodora [AUGUST scraped from other streets nearby, though it was not possible to learn more definitely of the places from which the material had been taken. A hundred and more feet away from the plant, a gulley was being filled with discarded packing cases, automobiles and other matter; no plants were seen in that section. The plant mentioned was flowering abundantly and producing seed. In the season of 1930, about a dozen of the plants reached maturity within an eight-foot circle of the original plant, but none were found farther away. These flowered profusely and bore seed. This plant seems to require a long season, not flowering until late summer or early fall. On November 15 it was observed that many seeds had matured, yet many capsules contained unripe seeds, and the fleshy leaves had been withered by the freezing nights of the first week of the month. The large, shining dark brown seeds (two in num- ber) would seem likely to offer choice morsels to seed-eating birds. The success or failure of this pioneer, in its attempt to establish itself in this region will be watched with interest for the next few years. —ARTHUR H. Norton, Portland Society of Natural History. THE GENUS GEUM IN THE ATHABASCA-GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION! Нсон M. Rave Recent botanical surveys in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake dis- trict have yielded a number of specimens of Geum which are not determined easily, and which seem to warrant a somewhat critical examination of the genus as it is there represented. "The writer’s collections may be divided into three groups, the two smaller of which are clearly G. strictum Ait. and б. triflorum Pursh. The largest group, involving 18 numbers and 58 sheets, is equally well-defined, but con- sists of plants with their upper stem-leaves considerably reduced and their basal leaves supplied with a large, ovate to cordate terminal leaflet after the manner of G. macrophyllum. Further characteristics of these plants are pale yellow obovate petals, receptacles loosely cov- ered with very short hairs but not covered so as to obscure the rather elongated pits, the lower internodes of the styles loosely supplied with 1 Published by permission of the Director of the National Museum of Canada, and during the writer's tenure of a National Research Fellowship in the Biological Sciences. 1931] Raup,—Genus Geum in Great Slave Lake Region 173 minute stalked glands, and the calyces and peduncles of the flowers and fruits with small stalked glands interspersed among the abundant short hairs. The plants are most common on meadow shores of lakes and streams and in upland semi-open prairies. The specimens in question match closely in all of the above char- acters those in the Gray Herbarium labeled by Rydberg G. oregonense (Scheutz) Rydb., and also the type and several characteristic speci- mens of G. perincisum Rydb. loaned to the writer from the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. After study of his own material and that just mentioned the writer has been unable to separate these two species. The serration of the leaflets and the shape (“rounded or reniform" vs. “rhombic, ovate, or subcordate") of the terminal leaflet of the basal leaves, used by Dr. Rydberg! as definitive characters do not appear reliable, especially in a group where leaf form is so notably variable. The name oregonense was first used by Scheutz? in naming a frag- mentary specimen from the Oregon region of North America. He considered it a subspecies of G. urbanum L., a European species which is now known to occur only as an introduction in eastern North America. Rydberg’ assumed this fragment to be identical with some of his undetermined northwestern specimens and accordingly named them G. oregonense. Since the specimen cited by Scheutz consists of only the upper parts of the stems and has no mature fruits, some character other than those commonly used became necessary before it could be adequately separated from its near affinities. Rydberg“ uses for this the shape of the upper stem leaves and the form of the inflorescence, neither of which appears to suffice in the material at hand. The tendency toward reduction and increased dissection of the upper stem leaves may be found in typical eastern G. macrophyllum, es- pecially in specimens from the northern parts of the range. The form of the inflorescence is also extremely variable in typical G. macro- phyllum, depending upon the age of the plant and its habitat. In all of the material, however, the presence of minute stalked glands on the peduncles has served to separate the specimens in question from G. macrophyllum which is without such glands. Dr. Gunnar Samuelsson, at Stockholm, has very kindly examined the original specimen cited 1 Rydberg, Р. A. North American Flora xxii. 402 (1913). 2 Scheutz, N. J. Prodr. Monogr. Georum 26 (1870). 3 Rydberg, P. A. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxv. 56 (1898). 1 Rydberg, P. A. North American Flora xxii. 401 (1913). 174 Rhodora [AUGUST by Scheutz, and states that the sheet contains four flowering tops, one with young fruits, collected by Captain Waerngren. He also compared it with two specimens apparently corresponding to G. oregonense Rydberg. The latter showed very prominent stalked glands, while on the Waerngren specimen these were completely lacking. Dr. Samu- elsson states that the fragments are not from G. strictum and expresses the opinion that they are from G. macrophyllum. The type-specimen of G. perincisum Rydb.' was collected by W. C. McCalla at Banff, Alberta, and as stated above matches the writer's material as well as that labeled G. oregonense. The question whether perincisum constitutes a species, however, requires further analysis before the name may be properly applied. When compared with typical specimens of the two related wide- ranging species of the continent, G. macrophyllum and 6. strictum, the close resemblance in essential characters between (7. perincisum and G. macrophyllum is very marked, The receptacles of the fruiting heads, covered with very short hairs and having a distinctive arrange- ment of the pits, are scarcely distinguishable in the last two categories, while in G. strictum the receptacle is so covered with longer hairs as to obscure the pits. The lower internodes of the styles in the young and mature fruits of both perincisum and macrophyllum are supplied with minute stalked glands which are entirely absent in G. strictum. The general form of the basal leaves in perincisum strongly resembles that in macrophyllum in having a prominent terminal leaflet of rounded outline, and reduced lateral leaflets. It should be noted further that the major differences by which the two are separated are rather variable in themselves, and are in characters which are notable for their instability in this genus? Тһе deeper lobing in the terminal leaflet of the basal leaves, the reduction of the upper stem leaves, the glandularity of the peduncles, and a tendency toward lack of hairs on the faces of the achenes are the characters in G. perincisum which distinguish it from G. macrophyllum. 'The geographic ranges of the two forms are also significant. Ma- terial in the Gray Herbarium and in the Herbarium of the New Eng- land Botanical Club has been used to supplement the writer's own and that obtained from the New York Botanical Garden to form the ac- companying maps (Figs. 1 and 2)? G. macrophyllum, originally 1 Rydberg, Р. А. North American Flora xxii. 405 (1913). 2 Fernald, M. L. and Weatherby, C. A. Varieties of Geum canadense, RHODORA xxiv. 47 (1922). 3 Base map by J. Paul Goode, published by the Univ. of Chicago Press. 1931 Raup,—Genus Geum in Great Slave Lake Region 7 АС е. ) і سے‎ фа, » Е p Md) ХР С Ea \ ét 1 ^ / N 1 Y M Fá c EN N M ® F АЧАМ é a А Ñ 1 му А N Р; X ЫЎ” ^w `N al \ 4 is YA SY XEM е; D i ^^ » мал рап қы. Ае z " a ^ . х PPS Маа) м \ ы P. 4 ^ i aa -— A is? , A d Жа / à “/ / V J v a Су f A va ё / ре -- V jJ 5 x D^ ; y | | 4 X e caw 3 OYJ / К ў Бат а a os. LA Es / ( X : ж | К А 5 & х Б : С қ è % 1 ! ` де 2 ` $ уа > “ d \ М ып ^w E б ^ ^ SAN y ы PIi E ч x A \ = рин чүт Т E - а. ы Г ~‘ / ы ^ j e қ v o A. \ А, тл Н 2 j 3 9 a ; NY Ж” ^ à t 5 : e кз 7 " Padi (42 d! ES / ^ ] „1 Y 5 3 > / j 7 e | ( А A | / %- ГА N , AN, BS ^ А san ^ EN ar. -7 Fig. 1 (upper), Range of GEUM MACROPHYLLUM. var. PERINCISUM. Fig. 2 (lower), Range of G. MACROPHYLLUM, 176 Rhodora [Ассовт described by Willdenow from material secured in Kamtchatka, has been found subsequently to be consistent throughout the Canadian forest region of eastern and northwestern North America. It is of interest, however, to find that G. perincisum replaces it in the northern and western interior. In view of the fundamental similarity of the latter plant to G. macrophyllum, and its geographic relationship, it is proposed that it be considered a geographic variety: GEUM MACROPHYLLUM Willd., var. perincisum (Rydb.), n. comb. G. perincisum Rydb. N. Am. КІ. xxii. 405 (1913). In the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake region the var. perincisum is by far the commonest Geum. It extends throughout the subarctic Canadian forest district. G. strictum, on the other hand, is limited to the semi-open prairie districts and to cabin and settlement clearings, the two places where the more southern elements are to be found in this flora. G. triflorum grows on the driest of the semi-open prairies and has a range similar to that of G. strictum. Gray HERBARIUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. Volume 33, no 391, including pages 145 to 164 and plates 210 to 212, was issued 1 July, 1931. Hovova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 33. September, 1931. No. 393. CONTENTS: The French Apothecary’s Plants in Burser’s Herbarium. ЕДИ uelis ee RUNI 177 Potentilla canadensis and P. simplex. M. L. Fernald........... 180 Pennsylvania Stations of Arceuthobium pusillum. А. N. Leeds... 191 Rorippa amphibia in Fairfield County, Connecticut. L. J. Bradley 192 Pedicularis labradorica. М. L. Ғетпай....................... 193 Notes on Vacciniaceae. W. W. Азйе......................... 193 Mountain Laurel (Kalmia latifolia) at Cherryfield, Maine. АННАН EU ш ЕИ 198 The Home of Kerria japonica. M. L. Fernald.................. 199 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other — of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 5. А. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. II. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 in. by 3-4 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 34. September, 1931. No. 393. THE FRENCH APOTHECARY'S PLANTS IN BURSER'S HERBARIUM Н. О. JUEL CASPAR BAUHINUS in his Prodromus Theatri botanici, printed іп 1620, describes several plants which had been communicated to him by JOACHIM BURSERUS who had received them from an unnamed apothecary in Paris, with the statement that they were collected in the country named Toupinambault in Brazil. Specimens of these plants, in addition to a few others from the same source, are inserted in Всквенгя” large herbarium or “ Hortus siccus" preserved in the Botanical Museum in Upsala." On Bursrr’s labels the same state- ment is given about their origin, only with the exception of one plant (Trillium) which is said to be from “Gallia nova," that is, the colony * Nouvelle France" which the French had founded on the St. Law- rence River about the year 1608. But as all these plants belong to North American species, we may assume that all of them were col- lected in Canada. LINNAEUS, who made extensive studies in Burser’s herbarium and mentioned several of these specimens in his disserta- tion “ Plantae Martino-Burserianae," came to the same conclusion about their origin, as can be seen from a passage in his Species plan- larum, ed. I, p. 305. Here follows an enumeration of the North American plants in Burser’s Hortus siccus. After the number given in that collection comes a copy of Burser’s label inclosed in quotation marks. Refer- ences to the works of BAUHINUS and LINNAEUS and to the “ Studien 1 Further information about this famous herbarium is to be found in a memoir entitled ‘‘ Studien in Burser’s Hortus Siccus” (Nova Acta К. Soc. Scient. Upsal., Ser. IV, Vol. 5, 1923). 178 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER , іп Burser’s Hortus Siccus” are put in parentheses. The modern name is printed in italics. IV. 29. “Campanula serpillifolia Bauh. Figura est in Prodromo. Accepi Parisiis a Pharmacopaeo, ех Toupinambault allatam.” (Bauh. Prodr., p. 35; Linn. Н. Cliff., р. 321; Stud., p. 44.) Linnaea bore- alis L. VII (2) 57. "Videtur eadem cum praecedenti. Ex Toupinam- bault attulit Pharmacopoeus Parisiensis." Osmorrhiza spec., prob- ably O. Claytoni (Michx.) Clarke. VIII. 8. "Affinis praecedenti. Ех Toupinambault sive Brasilia attulit Pharmacopoeus Parisiensis." (Linn. Pl. Mart.-Burs., n. 81; Stud., p. 57.) Aralia nudicaulis L. IX. 12. “Solanum triphyllon Brasilianum Bauh. Ex Gallia nova Lutetiam attulit Pharmacopoeus quidam.” (Bauh. Prodr., p. 91; Linn. РІ. Mart.-Burs. nr. 95, footnote; Sp. pl., p. 340; Stud., p. 62.) Trillium grandiflorum Salisb. IX. 138. “Ranunculus Brasilianus. An Ranunculus montanus Aconiti folio albus flore majore Bauh? Ex Toupinambault attulit Lutetiam Pharmacopoeus.” (Linn. Pl. Mart.-Burs., p. 155; Stud., p. 65.) Anemone dichotoma L., TYPE SPECIMEN. X. 11. “Cum praecedente convenit. Ex Brasilia per pharma- copoeum Lutetianum.” Actaea, probably rubra (Ait.) Willd. X. 47. “Vix differt a praecedente. Pharmacopoeus Parisiensis ex Brasilia attulit.” Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb. X. 100. “Pyrola Brasiliana foliis cordatis Asari. Ex Brasilia des Toupinambaux attulit pharmacopoeus Lutetianus." (Linn. Pl. Mart.-Burs., p. 156; Stud., p. 67.) Pyrola asarifolia Michx. X. 102. “Pyrola rotundifolia Brasiliana minor. Ex Brasilia per pharmacopoeum Parisiensem accepi.” Pyrola secunda L. X. 103. “Pyrola Brasiliana minor, folio magis acuminato. Cum praecedente simul accepi. Forte non differt ab ea quae subseq [uitur].” Pyrola secunda L. X. 106. “Pyrola Alsines flore Brasiliana major Bauh. Des Toupinambaux per pharmacopoeum Parisinum Parisiis ad Bauhinum transtuli.” (Bauh. Prodr., p. 100; Linn. Pl. Mart.-Burs., p. 156; Sp. pl. ed. I, p. 118; Stud., p. 68.) Cornus canadensis L., TYPE SPECIMEN. X. 107. “Pyrola Alsines flore Brasiliana minor Bauh. Ex eodem cum priore loco, unde et Bauhino attuli.” (Bauh. Prodr., p. 101; Linn. Pl. Mart.-Burs., p. 157; Stud., p. 68.) Trientalis americana Pursh. X. 137. “Dracunculus sive Serpentaria triphylla Brasiliana Bauh. Apud Toupinambaultios legit pharmacopoeus Parisiensis, mihique co[mmun]icavit, unde postea Bauhino exemplar dedi." (Bauh. Prodr., p. 101; Linn. Sp. pl. ed. I, p. 965; Stud., p. 69.) Arisaema triphyllum (L.) Schott. XI. 8. "Viola tricolor erecta latifolia Brasiliana. Арпа Toupin- ambaultios legit pharmacopoeus, Lutetiamque attulit." (Linn. РІ. 1931] Juel,—The French Apothecary’s Plants 179 Mart.-Burs., p. 157; Sp. pl. ed. I, p. 936; Stud., p. 70.) Viola cana- densis L., TYPE SPECIMEN. XI. 98. "Caryophyllus praecedenti similis Brasiliana. Apud Toupinambaultios legit Pharmacopoeus [иі] ат — Lutetianus, mihique co[mmun]icavit." Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mill. XIII. 82. “Melampyrum Brasilianum cyanifolium. | Liceat in- terim sic appellare hanc, a pharmacopoeo mihi datam Lutetiae, quam apud Toupinambaultios legerat." (Linn. Pl. Mart.-Burs., p. 160; Stud., p. 82.) Castilleja coccinea (L.) Spreng. XIV (1) 4. “Lysimachia lutea corniculata Bauh. Lysimachia Virginiana. In Hortis Misniae, Seelandiae. Praesens exemplar attulit Pharmacopoeus Parisiensis ex Brasilia.” An Oenothera. The flowers are destroyed by insects. XV (1) 7. “Gnaphalium latifolium Americanum Bauh. Basileae in horto Bauh. Attulit quoque pharmacopoeus Parisiensis ех Bra- silia." Anaphalis margaritacea (L.) Bth. & Hook. ХҮП. 61. “Polygonatum latifolium perfoliatum | Brasilianum Bauh. Per pharmacopoeum quendam Lutetiae accepi ex Brasilia." (Bauh. Prodr., p. 136; Linn. Sp. pl. ed. I, p. 305; Stud., p. 99.) Uvularia grandiflora Sm. ХУП. 62. “Polygonatum latifolium Brassilianum flore racemoso muscoso. Ex eodem cum praecedente loco." Smilacina racemosa (L.) Desf. ” ХУП. 76. “Hederacea quaedam planta ex Brassilia. Арпа Toupinambaultios legit pharmacopoeus Parisiensis." Tiarella cordi- folia L. ХУП. 77. "Cum praecedente. quandam similitudinem gerit. ix eodem loco." Mitella diphylla L. XVIII (1) 78. " Caryophyllata aquatica nutante flore Bauh. In Misnia, Bohemia, Helvetia, Dania. Accepi quoque ex Brasilia." Geum rivale L. This specimen, then, may not be American. ХІХ. 41. “Thalictrum maius Brassilianum. Videtur idem cum vulgari. Ex Brassilia attulit Pharmacopoeus Lutetianus." Thalic- trum dioicum L., XX. 13. “Adiantum fruticosum Brasilianum Bauh. Ex Brasilia ассері per pharmacopoeum quendam Parisiis." (Bauh. Prodr., p. 150; Stud., p. 108.) Adiantum pedatum L. XXII. 77. “Rhus angustifolium Bauh. Pharmacopoeus Parisi- ensis ex Brassilia attulit. Puto nil aliud esse quam Sorbum." (Bauh. Prodr., p. 158; Linn. Sp. pl. ed. I, p. 265; Stud., p. 112.) Rhus glabra L. XXII. 79. “Rhus Myrtifolia a suo vicino vix differens. Арпа Toupinambaultiosl egit Pharmacopoeus q[ui]ldam Parisinus mihique co[mmun]icavit." Myrica gale L. Another specimen of this species is glued on the same sheet. DJURSHOLM, SWEEDEN. 180 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER POTENTILLA CANADENSIS AND P. SIMPLEX М. L. FERNALD (Plates 214 and 215) DvniNG а recent correspondence with Professor Н. О. Juel, regard- ing Kalm’s American plants preserved at Upsala, Professor Juel re- ferred to Potentilla pumila Poir. as identical with P. canadensis L. When this identification of the two first came to my attention I at once wrote Professor Juel that Rydberg (in his Monograph of the North American Potentilleac! and in his elaboration in the North American Flora?) and, consequently, other American botanists, who have auto- matically followed Rydberg, are treating P. canadensis and P. pumila as wholly different species. It soon became clear, however, that, al- though Michaux, Nestler, Hooker and some American botanists of the first half of the last century and some in the first years of the present century had properly identified the species, American botanists in recent years have wholly misinterpreted both P. canadensis L. and P. simplex Michx., as well as P. caroliniana Poir. and, to some extent, P. sarmentosa Muhl. In his article, A Revision of Kalm's Herbarium in Upsala? a paper which should be carefully studied by American taxonomists, Professor Juel, in 1921, really settled the identity of Potentilla canadensis: Potentilla canadensis L. A specimen, so determined by Karm. It belongs to the species which in modern American floras is called P. pumila Porr. The description of P. canadensis given by Linn. from Karw's specimens contains these words: “habitus Fragariae," ‘‘caulis digitalis,” and “similis P. vernae." These characteristics suit the plant called P. pumila Poir. far better than the P. canadensis of the American floras, for the latter is a much taller plant with little resemblance to P. verna L. I therefore think that P. pumila Porn. is what LINN. meant by his P. canadensis, and that it ought accordingly to be called by the latter name. The “Р. canadensis" of modern authors should then be re-named. In a letter of November 23, 1930, Professor Juel wrote: “I have seen the specimen in Linné’s herbarium in London on which he has written ‘15 K canadensis.’ It was collected by Kalm, as indicated by the letter K. I made this note about it: ‘is quite small, even as Kalm’s own specimen, evidently—P. pumila Poir." I, too, examined the Kalm specimen in the Linnean herbarium about thirty years ago and have a good photograph of it before me. On the basis of this and ear- lier identifications and identification of the type of P. simplex Michx., 1 Rydberg, Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. ii. 35-37 (1898). ? Rydberg in N. Am. Fl. xxii‘. 302, 303 (1908). 3 Juel, Svenska Linné-Siillskapets Arsskr. iv. 19, 20 (1921). 1931] Fernald,—Potentilla canadensis and Р. simplex 181 New England botanists during the first decade of the present century were correctly using the names Р. canadensis and P. simplex, an under- standing reflected in the Flora of Vermont (1900) by Brainerd, Jones & Eggleston. In a foot-note from their record of “P. simplex, Michx. (P. Canadensis of American authors in part.)", they said: “Just as this is going to press a letter is received from M. L. Fernald stating that ' Potentilla simplex Michx. is the common sprawling species of New England, while Р. Canadensis is a low, hardly repent, canescent species which hardly reaches southern Maine and New Hampshire.’ It was not possible to re-examine Vermont specimens other than those in the herbarium of the University of Vermont. All of those proved to be P. simplex." In keeping with this understanding of the New England botanists at that period it is significant that of the 28 numbers of P. canadensis collected between 1895 and 1905 and represented in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club 25 were correctly named; but that of the 68 numbers in the same herbarium collected from 1908 to 1918 62 bear the wrong name! This complete reversal was due to the fact that, in deference to the treatment in Rydberg's Monograph, the application of the names was unfortunately reversed in the 7th edition of Gray's Manual. The photograph of the actual Linnean type (PLATE 214, Fic. 1) a small specimen received from Kalm, and the photograph of Kalm's better specimen preserved at Upsala (PLATE 214, FIG. 2), generously supplied by Professor Juel, clearly demonstrate, however, that, as he pointed out ten years ago, P. canadensis L. is the plant passing in current American treatments as P. pumila Poir. — Poiret's P. pumila was well described and, like the Linnean species, was compared by its author with P. verna; also with P. acaulis. I have, as yet, been unable to see a photo- graph of it, but the description is so clear that there is no reasonable doubt that P. pumila Poir. is P. canadensis L. The species which in recent years has erroneously passed in America as Potentilla canadensis 1s a much coarser plant than true P. canadensis, with the firm flowering stem erect or strongly ascending, but after anthesis becoming procumbent and sending out many prostrate branches which root at tip. It has three fairly marked extremes: one, called by Rydberg and others “ P. canadensis,” with “stems . generally with spreading pubescence” (Rydberg, N. Am. КІ) or * spreading-hirsute" (Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7) and 1 Brainerd, Jones & Eggleston, Fl. Vt. 51 (1900). 182 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER extending northward only to southern Ontario, southern Quebec and southwestern New Brunswick; a second extreme, more common northward, the plant treated by Rydberg (N. Am. Fl.) as P. simplex Michx., by Robinson & Fernald as P. canadensis, var. simplex. This plant has the “stem . . . erect . . . appressed-pubescent" (Rydberg) or “covered with shorter appressed or subappressed hairs or glabrate" (Robinson & Fernald) and it extends north to the Lauren- tide region of Quebec, northern Maine, Prince Edward Island, Cape Breton and Newfoundland. The third extreme is like the first but with the lower surfaces of the leaves densely silvery-silky, a plant of the interior, from Pennsylvania to Illinois and adjacent regions. As geographic varieties the three are very good, quite parallel with the varieties of Fragaria vesca and of F. virginiana. That the tall plant which has recently been passing as Potentilla canadensis is not the Linnean P. canadensis is now clear, and when the original description of Potentilla simplex Michx. is examined it is quickly obvious that Rydberg and, following him, Robinson & Fernald and others, have been misapplying that name also, for Michaux had, not the plant with “appressed-pubescent”’ or " glabrate" stems, but the extreme which has recently been erroneously called P. canadensis. Michaux's diagnosis of his P. simplex was unequivocal: “Р. erecta, simplex, hirsuta," and his species carefully studied! by Nestler, was beautifully illustrated? by him. Nestler's illustration (here repro- duced as PLATE 215, Fic. 1) of the Michaux type certainly represents the “ P. canadensis” of recent American authors, and my own decision after examination of the Michaux material was wholly in accord with this interpretation. So far as I can find, the common smoother plant, the only one extending far to the north, which has been erroneously identified as P. simplex, has no name; nor can I find a name for the argenteous extreme of the interior. In the mountains of Virginia and eastern Tennessee and on the Ozark Plateau of southern Missouri there is a plant with cuneate- obovate leaflets, flabelliform or filiform repent stolons and a very con- spicuous villosity on petioles, stems, calyx and both leaf-surfaces. This is the plant treated by Rydberg in the North American Flora as 1 “ Parisiis herbaria Tournefortii, Vaillantii, Michauri, nec non locupletissimum thesaurum Musaei historiae naturalis pervolvi; cujus Administratores mihi insignitur faverunt ut species tam novas quam iconibus nondum illustratas іп lucem ederem.''— Nestler, Monog. Potent. p. ii (1816). ? Nestler, 1, с. 25, 40, t. ix. fig. 2 (1816). М 1931] Fernald,—Potentilla canadensis and P. simplex 183 Potentilla caroliniana Poir. in Lam. Eneye. v. 595 (1804). Rydberg correctly describes the Tennessee and Missouri plant as having “stems prostrate, . . . usually rooting at the nodes, . . . with spreading pubescence; . . .petioles. . . with coarse usually reflexed hairs; leaflets broadly obovate with a cuneate base, coarsely toothed above, . loosely pubescent with long and spreading hairs on both sides; stem-leaves similar but small."! Poiret, however, said that P. caro- liniana had the stems firm and stiff and the leaflets ovate-oblong and serrate-dentate around their margins (not merely above): “foliolis ovato-oblongis, . . . facile à reconnaitre par ses folioles ovales, oblonges, . . . Ses tiges longues d'un pied, assez fermes, velues, . droites . . .folioles. . . divisées en dents de scie assez fortes à leur contour." Poiret's description at once suggests P. simplex Michx. and Nestler, when he “turned over (pervolvi)" the specimens at Paris performed an “autopsy” on Poiret's type. Тһе result was that the only synonym of P. simplex given by Nestler was “ P. caro- liniana Poiret Encycl. 5. p. 595. (ex autopsia herb. Lamarck)'?; and Lehmann in his Monographia (1820) correctly made P. caroliniana a synonym of P. simplex. The most extreme specimens of “ P. caroliniana” Rydb., not Poir., suggest the possibility that they represent a definite specific type, but one of the collections from Tennessee and the material from Virginia, although having the long villosity of the Missouri plant, are otherwise inseparable from typical sericeous P. canadensis of the Coastal Plain and Piedmont areas to the east. It is most probable that Rydberg's * P. caroliniana" is the primitive type (now found on the Ozark and Appalachian Uplands) from which the more sericeous P. canadensis of the Atlantic coastwise area and the eastern Great Lake region was derived.? So far as I can ascertain this very villous plant has no name; it must be treated as a geographic variety of the latter species. Another name which has to be considered is Potentilla sarmentosa Muhl. in Willd. Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 554 (1809). Тһе description, "folis . . . obovatis grosse serratis . . . caule procumbente sarmentoso," and Willdenow's statement that it is similar to the prostrate P. reptans might apply either to mature P. canadensis or 1 Rydb. N. Am. КІ. xxii.* 303 (1908). ? Nestler, l. c. 40 (1816). 3 For consideration of this relationship see Fernald, Specific Segregations and Identi- ties in some Floras of eastern North America and the Old World, Ruopona, xxxiii. pp. 38—60 (1931). 184 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER to the midsummer and autumnal procumbent state of P. simplex. Both interpretations were soon made by students of the group. Nestler (1816) did not know the plant, but simply compiled his de- scription. Lehmann (1820), after examining the original material, placed P. sarmentosa in the synonymy of P. simplex; but in 1834 Hooker placed it, with reservations, under both P. canadensis and P. simplex. In the discussion of Р. canadensis (with Р. pumila and Р. sarmentosa as synonyms) Hooker said, “Dr. Boot’s specimens of “Р. sarmentosa of Muhl., (and Willd.?), precisely accord with Dr. Torrey’s, and with Nestler’s description and figure [of P. canadensis]. It may be a state of P. simplex before the appearance of the runners, but the leaflets are broader and much paler, and silky beneath." 1 Then іп the synonymy of Р. simplex, Hooker gave, besides Р. caro- liniana, “Р. sarmentosa. Willd. (fide Lehm. ех specim. in Herb. Willd.) an Muhl.?” The confusion as to the exact identity of Potentilla sarmentosa is now, fortunately, cleared, for Professor Diels has most kindly supplied me with very clear photographs of the original material in the Willde- now Herbarium. There are two specimens, each a characteristic runner: sheet no. 2 (our PLATE 215, ria. 3) with the most characteristic foliage and the appressed pubescence of P. canadensis (P. pumila), the other, sheet no. 1 (our PLATE 215, кіс. 4) with the foliage and stipules and the hirsute petioles of P. simplex. In other words, P. sarmentosa was based on runners of both P. canadensis and P. simplex and was a perfect case of a nomen confusum. As already noted, the earlier students of our flora and of the genus Potentilla had a far more accurate understanding of the species just discussed than their suc- cessors have usually shown. Michaux in 1803 clearly differentiated the two species as P. canadensis and P. simplex. Nestler, іп 1816, basing his conclusions on personal examination of the types of Michaux, Poiret and others at Paris, published an authentic plate of P. simplex and unequivocally reduced P. caroliniana to it. He correctly under- stood P. canadensis and illustrated it, apparently from material col- lected by Michaux. In 1818, Amos Eaton? correctly defined both P. canadensis and P. simplex, even to noting the slight but fairly constant difference in the petals (in P. canadensis “subentire,” in P. simplex " round-obcordate"), but he treated P. pumila as a third species, for 1 Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1. 192 (1834). ? Eaton, Man. ed. 2: 378, 379 (1818). 1931] Fernald,—Potentilla canadensis and P. simplex 185 which P. canadensis “тау be mistaken." Lehmann, in 1820, correctly understood the two species; in 1824 Jacob Bigelow! gave the best char- acterizations of the two ever published, calling them P. sarmentosa (Р. canadensis being unknown to him) and Р. simplex; and, as already noted, Hooker correctly understood the two species in 1834. Torrey & Gray, in 1840,? lost sight of the numerous characters (10 contrasting characters enumerated in the synopsis at the end of this paper) and treated the three plants recognized by them as variations of one species and in 1843 Torrey went so far in his failure to under- stand the plants as to write of P. canadensis: “ Early in the spring . it is the P. pumila of Poiret. Later in the season. . . it is the ordinary P. Canadensis. Its smoother and more erect state. . is the P. simplex and Р. sarmentosa of authors"? From then on, the two species remained merged as one variable species in the treatments of Gray, Lehmann (Revis. Pot., 1856), Wolf and others; and in 1891 Britton emphasized his merging of them by publishing a special note, saying: “а study of the plant during the past spring in the vicinity of New York has convinced me that simplex cannot be separated [from P. canadensis] even as a variety, for I found them growing from the same clump. In shaded woodlands the simplex condition prevails, while the other prefers open places, and reaches its extreme degree of depression (var. pumila T. and С.) in very dry, sterile soil. There is, therefore, no more reason for maintaining varieties in it than in the case of Erigeron Canadense, which varies from an inch in height to ten feet or тоге.” More recently, however, everyone who has an inti- mate field-knowledge of our flora has realized that there are two quite distinct species (Rydberg even treating them as four). If, in reviving the old names in 1898, the original descriptions and their types had been more carefully considered or if Nestler's first-hand identifications of the species of Michaux and of Poiret had been given the weight they deserve, much unnecessary recent confusion could have been avoided. Since the present paper almost completely realigns the names in the group, it is important to include a brief synopsis of the plants in- volved and their essential bibliography. POTENTILLA CANADENSIS L. Dwarf: rhizome premorse, cylindric, in well-developed plants 0.5-2 cm. long, 4-8 mm. thick: stolons not 1 Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 2: 204 (1824). 2 Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. i. 443 (1840). 3 Torr. Fl. N. Y. i. 208 (1843). * Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xviii. 366 (1891). 186 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER bearing tuberous enlargements at their tips: stems at flowering time 0.1-1.5 dm. high, soon becoming prostrate, filiform or flagelliform, 0.3-1 mm. thick: cauline leaves during anthesis not well expanded (those subtending flowers 0.5-3 cm. long, including the petiole, at expansion of the flower); leaflets narrowly cuneate-obovate, coarsely and deeply 5-15-toothed around the rounded summit, entire and cuneate from near the middle; the middle leaflet of the largest leaves (of each plant) 1.5-4 em. long (—6 em. in var. villosissima) : free blades of the basal stipules oblong-lanceolate, flat; stipules (mostly 3-cleft) of mature primary cauline leaves 4-12(-15) mm. long: first flowers usually borne from the node above the first well-developed internode: petals rounded at summit or retuse: first flowers expanded in eastern Massachusetts April 2-June 7. Two well-marked varieties: Young growth (stems, petioles, lower leaf-surfaces, calyx, etc.) silky-pilose with appressed or loosely ascending fine pubescence. . Var. typica. Young growth long-villous, the pubescence of stems, petioles, pe- duncles and calyx loosely spreading to reflexed........ Var. villosissima. Var. typica. P. canadensis L. Sp. Pl. i. 498 (1753); Michx. КІ. Bor.-Am. i. 303 (1803); Nestler, Monog. Potent. 27, 58, t. x. fig. 1 (1816); Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 192 (1834). P. pumila Poir. in Lam. Encycl. v. 594 (1804); Rydb. in Britt. & Br. Ill. Fl. iii. 515, fig. 1935a (1898), in ed. 2, ii. 251, fig. 2229 (1913), Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. ii. 37, t. 18, figs. 1 and 2 (1898), in N. Am. Fl. xxii*. 303 (1908); Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7: 484 (1908). Р. sarmentosa Muhl. in Willd. Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 554 (1809), in part (no. 2 in herb. Willd.); Bigel. Fl. Bost. ed. 2: 204 (1824). P. canadensis, 0. pumila (Poir.) Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. i. 443 (1840); Gray, Man. 122 (1848). Р. canadensis, B. sarmentosa Wood, Class-Bk. 104 (1845). Callionia canadensis (L.) Greene and C. pumila (Poir.) Greene, Leaflets, i. 238 (1906).—Dry open soil, southern Maine, southern New Hampshire and southern Vermont south to South Carolina, inland across New York to southwestern Ontario and northern Ohio. The following are representative. MAINE: Topsham, Chamberlain, no. 556; Brunswick, July 25, 1901, May 25, 1912, Kate Furbish; Cape Porpoise, May 25, 1895, Fernald; North Berwick, May, 1892 and 1893, Parlin; South Berwick, June 13 and 14, 1896, Parlin & F ernald. New HAMPSHIRE: Haverhill, Fernald. no. 15,542; Derry, Мау 10, 1913, C. F. Batchelder; Hampton Falls, May 21, 1914, Batchelder; Mason, May 15, 1915, Batchelder; Merrimack, June 4, 1917, Batchelder; Walpole, May 26, 1917, Bean & Fernald; Jaffrey, Robinson, no. 470; Hinsdale, May 15, 1919, Batchelder. Vermont: Putney Mt., Brook- line, May 31, 1915, L. A. Wheeler; Westminster, Robinson, no. 102; Rockingham, May 26, 1917, Woodward 4: Wheeler. MASSACHUSETTS: West Manchester, June 7, 1913, Ғ. Т. Hubbard; Ashby, Мау 30, 1914, Knowlton; Boxborough, Hubbard & Torrey, no. 495; Lexington, Day 1931] Fernald,—Potentilla canadensis and P. simplex 187 & Fernald іп РІ. Exsicc. Gray. по. 100; Milton, Мау 13, 1900, Church- hill; Marshfield, June 6, 1909, Knowlton; New Bedford, May 24, 1903, Hervey; Barnstable, Fernald & Long, по. 16,877; Eastham, F. S. Collins, nos. 2011, 2018; Nonamesset, Fogg, no. 2677; West Tisbury, Seymour, no. 1232; Nantucket, Day, no. 20; Leominster, May 30, 1914, Fernald & Bean; Southbridge, May 20, 1916, Churchill & Wood- ward; Brookfield, May 16, 1913, Fernald & Hunnewell; Greenfield, May 10, 1912, Batchelder, Kennedy & Williams; Ware, May 16, 1922, Knowlton; Chicopee, May 18, 1913, Murdock & Torrey; New Marlboro, July 24, 1912, R. Hoffmann. RHODE ISLAND: Providence, May 8, 1904, E. F. Williams; Barrington, May 30, 1911, Fernald; Warwick, May 2, 1908, Hope; Westerly, August 31, 1919, Weatherby & Collins; Block Island, Fernald, Long & Torrey, no. 9657, Beattie, no. 4803. Connecticut: Franklin, July 4, 1912, Woodward; Southington, Andrews, no. 226; Waterbury, Blewitt, no. 691; Salisbury, June 9, 1906, Fernald; Fairfield, May 12 and July 31, 1907, Eames; Bridgeport, April 25, 1897, Eames. New York: Pelham, May 5, 1886, D. W. Parker; Dryden, Eames & MacDaniels, no. 4310; Ithaca, Wiegand & Metcalf, no. 4309, Bechtel & Wiegand, no. 6702; Spencer, Dean & Eames, no. 4311. PENNSYLVANIA: West Philadelphia, May 17, 1923, Meredith, MARYLAND: Harper's Ferry, April 17, 1890, S. Watson; Bladensburg, July 6, 1913, Steele (transition to var. villosissima). Півтніст оғ COLUMBIA: Takoma Park, Мау 5, 1899, T. A. И "Mliams; Sheridan's Creek, Washington, May 29, 1913, Steele. VIRGINIA: Mt. Vernon, Pease, no. 7413; Hot Springs, Hunnewell, no. 4026. Ѕоотн CAROLINA: Summerville, Robinson, по. 253. ONTARIO: Tillsonburg, J. Macoun, no. 34,428. Оніо: Newell Ledge, Portage Co., R. J. Webb, no. 5244. Apparently crosses with P. simplex. Forma ochroleuca (Weatherby), n. comb. Р. ‘pumila, forma ochro- leuca Weatherby, Ruopora, хі. 153 (1909).—Petals cream-colored. Known only from the original station (now obliterated), at Cambridge, Massachusetts. Var. villosissima, n. var., caulibus petiolis pedunculis calicibusque longe villosissimis, villis laxe divergentibus vel reflexis; foliolis maturis 1.5-6 cm. longis.—Virginia, Tennessee and Missouri; doubtless else- where. VIRGINIA: between Warrenton and the hills, April 19, 1918, Tidestrom, no. 6226. TENNESSEE: top of Cade’s Cove Mt., Blount Co., May 20, 1928, W. A. Anderson, Jr., no. 911; three miles north of Coal Creek, Anderson, April 6, 1928, W. А. Anderson, Jr., по. 726. Missourt: common on hills, Monteer, May 13, 1901, Bush, по. 453 (ТҮРЕ in Gray Herb.); common in woods, Monteer, Bush, no. 186; Rhyse, Dent County, May 9, 1927, J. H. Kellogg. Var. villosissima is the P. caroliniana Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxii*: 303 (1908), not Poir. in Lam. Encyc. v. 595 (1804). ! Introduced, undoubtedly with earth accompanying roots of trees or shrubs from the Ozark area, into the Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, Massacuusetts (E. J. Palmer, no. 28,014). 188 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER P. siMPLEX Michx. Coarser than P. canadensis: rhizome irregularly enlarged, often nodose or moniliform-thickened, up to 8 em. long, 0.5-2 cm. thick: stolons late in the season bearing tuberous enlargements (young rhizomes), especially at the rooting tips: stems at first erect or ascending, up to 2-5 dm. high, then greatly prolonging, arching, forking and rooting at tips, 1-3 mm. thick at base: cauline leaves during anthesis mostly well expamded (those subtending flowers 1.5- 10 em. long, including the petiole, at expansion of the flower); their leaflets narrowly obovate, narrowly elliptical or oblanceolate; the middle leaflets of the largest leaves (of each plant) 1.5-7.5 em. long, 9-27 toothed for about three-fourths their length: free blades of basal stipules linear-lanceolate, long-attenuate, usually inrolling; stipules (simple or cleft) of mature primary cauline leaves 0.7-3 cm. long: first flower usually from the node above the second well-developed inter- node: petals obcordate or retuse: first flowers expanded in eastern Massachusetts April 30-June 23. Three pronounced varieties. Leaves green and more or less strigose-pubescent or slightly whit- ened but not copiously silvery-sericeous beneath. Stems (especially when young) hirsute or villous-hirsute, with errand Е Чг. Такач Var. typica. Stems strigose with short appressed hairs or glabrate. .. . Var. calvescens. Leaves densely silvery-sericeous beneath: pubescence of stems spreading, usually депве................................ Var. argyrisma. Var. typica. Р. simplex Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 303 (1803); Nestler, Mon. Pot. 40, t. ix. fig. 2 (1816); Eaton, Man. ed. 2, 379 (1818); Lehm. Mon. Gen. Pot. 142 (1820); Bigel. Fl. Bost. ed. 2: 204 (1824); Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 192 (1834). Р. caroliniana Poir. in Lam. Encyc. v. 595 (1804), not Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxii*. 303 (1908). P. sarmentosa Muhl. in Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 554 (1809), in part (sheet no. 1 in Willdenow Herb.). P. canadensis, B. simplex (Michx.) T. & С. Fl. М. Am. i. 443 (1840), at least as to name-bringing synonym. Р. canadensis Rydb. Mem. Dept. Bot. Columb. Univ. ii. 35 (1898), М. Am. Fl. xxii. 303 (1908) and in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, ii. 251, fig. 2230 (1913); Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7: 484 (1908); not L. Sp. Pl. i. 498 (1753).—Dry to moist open soil of fields, thickets, open woods, etc., central Nova Scotia and south- western New Brunswick to southern Quebec, southern Ontario and Minnesota, south to North Carolina, Tennessee, southern Missouri and Oklahoma. The following are characteristic. QUEBEC: Deschénes sur la riviére Ottawa, Rolland, no. 15,505; Longueuil, Victorin, no. 3248. New Brunswick: St. Andrew’s, June 16, 1900, J. Fowler; Nova 5сотта: Bridgewater, Fernald & Long, no. 23,961 (late-summer state, with lateral leaflets uncleft, distributed as Р. pumila). MAINE: Isle au Haut, July 12, 1920, Kidder; Rockland, С. A. Е. Long, no. 570; South Poland, 1893, Kate Furbish; Cape Porpoise, May 25, 1895, Fernald, New HAMPSHIRE: Stratford Hollow, Pease, по. 13,574; Rhodora Plate 214 Fic. 1 (upper). TYPE OF POTENTILLA CANADENSIS IN LINNEAN HERBARIUM. Кїз. 2 (lower). Specimen ім Kar w's HERBARIUM IN Ursara (photograph from Professor H. О. Jukr.) Rhodora Plate 215 H. M. Gilkey del. Fic. 1. Түрк or POTENTILLA SIMPLEX, X 34, after езет. Fia. 2. RHIZOME OF Р. SIMPLEX, X 34. Еа. 8. P. sARMENTOSA, X 25 (sheet no. 2 in Herb. WILLDENOW). , 2а , / ә Кс. 4. P. SARMENTOSA, X 2$, (sheet no. 1 in Herb. WILLDENOW). 1931] Fernald,—Potentilla canadensis and P. simplex 189 Lebanon, June 3, 1887, Kennedy; Woodstock, Fernald, no. 11,728; Hampton Falls, June 4, 1916, C. F. Batchelder; Walpole, June 12, 1912, Batchelder; Hinsdale, June 9, 1920, Batchelder. VERMONT: North Haven, May 25, 1879, Brainerd; Middlebury, June 4, 1908, Kennedy; Hartford, June 12, 1920, Eaton & St. John; Rutland, “ggleston, nos. 1195-1197; Westminster, Robinson, nos. 101, 102. MASSACHUSETTS: Andover, Pease, no. 3649; Sudbury, May 24, 1918, Knowlton; Middlesex Fells, June 9, 1920, Kidder; Boxborough, Hub- bard & Torrey, no. 463; Wellesley, May 31, 1899, Rich; Westwood, May 30, 1899, Kennedy; West Stoughton, May 22, 1909, Blake; Fall River, May 27, 1910, Sanford; Sandwich, Fernald & Long, no. 18,563; Eastham, Е. S. Collins, по. 2094; Worcester, Wiegand, no. 1083; Erving, May 14, 1915, Hunnewell, Macbride & Torrey; South Hadley, June 10, 1926, Knowlton; Granby, May 29, 1910, Knowlton; Chicopee, Murdoch & Torrey, no. T439; Russell, St. John & White, no. 124; Adams, May 15, 1915, Knowlton & Bean; Sheffield, May 30, 1919, Bean & Fernald. RHoDE ISLAND: Cumberland, May 29, 1904, Wil- liams; Providence, Chamberlain, no. 80; Foster, June 10, 1922, Eaton & Fassett; Johnson, May 30, 1911, Collins; Block Island, Fernald, Long & Torrey, nos. 9600, 9656, 9658 (distributed as P. pumila). Connecticut: Thompson, June 10, 1922, Bill & Grigg; Hebron, Weatherby, no. 4094; Meriden, May 17, 1903, L. Andrews; Huntington, June 5, 1902, Eames; Stratford, June 9, 1901, Williams. NEW York: Lisbon, Phelps, no. 1403; Brooklyn, June 2, 1885, L. M. Parker; Canadice, С. C. Thomas, по. 4312. NEW JERSEY: Stelton, Halsted, no. 128. PENNSYLVANIA: Sellersville, April 30, 1921, Frets. DELA- WARE: Newark, Мау 11, 1922, Meredith. VIRGINIA: White Rock Mt., June 21, 1892, Small; Covington, Hunnewell, no. 4032; Buckroe, Robinson, no. 474. ONTARIO: Belleville, May 24, 1878, J. Macoun; Leamington, J. Macoun, no. 34,409; Amherstburg, June 10, 1882, Macoun. Оно: Newell Ledge, Portage Co., R. J. Webb, no. 5253; Oberlin, May, 1890, Kofoid; Sugar Grove, May 20, 1905, Gleason. Kentucky: Rice Station, Estill Co., W. A. Anderson, Jr., по. 467. TENNESSEE: Elkmont, W. A. Anderson, Jr., по. 843; Oliver Springs, Anderson, no. 955; Hollow Rock Jet., Svenson, no. 381; Memphis, E. J. Palmer, по. 17,276. MICHIGAN: Turin, June 20, 1901, Barlow; Douglas Lake Region, Ehlers, no. 361; Grand Rapids, 1900, Е. J. Cole. Пллхо1в: Peoria, June, 1903 and 1904, McDonald; Muncie, May 24, 1908, Gleason; Decatur, Gleason, no. 217; Starved Rock, Greenman, Lansing & Dixon, no. 52. Minnesota: St. Paul, Beach, no. 102. Iowa: Fayette, June, 1894, Fink. Missouri: St. Louis Co., May 16, 1877, Eggert; Cedar Gap, Lansing, по. 2073. Kansas: Cherokee Co., Hitchcock, no. 675. OKLAHOMA: Page, Stevens, no. 1478. Var. calvescens, n. var., caulibus petiolisque strigosis vel glabratis; foliis subtus strigosis vel glabratis.—Newfoundland, Cape Breton and Prince Edward Island to the Laurentide district of Quebec, and west to Minnesota, south to South Carolina, Illinois and Oklahoma. The 190 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER following, from among the numerous specimens (especially from the North) are characteristic. NEWFOUNDLAND: Rushy Pond, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington, по. 5782. QUEBEC: Valcartier, Victorin, по. 20,925. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND: Mt. Stuart, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 7634; Morell, Fernald & St. John, no. 11,095. Nova Scoria: Atlantic Cove, St. Paul Island, Perry & Roscoe, no. 247; Baddeck Bay, Cape Breton, J. Macoun, no. 19,092; Middleton, Fernald, Pease & Long, no. 21,506; Bridgewater, Fernald & Long, nos. 23,962, 23,963 (distributed as P. pumila); Boylston, July, 1890, С. A. Hamilton; Meteghan, Fernald & Long, по. 21,507; Yarmouth, Howe & Lang, no. 110, Bissell & Long, no. 21,505; Atwood Brook, Bissell & Long, по. 23,964. New Brunswick: Shediac Cape, July 6, 1914, F. T. Hubbard. MAINE: Fort Fairfield, August 15, 1901, Rob- inson; Ashland, Fernald, no. 2301; Veazie, August 22, 1908, Fernald; Dover, June 29, 1896, G. B. Fernald, no. 156; Pembroke, July 27, 1909, Fernald, no. 1917 (түРЕ in Gray Herb.); Roque Bluffs, July, 1913, Knowlton; Seal Harbor, July 23, 1889, Redfield; Northeast Harbor, August 5, 1910, Williams; Deer Isle, А. F. Hill, no. 2083; Dedham, Fernald & Long, по. 13,826; Matinicus, C. А. E. Long, по. 67; Bristol, July 9, 1903, Churchill; Leeds, July 23, 1915, Knowlton; Cumberland, July 5, 1900, Chamberlain. New HAMPSHIRE: Pittsburg, Pease, no. 10,134; Randolph, Pease, nos. 10,012, 12,766; Shelburne, Fernald & Pease, по. 16,975 (as P. pumila); Woodstock, Fernald, no. 11,729; Hillsborough, July 28, 1920, C. F. Batchelder; Jaffrey, Robinson, no. 118; Alstead, Fernald, no. 547. VERMONT: Clarendon, Eggleston, no. 1194; Townshend, June 24, 1916, L. A. Wheeler; Manchester, Day, no. 62. MASSACHUSETTS: Gloucester, June 7, 1896, Rand & Robin- son; Beaver Brook Reservation, June 13, 1921, Kidder; Boston, Sep- tember 15, 1901, Rich; Dover, Hunnewell, no. 2751; New Bedford, May 29, 1903, Hervey; Falmouth, Fernald, no. 602; Barnstable, Fernald & Long, nos. 16,876, 18,564; Nonamesset, Fogg, no. 3355; Cuttyhunk, Fogg, no. 2536; Polpis, Day, no. 55; Lancaster, May 30, 1914, Hunnewell & St. John; Holden, May 30, 1912, Blake & Fernald; Worthington, Robinson, no. 686; Middlefield, Fernald & Long, no. 9659; Montville, June 28, 1912, Hoffmann. RHODE ISLAND: Provi- dence, July 4, 1892, Collins; Barrington, May 30, 1911, Fernald; New- port, June 19, 1903, Robinson; South Kingston, June 11, 1927, Bill, Eaton & Rehder. Connecticut: Thompson, Weatherby, no. 4863; Stafford, Weatherby, no. 2653; Glastonbury, June 2, 1912, Driggs. Мем York: Boreas Ponds, Essex Co., House, по. 9093, іп part; Canton, Phelps, no. 1607; Fisher’s Island, St. John, no. 2742; Caro- line, Eames & Wiegand, по. 12,224; Dryden, Eames & Gershoy, по. 10,121; Dryden, Gershoy, no. 8317. PENNSYLVANIA: south of Moscow, L. F. & Е. R. Randolph, nos. 19, 50. MARYLAND: Washington, Hunne- well, no. 6614. District оғ COLUMBIA: Naucks, June 1, 1913, Steele. бостн CAROLINA: Summerville, Robinson, no. 252 (transition to var. typica). ILLINOIS: Champaign, Pease, no. 11,850. WISCONSIN: 1931] Leeds,—Pennsylvania Stations of Arceuthobium pusillum 191 Trempleau Valley, July 20, 1892, Schuette (distributed as Rubus tri- florus). Мімхквота: Nichols, June, 1892, Sheldon. OKLAHOMA: Idabel, Н. W. Houghton, no. 3652; Pawhuska, Stevens, no. 2038. Var. calvescens, well marked іп the North and the only form of the species in most of the area from central Maine to Newfoundland, is usually not so well marked southward. Northward it often occurs in wet thickets or meadows and even іп wet sphagnous bogs. It is the plant mistakenly identified in recent years as typical P. simplex: P. canadensis, var. simplex Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. ii. 36 (1898); Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7: 484 (1908); not Torr. & Gray (1840), at least as to type. P. simplex Rydberg, N. Am. КІ. xxii‘. 302 (1908) and in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, ii. 251, fig. 2228 (1913); not Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 303 (1803). Var. argyrisma, n. var., foliis subtus dense argenteo-sericeis; caulibus villosis vel villoso-hirsutis.— Pennsylvania to Kentucky and Illinois. PENNSYLVANIA: between York Furnace and Tucquan, May 11, 1901, Heller. KENTUCKY: Robard, Henderson Co., W. A. Anderson, Jr., no. 24. ILLINOIS: roadside, Urbana, May 13, 1910, Pease, no. 12,547 (ТҮРЕ in Gray Herb.); Decatur, May 11, 1915, Clokey; Bird Haven, Olney, Ridgeway, nos. 718-720. EXPLANATION OF PLATES 214 AND 215. PLATE 214. PorENTILLA CANADENSIS L. Ета. 1 (upper). Тһе Kalm specimen іп the Linnean herbarium (түре of the species). Fic. 2. Тһе Kalm specimen preserved in Upsala (photograph from Proressor Н. О. JUEL). PLATE 215. Fic. 1. TYPE of POTENTILLA SIMPLEX Michx., after Nestler, x 34. Еа. 2. Rhizome of P. siMPLEx, X 4. Fia. 3. Sheet no. 2 of P. SARMENTOSA Muhl. in Herb. Willdenow (from photograph supplied by Pno- FESSOR L. Drews), X 25. Еа. 4. Sheet no. 1 of P. sagMENTOSA Muhl. in Herb. Willdenow (from photograph supplied by PROFESSOR L. DIELS), X 25. Plate drawn by Dr. Н. M. GILKEY. THE PENNSYLVANIA STATIONS OF ARCEUTHOBIUM PUSILLUM.— Ludlow Griscom’s article in the April number of RHODORA, recording the interesting discovery by himself and Mr. K. K. Mackenzie of Arceuthobium pusillum at Pine Swamp in Sussex Co., New Jersey, states that its "range is here extended south from northwestern Connecticut." 'The statement would seem to imply that the dwarf mistletoe had not previously been found so far south. It has long been known, however, from a number of places in northeastern Pennsylvania and particularly from the bog near Tannersville in Monroe Co.—locally called “The Cranberry"—some thirty miles southwest of Messrs. Griscom and Mackenzie's Sussex Co. swamp and about 250 ft. lower 192 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER in altitude. If a line be drawn from Kent, Connecticut! southwest to Tannersville, Pa., Pine Swamp will be found to lie a little to the north of it, and the occurrence of the parasite there is of interest as adding a station along its southern range rather than as extending the range southward, and also as adding one on the eastern side of the Delaware Valley to those already known in the same region on the western. The material in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences shows a somewhat wider distribution of the species in Pennsylvania than is assigned to it in the local Floras. Porter’s “Flora of Pennsyl- vania” records it only from Monroe and Pike Counties,—or rather inadvertently appears to do so. But Lehigh Pond, one of the two stations given for Monroe, is in Wayne Co. Taylor's “Flora of the Vicinity of New York" gives its Pennsylvania range as “ Mountain summits in Pike and Monroe Counties," and Twining's “Flora of Northeastern Pennsylvania" notes only Tannersville and Lehigh Pond. It may, therefore, not be without interest to add a list of the collections at hand. They are: , Monroe County Tannersville, Sept. 10, 1896, Walter Seibert; and a series of others colleeted there at subsequent dates by various botanists. Pike County Spruce Pond, July 9-16, 1899, Stewardson Brown. Mud Pond, July 9-16, 1899, Brown & Saunders. Wayne County Marsh above Lehigh Pond, 1886, Dudley. Sullivan County Shadynook, July 16, 1901, Stewardson Brown. Near Lopez, August 25, 1908, С. 8, Williamson. Dr. Witmer Stone tells me that Shadynook—a name not to be found on most maps—is about 214 miles from Lopez, and the two Sullivan Co. collections may quite probably come from the same place.—ARTHUR N. LEEDS, The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. RORIPPA AMPHIBIA IN FAIRFIELD County, CoNNECTICUT.—Ün June 8, 1930, while driving along the Danbury Road in the Town of Ridgefield, the writer’s attention was attracted by a colony of plants of the mustard family which had an unfamiliar look. Failing to 1 The southernmost point of its distribution in Connecticut according to Eaton’s map in the issue of Ruopora quoted above, 1931] Fernald,—Pedicularis Labradorica 193 identify the plant, a specimen was sent to Mr. C. A. Weatherby, who very kindly reports as follows: “ Rorippa amphibia (L.) Bess.—Except for one old record, now proved erroneous, the only American locality for this species is on the St. Lawrence River, near Montreal, where it grows luxuriantly in shallow water (Brother Marie-Victorin)." At the Ridgefield station for this plant none of the plants were growing in water. Some in fact were on very dry soil, though near a ditch. Two possible means of introduction suggest themselves. A railroad runs within a hundred yards of the colony while on the op- posite side is a newly established nursery.—LEONARD J. BRADLEY, Wilton, Conn. PEDICULARIS LABRADORICA.—It seems to have been generally over- looked that the boreal species, which is regularly passing as Pedicu- laris euphrasioides Stephan in Willd. Sp. Pl. iiit. 204 (1801), has an earlier and valid name which should be revived. Тһе species was published and clearly illustrated in Houttuyn, Pflanzensyst. viii. 39, t. 57С (1782). When he took up Stephan's manuscript-name, Willde- now knew of P. labradorica, which he treated as an American variety of the Asiatic species of Stephan, as “ 0. P. (labradorica)". I have not seen the Stephan material, but the Siberian plant is usually considered identical with the American. The latter, at least, should be called P. rABRADORICA Houttuyn (1782) rather than Р. euphrasioides Stephan (1801).—M. L. FERNALD. NOTES ON VACCINIACEAE W. W. AsHE VACCINIUM $ CYANOCOCCUS Gray VACCINIUM missouriense, sp. nov. Frutex 2-5 dm., Vaccinio V. Margarettae dicto potius quam V. vacillanti, baccis nigris nitidis et racemis pubescentibus similis, differt tamen foliis crassis, subdistichis, oblongis, lanceolatis vel oblanceolatis, basi acutis. Ramuli griseo- pubescentes. Folia decidua, crassa, lanceolata, oblanceolata vel oblonga, 3.5-5 сіп. longa, 1.5-2 cm. lata, acuta, basi cuneata, integra, supra minute pubescentia, subtus griseo-pubescentia, subdisticha. Racemi breves conferti, pedunculis et saepe pedicellis pubescentibus. Baccae nigrae, nitidae, nunquam glaucae, parvae, 5-7 mm. diametro. Flores non visi.—Prope Monteer, Missovmr. V. vacillans var. Mis- souriense Ashe in Torreya 25: 10. 1925. A straggling shrub 2-5 dm. high with underground stems, twigs green, pubescent with short curved grayish hairs persistent until the 194 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER third year. Leaves thick, oblanceolate, lanceolate or oblong, 3.5-5 em. long, 1.5-2 cm. wide, acute, cuneate at base, entire, yellowish green and sparingly pubescent above, pubescent below with rather long spreading grayish simple hairs. Buds large, bright red, glabrous, outer scales mucronate. Racemes short, compact, 3-6-fruited; pe- duncles which are rarely 1 cm. long, and usually the 3-5 mm.-long pedicels as well, pubescent, or pedicels merely puberulent, with short spreading grayish hairs. Flowers unknown. Fruit black. ТҮРЕ, W.W. А. Monteer, Shannon County, Missourt, May 9, 1924, and (from the same bush) Sept. 13, 1923. The dullish black fruit in short pubescent racemes and the prevail- ingly oblanceolate entire leaves are distinctive in separating this plant from V. vacillans which grows with it. Its affinities seem to be rather with V. Margarettae Ashe of the Southern Appalachians than with V. vacillans but it is well separated from both. VACCINIUM serum, sp. nov. Frutex 1-1.5 m. alta, ramulis plerum- que glabris glaucisque. Folia decidua, plerumque oblonga et acuta, subinde elliptica et obtusa, rariter rhombea, 3.5-6 cm. longa, 2-2.7 cm. lata, integerrima, perspicue venosa, glabra vel costis subtus pubescentibus. Racemi 5-11-flori, glabri, pedunculo stricto, pedi- cellis multum longiore; pedicellis superioribus quam corolla longioribus; pedicellis inferioribus quam corolla brevioribus; floribus tardis. Cor- rolla subcylindracea, alba, 5-7 mm. longa. Baccae parvae, 6-8 mm. diametro, nigrae sive glauco-nigrae.—In collibus sylvaticis Virginiae et Marilandae prope Washington. A shrub 4 to 9 dm. high. Twigs slender, green or yellowish, rarely reddish, glabrous and glaucous or sometimes pubescent but not in lines. Leaves prevailingly of an oblong or elliptic type, sometimes rhombic, occasionally oblong-ovate, or the smaller broadly elliptic or even ovate, the larger 3.5 to 6 cm. long, 2 to 2.7 cm. wide, acute at apex, narrowed or acute at base, often sessile or the short petiole margined, entire, often with 2 to 3 pairs of red sessile glands near the base, above glabrous from the first or the midrib permanently puberulent, beneath slightly paler and glabrous or the midrib and a few larger veins spar- ingly pubescent, bronze or reddish as they unfold, at length dark green above, the prominent veins often reddish beneath. Flowers appearing when the leaves are about half grown in glabrous rather elongated, 2 to 2.5 cm.-long racemes, often clustered at the ends of naked twigs, short cylindric or somewhat campanulate, 5 to 6 mm. long, 3 to 3.5 mm. thick, rarely as much as twice as long as thick, open at the mouth, white or flesh colored; calyx glabrous fully one half the length of the corolla; style barely as long as the corolla; the lower pedicels about the length of the flowers, the upper less than half as long; bracts spatulate, small, reddish, early deciduous. Fruit small, 5 to 8 mm. thick, subglobose or ovate, blue-black, usually with a bloom, capped by the erect and prominent divisions of the calyx. 1931] Ashe,—Notes on Vacciniaceae 195 Common along the Potomac river, in both Maryland and Virginia at Great Falls and extending into the District of Columbia, often on rock bars where it grows with Amelanchier sera Ashe and A. oblongi- folia Roem., or in rocky woods, where many collections have been made since 1916. Тһе түре, both flowers and fruit from the same plant, Great Falls, VIRGINIA, near Elkins station; flowers, May 3, 1918; fruit, June 23, 1918. W. W. А. It was at one time supposed that this form might be referred to V. Marianum Wats.,! since the cultivated plant upon which his descrip- tion was based probably came from Maryland. His detailed and tabulated description, however, calls for peduncle or floral “axis covered with thick white hairs," “pedicels twice length of flower" and for pistil “length of the stamens.” No specimen of the form under consideration has been found which has these characteristics, or any one of them. V. sERUM var. pubifolium, var. nov., a typo differt foliis subtus pubescentibus. This variety differs from the type form in having the lower surface of the leaves pubescent.—Typr, W. W. А. Great Falls, VIRGINIA, May 4 and June 23, 1918. VACCINIUM VACILLANS Sol. var. columbianum, var. nov., a typo differt foliis majoribus, crassis, subtus plerumque rubro-nervosis. Leaves glabrous, larger than in the type, thicker, with the veins prominent beneath and usually red. Tyre, W. W. A. Below Great Falls, VIRGINIA, April 28 and June 23, 1918. This variety is very common along the Potomac River growing with the type form in Maryland, Virginia and District of Columbia. V. VACILLANS var. COLUMBIANUM f. mollifolium. Folia subtus molliter pubescentia. The glabrous large-leaved variety passes into a form which occurs with it having the leaves softly pubescent beneath.—Typr, W. W. А. Chesapeake Beach, Calvert County, MARYLAND, July, 1916. VACCINIUM arkansanum, sp. nov. Frutex 1.5-4 m. alta. Folia ovata, 6-8 cm. longa, 2.1-3 ст. lata, apice acuta, integra, subtus pu- bescentia. Racemi 6-10-flori, glabri, floribus albis, subcylindraceis, quam in V. atrococco longioribus, quam in V. corymboso brevioribus. Baccae glaucae, 6-10 mm. diametro. In umbrosis humidis prope Hot Springs, Arkansas. A shrub 1.5-4 m. tall with furrowed but close brown bark. Leaves ovate, 6-8 em. long, 2.1-3 em. broad, gradually acute, usually rounded at the rather broad base, entire, dark green above, slightly paler and sparingly pubescent beneath. Касетеѕ 6-10-flowered, glabrous. Corolla white or greenish, short cylindrical, 5-8 mm. long, nearly as wide as long, the mouth open. Berry 6-10 mm. in diameter, blue- 1 Dend. Brit. 2: t. 124, 1825. 77 с , 196. Rhodora [SEPTEMBER black beneath a bloom.—Type: W. W. A., flowers and fruit from the same clump, 6 miles north of Hot Springs, ARKANSAS, оп the Little Rock road Apl. 15, 1928, June 27, 1929. This plant which grows with alder in swamps and along small streams in Garland and Perry counties, Ark., has been confused with V. corymbosum when in flower and with V. atrococcum when in fruit. The fruit is considered to be of only fair eating quality. Vaccinium alto-montanum, sp. nov. Frutex 3-10 dm. alta, V. pallido affinis, ab eo recedit tamen foliis oblongis minoribusque. Folia decidua, oblonga, apice et basi acuta, 2.8-5.3 cm. longa, mem- branacea, glabra, subtus pallida, integra, ciliata, venulosa. Racemi 6-10-Ногі, glabri. Baccae glaucae, 8-14 mm. diametro.— Montes alti Carolinae-Septentrionalis et Tennesseensis. Leaves rather thin, 2.8-5.3 cm. long, 0.9-1.4 cm. wide, oblong, gradu- ally narrowed and acute at each end or narrowed to a slightly rounded base, glabrous on both faces, pale, prominently veined, and more or less reticulated below, almost sessile, the petiole puberulous, entire or finely serrulate or ciliate. Berries (from Cassi Creek, Unicoi Co., Tenn.) 8-14 mm. thick, dark blue with a bloom, finely flavored. Ra- cemes 1.8-2.6 cm. long, 6-12-flowered; calyx lobes broadly triangular or ovate-triangular, prominent. Buds red, glabrous, scales mucronate. Head of Cassi Creek, Unicoi County, Tennessee, July, 1922. High ridges of Wilson Bald, Unicoi County, Tenn., July, 1922. Rabun County, Georgia, June 20, 1924. Fodderstack Mt., Macon County, NORTH CAROLINA, June 22, 1924 (TYPE). Sunset Rock, Highlands, Macon County, N. C., June 24, 1924. Satula Mt., Macon County, N. C., June 20, 1924. All W. W. A. Related to V. pallidum Ait., with which at high altitudes it is often associated and from which it differs in the thinner, smaller and ex- tremely narrowed leaves which are prevailingly entire. Flowers un- known. VACCINIUM MARGARETTAE Ashe, which was originally reported from Rabun County, Georgia, has recently been found (W. W. А., June 1930) in Jackson County, Alabama, where it is not uncommon upon the Cumberland Plateau about ten miles south of the Tennessee State line. VACCINIUM ATROCOCCUM var. Longianum, var. nov. A typo re- cedit baccis glaucis. Flowers and habit of shrub as in the typical form, but fruit glaucous. --ТҮРЕ (in herb. W. W. A.): Е. W. Pennell and Bayard Long, no. 7592, June 26, 1912, serpentine barrens, Paoli, Chester County, PENNSYL- VANIA, where numerous collections of this form have been made. VACCINIUM FUSCATUM var. pullum, var. nov. А typo differt foliis minoribus, crassis et oblongis. 1931] Ashe,—Notes on Vacciniaceae 197 The plate of V. formosum Andr. (Bot. Rep. t. 97. 1797) which refers to Aiton's description of the same cultivated plant upon which V. fuscatum Aiton (Hort. Kew. I, 2: 11. 1789) is based, shows a plant with relatively large ovate leaves. "This is the prevailing form of V. fuscatum. In the lake region of Marion County, Florida, especially in the vicinity of Sellers Lake, the common form which seems to occur rarely elsewhere, has small thick oblong leaves, 2-3 cm. long, 1-1.5 em. wide, acute at each end with revolute margins. Түре: May 14, 1929, Marion County, Fronipa, W. W. А. DECAMERIUM Nuttall! called attention to the characters which separate a group of eastern North American Vacciniaceae typified by Vaccinium frond- osum L. from Gaylussaccia and proposed for this group the name Decamerium? | Gaylussaccia HBK is based upon a South American shrub having a 10-celled drupe, sulcate with 10 grooves; scant foliage, the leaves with a prominent apical gland, and scarlet flowers in axillary racemes. As early as 1839 Dunal* listed 29 species having these characters all but one (from Java) in South America, most of them in tropical Brazil. It seems to form a well defined tropical genus con- trasted with Zhibaudia from which it was held to differ as Arctosta- phylos differs from Arbutus. Nuttall transferred to his proposed genus Vaccinium frondosum L.; V. resinosum Ait.; V. hirtellum Ait.; and V. dumosum Andr. The following additional species should be transferred: DECAMERIUM brachycerum, comb. nov. Vaccinium brachycerum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 234. 1803. Gaylussaccia brachycera Gray Man. 259. 1848. 1 Am. Phil Soc. 8: 259. 1843. 2 The name Decachaena was suggested by Torrey and Gray (ex Gray in Am. J. Sci. 42: 48. 1841) for the group to which Nuttall applied the name Decamerium but the name apparently was given only a subgeneric significance. ‘‘Several of the more common species” (of Vaccinium) ‘‘ which I have cursorily examined, exhibit a more or less completely 8—10-celled ovary, but with many ovules in each cell. There is a small group, however (Decachaena, Torr. & Gray ined.) presenting a different structure which is best exemplified in V. resinosum Ait." It scarcely seems possible to consider Adnaria Raf. (Flo. Lud. 56. 1817) as referring to this group although it is suggested by Britton and Brown. The characters which Rafinesque mentions and which might point to Gaylussaccia or Decamerium are appli- cable to Vaccinium, ‘stamina 10, disco glanduloso inserta’ and ‘‘ bacco 5-locularis?”’ but for the further statement that the proposed genus is “intermediary between the genera Oxycoccus and Vaccinium," The genus is based upon a species having leaves glabrous, ‘‘with a few teeth, flowers 2-3 together"; “а shrub 9 ft. high, growing in swamps.” No eastern North American representative of the group under considera- tion seems to meet this description although several species were known to Rafinesque. 3 Nov. Gen. 3: 275. 1818. + In D.C. Prod. 7, pt. 2: 556 et seq. 195 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER DECAMERIUM nanum, comb. nov. Gaylussaccia frondosa var. nana Gray Syn. Fl. N. A. Ed. 2, 2: pt. 1, 396. 1886. Gaylussaccia nana Small in Bul. Tor. Cl. 24: 443. 1897. DECAMERIUM tomentosum, comb. nov. Vaccinium tomentosum Pursh in Gray's Syn. Fl. 2: pt. 1: 19. 1878 (as synonym). Gaylus- saccia frondosa var. tomentosa Gray Syn. Fl. N. A. 2: pt. 1: 19. 1878. DECAMERIUM ursinum, comb. nov. Vaccinium ursinum M. А. Curtis in Am. J. Sci. 44:82. 1843. Gaylussaccia ursina Т. & Gr. in Gray in Mem. Am. Асай. (11), 8:49. 1846. DECAMERIUM HIRTELLUM (Ait.) Nutt. This plant is commonly con- sidered as being deciduous but in all spring collections made in west Florida the old leaves persist until the new ones are developed. The drupe, seeming undescribed, is black, 5-9 mm. thick and glandular- hispid. The species is variable. The most distinct form is D. hirtellum var. griseum, var. nov. Folia molliter pubescentia et plerumque obovata. Leaves prevailingly obovate, sometimes oblong, 3-4 cm. long, both faces as well as the twigs, rachis and pedicels soft-pubescent with short grayish hairs but calyx glandular-hispid as in the type. 5-7 dm. high —Titi swamps with slash pine, the southwestern part of Okaloosa County, FLORIDA. Type: W. W. A. Арі. 19, 1923. In the grassy pine barrens in the same portion of this county there is a dwarf form (forma minimum, n. f.) of the same species about 1 dm. high sparingly hispid, or even glabrate except for the calyx which is as in the type. Type: W. W. A. Apl. 19, 1923. WASHINGTON, D. C. | MOUNTAIN LAUREL (KALMIA LATIFOLIA) AT CHERRYFIELD, MAINE. —On another occasion! the writer has called attention to a little- known report of the occurrence of Kalmia latifolia at Cherryfield, Maine. This report was published about eighty-seven years ago by Aaron Young, Jr.,? and a specimen of the plant from Dr. Young exists in the Parker Cleaveland collection in Bowdoin College, where, through the courtesy of Dr. Manton Copeland, it was examined some years ago by the late Dr. Dana W. Fellows and the writer. Since finding this record and viewing the specimen in the Bowdoin collection, the writer has felt much interest in this out-lying station for a plant which is very local in the state, and he has made many inquiries concerning the place of its occurrence. 11913, Norton, RHODORA, 15, 142. 21843, Young, Bangor Daily Whig and Courier (spring or early summer). 1931] Fernald,—The Home of Kerria Japonica 199 It seems that half a century ago, more or less, the plant was quite abundant there, and the flowers in considerable demand for decora- tion. Then the place was much resorted to, at the flowering season. Through extensive picking, lumbering operations and a forest fire, it has been greatly reduced in extent, and now the place is very seldom visited. It is said that very few persons now know the location of the place, though a general knowledge exists that some “flower” of rare beauty occurs in “The Devil's Garden." While attending the field meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society at Beddington, in July 1930, only about twenty miles from Cherry- field, it was deemed worthwhile to make an effort to rediscover this long-forgotten station. On July 8, securing for a guide one of the few local men acquainted with the place, a party composed of Mr. and Mrs. Ralph C. Bean, Miss W. A. A. Fiske, Miss Sue L. Gordon, Mr. H. M. W. Haven, Miss Annie Nichols and the writer, visited the place and secured specimens to re-establish the station. The location is about three miles northeast by east from Cherryfield village, on the southern edge of a swampy tract in mixed second growth, and is much shaded by the trees. But three or four plants were in flower this year, and we found no evidence to indicate further flowering for the season. Several small patches of the plant exist now, in a space of about a quarter of an acre, though the guide declared that the plant is again increasing.—ArTHUR Н. NORTON, Portland Society of Natural History. Tue Home оғ Kerria JaPONICA.—On р. 29 I published a map (MAP 3) indicating that Kerria japonica is indigenous only in China, and in a footnote I said: “ Kerria japonica DC., in spite of its specific name, is endemic in China." My friend, Professor Nakai, however, writes from Tokyo: “ Kerria is also indigenous to Japan. It has simple flowers nearly always and rarely semi-double flowers. The genuine double-flowered form which is known as Тат Tan Hoa by Chinese, as YAE-YAMABUKI by Japanese, might have been imported to Japan from China, yet the history is unknown. Kerria grows wild among bushes on the lower slopes of mountains, on hills, and on the plains of Hondo, Shikoku and Kiusiu. Its occurrence wild in Korea is not ascertained as yet." My error arose through reliance on the statements of the great specialist on the Rosaceae, Focke, and of two 200 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER of the recognized authorities on the woody plants of eastern Asia. Focke says of Kerria: * Aus den Gärten Ostasiens in Europa eingeführt, namentlich in einer Sorte mit gefüllten ВІ. ; wildwachsend an wenigen Stellen in China gefunden." Schneider implies that it is native of China and cultivated or wild elsewhere, saying: "China: Kiangsi, Hupei, Sz'tschwan; sonst in ganz O.-As. seit alters kultiviert und ver- wildert."? Rehder, similarly, says of the monotypic Aerria’ “One species in China,” without mentioning Japan. Dr. Nakai’s letter, however, indicates that the geographic range of the indigenous shrub inferred from these statements is incomplete.—M. L. FERNALD. 1 Focke in Engl. & Prantl, Pflanzenr. iii. 28 (1894). 2 Schneider, Handb. Laubholzk. i. 502 (1904). 3 Rehder, Man. Cult. Trees and Shrubs, 407 (1927). Volume 33, по. 392, including pages 165 to 176 and plate 213, was issued 8 August, 1931. 000га JOURNAL ОЕ THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY Associate Editore LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Vol. 33. October, 1931. No. 394, CONTENTS: Notes on Lycopodium inundatum and its Allies in the Western Hemisphere, I. Р. J. Есісп............................... 201 New Plants from Oregon. Г. F. Непдйетзоп................... 203 Further Notes from Southwestern Newfoundland. R. B. Kennedy (Mrs. Sinclair Кеппеду)................................... 207 Potamogeton tenuifolius Raf. М. L. Fernald.................. 209 Color Variation in Potentilla tridentata. J. E. Graustein........ 211 Holosteum umbellatum in Rhode Island. W.A.Anderson....... 211 Wild Flowers of Kashmir (Мойсе)............................ 212 Condensation of Gerarde’s Herbal (Notice).................... 212 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- ` plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Compara- tive Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, varieties and forms. А work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. ' GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. II. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3-4 їп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 34. October, 1931. No. 394. NOTES ON LYCOPODIUM INUNDATUM AND ITS ALLIES IN THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE I. A New VARIETY OF LYCOPODIUM INUNDATUM RICHARD J. EATON SEVERAL years ago, the writer discovered in Concord a small colony of a Lycopodium which closely resembled L. alopecuroides L. Growing compactly in the midst of an unusually profuse stand of L. inundatum and var. Bigelovii, it contrasted conspicuously with its more orthodox neighbors. Particularly noticeable were the stout, tall (14-17 cm.) fertile branches, terminated by large strobiles (nearly 2 cm. thick) with long-attenuate, horizontally spreading sporophylls. The spreading-ascending leaves of the peduncle were notably longer and more crowded than the distant, sub-appressed peduncle-leaves of typical var. Bigelovii growing near by. The leaves of the sterile branches, both in arrangement and size, were similar to those of typical L. inundatum, but more conspicuously denticulate, the teeth in some instances occurring well beyond the middle of the leaves. There was no suggestion of that hairy aspect of the sterile stems which is so characteristic of L. alopecuroides from the southern coastal plain where the latter species reaches its most distinctive development. A more critical examination of the Concord plant reveals sporophyll characters which at once establish its close relationship to L. inun- datum. Sporophylls dissected from the middle portion of a strobile are 8-9 mm. long, tapering gradually to an attenuate point from a base 1.5 mm. wide, and bear from 4-6 bristle-like teeth more or less clustered above the spore-case, but not extending beyond the middle 202 Rhodora [OcroBER of the bract. In typical L. alopecuroides, the sporophylls are narrower at the base (0.75-1.25 mm. wide) and are beset with 6-10 (or sometimes more) bristle-like teeth rather evenly distributed from the base upwards beyond the middle, occasionally extending more than three- fourths the entire length of the bract. Thinking the Concord plant to be perhaps a transient sport or an ecological form of L. inundatum with which it is so closely associated, I have kept the station under close observation for the past three years. The colony, consisting of perhaps a half dozen plants when first discovered, shows a marked tendency to increase. Last fall (1930) it covered an area of nearly a square meter and contained several dozen well-matured and characteristic specimens. Obviously, we are confronted with a self-perpetuating form with such distinctive characters as to deserve varietal rank. It is here proposed as LYCOPODIUM INUNDATUM L., var. robustum, var. nov., formae typicae simile, sed omnibus partibus robustius; caulibus sterilibus 0.5-2 dm. longis (aliquando longioribus) arcuantibus diametro 2 mm. ; folis 5-6 mm. longis sursum curvatis aliquando radialibus saepe supra medium denticulatis; pedunculis diametro 2-2.5 mm. foliosis, foliis multis patenti-adscendentibus 6-8 mm. longis; strobilis maturis sporophyllis ad libram patentibus inclusis 1.4-1.7 cm. latis, 5-7 cm. longis; sporophyllis 7-9 mm. longis e basi latiuscula circa 1.5 mm. lata gradatim attenuatis 4-6 dentibus setisve marginalibus totis inter sporangium et sporophylli mediam partem approximatis onustis. Similar to the typical form but much larger in every dimension. Sterile stems 0.5-2 dm. long (occasionally longer), arching, 2 mm. in diameter. Leaves 5-6 mm. long, curved upward, sometimes radial, denticulate (frequently above the middle). Peduncles 2-2.5 mm. in diameter, leafy; peduncle-leaves numerous, spreading-ascending, 6-8 mm. long. Mature strobiles, including the horizontally spreading sporophylls, 1.4-1.7 em. wide and 5-7 em. long. Sporophylls 7-9 mm. long, attenuate, gradually tapering from a rather broad base about 1.5 mm. wide, beset with 4—6 marginal teeth or bristles clustered between the spore-case and the middle of the bract.—Massachusetts to New Jersey, chiefly along the coastal plain. A detailed study of local collections of the L. ànundatum-alopecuroi- des group in the Gray Herbarium, and in the herbaria of the New York Botanical Garden, Brooklyn Botanic Garden and New England Botanical Club suggests that typical L. alopecuroides has yet to be discovered on the mainland north of New Jersey. In particular, it appears that the following specimens, now passing as this species, should be referred to L. inundatum var. robustum: 1931] Henderson,—New Plants from Oregon 203 Barnstable, Mass. М. L. Fernald, Хо. 8381 31 July, 1913 N.E.B.C. “ « « 15851 7 Oct, 1917 “ “ “ Fernald & Long, 15939 4 Sept., 1918 E Milford, Conn. E. H. Eames 5860 13 Oct., 1907 Gray Tom's River, N. J. L. H. Lighthipe 1 Sept., 1890 N.Y.B.G. Shark’s River, N. J. H. Edwards Aug., 1886 x In addition, the following sheets likewise should be so designated:— Sheffield, Mass. R. Hoffman 25 Sept., 1899 N.E.B.C. Concord, Mass R. J. Eaton 15 Sept., 1928 d 28 Sept., 1930 (TYPE) “ Occasional collections from Long Island and Nantucket appear to be somewhat depauperate specimens of genuine L. alopecuroides, as for instance:— | Babylon, L. I. W. N. Clute No. 360 8-9 Sept., 1898 N.Y.B.G. " E à 20 July, 1899 Herb. L. Griscom Nantucket, Mass. L. L. Dame Aug., 1886 N.E.B.C. " * — J. R. Churchill 7 Sept., 1909 ыш As an example of the confusing status of the group in New Jersey, a specimen collected by P. Wilson at Tom’s River, New Jersey, 9 September, 1915 (New York Botanical Garden), corresponds in every detail with the best material from the southern coastal plain, whereas a plant collected as L. alopecuroides by Wilson at the same locality eight days earlier shows leaf- and sporophyll-characters of L. inun- datum var. robustum. In general, there are no clearly defined lines of demarcation separat- ing L. inundatum and the two varieties, one from another. Apparently the variety robustum in its typical development is an uncommon plant. Many extreme forms of the species and variety Bigelovii approach it in one or more particulars, but usually resolve into their true categories, on balance, as it were. Boston, MASSACHUSETTS. NEW PLANTS FROM OREGON L. F. HENDERSON JUNIPERUS CALIFORNICA, var. Siskiyouensis, var. nova. Differt a forma typica foliis minoribus, subtus albis; amentis masculis minori- bus, antheris circa 14; strobilis globoso-oblongis, minoribus; testa valde indurata; cotyledonibus 5-6.—Summit of the Siskiyou Moun- tains, near Highway, Jackson County, April 23, 1930. My no. 12483. 204 Rhodora (Остовев Associated with Juniperus occidentalis and easily mistaken for it. It differs from J. Californicus, var. Utahensis in leaves very glandular; berries oblong, reddish-yellow, with scarcely evident scales, 8-10 mm. long. Very few fruits were found this year, but in all examined the cotyledons were found to be 5-6. CALOCHORTUS GREENEI, var. calvus, var. nova. Differt a forma typica sepalis intra et infra calvis; petalis valde inarctatis etiam conniventibus; sepalis basi papillosis, non "capillos gerentibus."— South slope of Siskiyou Mountains, in brushy land or open, Jackson County, near the California line, July 12, 1930. My no. 12809. Tyre in Herb. Univ. of Oregon. This may prove to be a new species rather than a variety, but it bears so close a resemblance in strongly papillate scales and hairs to C. Greenei, which was discovered in Siskiyou County, California, only three miles (on its northern line) from where my plant grew, that I prefer, at least for the present, to consider it a well-marked variety. The colors of flowers are also the same. DRABA AUREOLA, var. paniculata, var. nova. Planta non simplex, sed supra folia congesto-ramosa.— ТҮРЕ in the Herbarium of the University of Oregon, collected by me on the North Sister of the Three Sister Mountains in August, 1881, and by many others since. My no. 13494. This branching form seems to be the only one on the Three Sister Mountains of Oregon, though specimens from Mt. Rainier in Wash- ington are unbranched! COGSWELLIA UTRICULATA, var. papillata, var. nova. Fructus papillis 1-multi-loculatis indutus; valleculae 1-vittatae, commissura 4—6-vittata.—Siskiyou Mountains near the California line in Jackson County, and elsewhere, June 12, 1930. My по. 12614. Tyre in the Herbarium of the University of Oregon. Found in many places, often with the glabrous form. Possibly the number of vittae varies from the number stated. DicENTRA FORMOSA, var. breviflora, var. nova. Flos cordato- rotundus, fere tam latus quam longus.—Mirror Lake, south of Mt. Hood, where found by Mr. and Mrs. J. R. Leach, July 24, 1927. Their no. 1360. Түрк in the Herbarium of the University of Oregon. I can find no way in which this plant differs from the common D. formosa save in its remarkably short flowers, 10 mm. wide by 12 mm. long. ROSA SPITHAMEA, var. solitaria, var. nova. Differt a forma typica floribus semper solitariis; tota planta magis glandulosa; dentibus 1931] Henderson,—New Plants from Oregon 205 foliorum denticulatis et valde glandulosis; setis fere nullis.—Road from Diamond Lake to North Umpqua River, alt. 5000 feet, Douglas County, July 9, 1930. My no. 13238. Type in the Herbarium of the University of Oregon. The glandular-denticulate leaf-teeth are things of beauty. Hun- dreds of flowers were seen and a dozen or more collected, and all solitary on the stems. From Jepson's var. sonomensis it differs in single flowers and almost complete absence of bristles. RHODODENDRON Leachianum, sp. nov. Frutex valde ramosa, 6-10 pollicaris; foliis oblongo-obovatis, supra glabris vel apice tenuiter lepidotis, L$-l-pollicaribus, subtus lepidoto-punctatis, acutis vel obtusis, sempervirentibus, rigidis; floribus corymboso-umbellatis, longe pedicellatis, gemma quaque singulis; calyce rubro, 4-5 mm. longo, lobis ovatis obtusis; corolla rosea, imo alba vel albescente, 10 mm. longa, 12-15 mm. lata, lobis tubo aequantibus vel eo longioribus, obtusis, extus lepidotis; staminibus corollam aequantibus vel super- antibus, filamentis glabris, antheris oblongis, poris dehiscentibus; ovario valde flavo-lepidoto, 5-loculoso, compresso vel hemispherico, nunquam pyramidato; seminibus fuscis vel flavis, ellipticis, 0.5 mm. longis.—Flowering in May and June, according to elevation. When first discovered in 1930 by Mr. and Mrs. J. R. Leach (their no. 2915), only a small patch was found, in the higher Siskiyou Mountains of Curry County, Oregon, and no good fruit was obtained. On a second trip this year (1931) it was found to be abundant in dry, rocky ground on Horse Sign Butte and along Collier Bar Trail, alt. 2000—4000 feet, in the same county; and in this collection is much good fruit of last year's crop. Type in the Herbarium of the University of Oregon; cotypes in the Gray Herbarium, Herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum and elsewhere. This plant seems to me to stand very near to Rhododendron Lap- ponicum, but it differs in larger obovate to elliptic leaves generally perfectly smooth above or with few scales at the tip, though very lepidote-punctate below; slightly wider corolla; calyx red and 3-4 mm. long; pedicels merely glandular; and capsule hemispherical or even obcompressed, very different in form from the pyramidal capsule of H. Lapponicum. I take great pleasure in naming this unique plant for the discoverers, zealous collectors and mountain lovers of Portland, Oregon, who have discovered several new plants, in- cluding one new genus. NAVARRETIA Savagei, sp. nova. Planta simplex 6-15 cm. alta, erecta, basi glandulosa ubi magis pubescenti, supra caule, foliis, bracteis, et calycibus glanduloso-villosa; foliis 1-2 cm. longis, infra bipinnatis, supra tenuiter pinnatis, lobis albo-aciculatis; bracteis 206 Rhodora А [OCTOBER similibus sed simplicioribus; calyce nunc lobis simplicibus, nunc inaequaliter trilobatis; corolla tenebroso-coerulea vel purpurea, anguste infundibuliforme supra medium, haud calycem excedente; staminibus paulo longe exsertis, supra curvatis; capsula 2—3-semini- bus, sed horum unum solum maturante, basi quattuor valvis de- hiscente, sed apice cohaerente et apiculata, rotundata sed 4-angulata, 1-loculata; semine magno, ruptam capsulam tollente, ad extremum profunde excavato.—Moist rocky flats, Sam's Valley, Jackson County, which later becomes very dry, June and July; fruit September. My no. 12979. Tyre in the Herbarium of the University of Oregon. I take great pleasure in dedicating this little plant to my friend LINCOLN SAVAGE of Grant's Pass, Oregon, who, as companion and amateur botanist, has rendered me much assistance. Any one who has followed the above description of this plant will see that it is so close to Greene's N. mitracarpa that further study may prove it to be merely a variety of his species. But as seen in Sam's Valley, several hundred miles from Colusa County, California, its slender, unbranched, upright stems; the more numerous segments of the leaves and their more compound form; its more divided calyx-lobes; its rather wider, uncinate seed with deep uniform excavation; and finally its habitat—these all show specific characteristics rather than varietal. PENTSTEMON DEUSTUS, var. suffrutescens, var. nova. Differt a forma typica basi suffrutescenti vel frutescenti; altitudine majora; foliis longioribus, magis laciniatis; stamine quinto valde hirsuto.— Dry bars of Rogue River, above Agness, Curry County, June 30, 1929. Collected by Mr. and Mrs. J. В. Leach, their no. 2550. TYPE in the Herbarium of the University of Oregon. Another interesting form of this polymorphous species, looking quite distinct from typical P. deustus; but connecting forms are found. PENTSTEMON DEUSTUS, var. Savagei, var. nova. Differt a forma typica corolla purpureis limitibus maculata, extra glandulosa; lobis calycis attenuato-circinatis.—At middle elevations, Bluffs of Grayback Mountain, Josephine County, July 13, 1930. My по. 12828. TYPE in the Herbarium of the University of Oregon. It has been apparent to the author, as it has been to most botanists who have studied Pentstemon deustus, that it would have to be divided into many varieties, or else species would be made of these forms. In spite of the differences given above, the general similarity and peculiar odor of all these forms would rather link them as varieties than species. In no other variety, nor in typical P. deustus, do these handsome and well marked stripes on the corolla appear. UNIVERSITY OF OREGON. Rhodora Plate 216 Photo. Н. M. Raup. Rusus KENNEDYANUS. Rhodora Plate 217 hoto. Н. М. Raup. Rusus PERGRATUS, Var. TERRAE-NOVAE. 1931] Kennedy,—Notes from Southwestern Newfoundland 207 FURTHER NOTES FROM SOUTHWESTERN NEWFOUNDLAND В. B. KENNEDY (Mrs. SINCLAIR KENNEDY) (Plates 216 and 217) From June 1 to September 15, 1930, I was able to collect, as during the previous summer, along some of the salmon streams of southwest- ern Newfoundland. Thanks to Professor Fernald’s study of my speci- mens, I can report the following species and varieties. I. PLANTS ALREADY KNOWN, BUT VERY LOCALLY, FROM WESTERN NEWFOUNDLAND: NAJAS FLEXILIS Rostk. & Schmidt. Highlands Pond (near Crabbes Station). Previously known from Curling and from near Red Indian Lake. JUNCUS LONGISTYLIS Torr. Mouth of Barachois Brook. Previously reported from the Over-fall and from Governor's Island (Bay of Islands). CYPRIPEDIUM PARVIFLORUM Salisb. Harry's Brook at Black Duck. The common plant of limestone barrens and cliffs in western New- foundland is var. planipetalum Fernald. SUBULARIA AQUATICA L. Highlands Pond. Previously known from Curling. ASTER FOLIACEUS Lindl., var. GEMINATA Fernald. Bluff on coast at Highlands. Previously known only from the type-station on Table Mt., Port-au-Port. II. PLANTS ALREADY KNOWN IN NEWFOUNDLAND BUT ONLY IN THE EASTERN OR CENTRAL SECTIONS, HENCE INTERESTING AS CON- NECTING LINKS WITH THE CONTINENTAL RANGES: LUZULA CAMPESTRIS DC., var. ACADIENSIS Fernald. Black Duck. Previously known from the valley of the Exploits. HYPERICUM ELLIPTICUM Hook. Crabbes Brook. Local stations previously known, from St. John’s to Harbor Breton. III. PLANTS OF CONTINENTAL EASTERN NORTH AMERICA, NEW ТО NEWFOUNDLAND: LONICERA VILLOSA (Michx.) В. & S., var. TONSA Fernald. Crabbes Station. Heretofore known only from Connecticut, Massachusetts and Maine. ASTER PANICULATUS Lam. Near Highlands Pond. IV. OLD WORLD SPECIES NOT KNOWN ELSEWHERE IN EASTERN AMER- ICA, NEW TO NEWFOUNDLAND: FESTUCA LoNGIFOLIA Thuill., var. —? Harry’s Brook, at Black Duck. A European species not hitherto recorded as American. Pro- fessor Fernald states that my material is unusually pubescent. 208 Rhodora [OCTOBER RANUNCULUS GMELINI DC. Mouth of Robinson’s Brook. Pri- marily an Asiatic species, heretofore known from Russia to Kamtchat- ka, and reported from Alaska. V. PLANTS HITHERTO UNDESCRIBED. Professor Fernald has supplied the following descriptions and Dr. H. M. Raup the photographs. Ковоѕ Kennedyanus Fernald, n. sp. (tab. 216), suberectus gracilis; turionibus 2-4 mm. diametro aculeis 2-3 mm. longis aciculiformibus rectis divergentibus subremote armatis, setis glanduliferis nullis; foliis quinquefoliolatis longe petiolatis, petiolis remote armatis, foliolis valde inaequalibus subtus minute pilosis vel glabratis caudato-acumin- atis anguste duplicato-serratis imis anguste ovalibus 4—5 cm. longis basi angustatis, terminalibus ovatis, 7-9 cm. longis basi rotund- atis vel cordatis, petiolulis armatis pilosis mediis brevissimis term- inalibus 1-2 cm. longis; foliis trifoliolatis subtus minute pilosis, foli- olis elliptieis caudato-acuminatis 2.5-5.5 cm. longis anguste dupli- cato-serratis; inflorescentia corymbiformi basi foliosa; rhachibus pilosis inarmatis; pedicellis filiformibus adscendentibus pilosis inar- matis 1-1.5 cm. longis; sepalis oblongo-ovatis pilosis valde caudatis; petalis fructibusque ignotis.—N EWFOUNDLAND: near Highlands Pond, Crabbes, St. George District, August 8, 1930, R. B. Kennedy, no. 445 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). In its very slender (and apparently low) bristly canes and its corymbiform inflorescence (of only 3-5 flowers) Rubus Kennedyanus suggests the continental R. vermontanus Blanchard and R. abbrevians Blanchard. From them both it is at once distinguished by the very prolonged leaf-tips, much finer and prolonged serration and by the remarkably long slender tips (2-3 mm. long) of the sepals. It seems to be a quite distinct Newfoundland type, with which it is a great pleasure to associate the name of its discoverer, an amateur who has gone to unusual pains to secure a complete series of the plants of St. George District and has brought to light a notable group of additions to the known flora of Newfoundland. The photograph (Plate 216) is two-thirds life-size. RUBUS PERGRATUS Blanchard, var. terrae-novae Fernald, n. var. (tab. 217), foliolis foliorum trifoliolatorum anguste subrhomboideo- obovatis basi cuneatis apice obtusis vel subacutis.—NEWFOUNDLAND: along the railroad north of Black Duck, Harry's Brook (or River), St. George Distr., July 17, 1930, Е. B. Kennedy, по. 377 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). R. pergratus, var. terrae-novae, as shown by Mrs. Kennedy's ma- terial, is apparently lower and more slender than well developed con- 1931] Fernald,—Potamogeton tenuifolius Raf. 209 tinental А. pergratus, but some specimens of the latter are as slender. In its prickles, 5-foliolate leaves and pubescence it is easily matched on the continent, and its leafy-bracted raceme, with flowers borne even in the lowest axils, is characteristic of R. pergratus. In the latter, however, the leaflets of the 3-foliolate leaves are lanceolate to ovate, rounded at base and usually slender-tipped. The 5-foliolate leaf and a raceme of var. terrae-novae are shown in Plate 217, at two-thirds life-size. PATTERSON, PUTNAM County, NEW York. EXPLANATION OF PLATES 216 AND 217 Plate 216. Rusus KENNEDYANUS X 24, from the type-collection. Plate 217. RUBUS PERGRATUS, Var. TERRAE-NOVAE X 24, from the type-collection. Both photographs by H. M. Raup. POTAMOGETON TENUIFOLIUS RAF. M. L. FERNALD In 1930 I showed! that the North American and eastern Asiatic plant which had long passed as the Eurasian Potamogeton alpinus Balbis differs in many points, especially in its fruit, from true P. alpinus. At that time I took up for it the earliest specific name which had been associated with it by Bennett, Graebner, Hagstróm and other monographers of the genus: P. microstachys Wolfg. (1827). As I then remarked, the name given by Wolfgang was an inappro- priate one for a species "with mature spikes 1.5-3.5 cm. long and 7-10 mm. thick," but it arose through the fact that Wolfgang had spikes not yet in flower. The misleading name, it now proves, cannot be maintained, since it is antedated by sixteen years by the valid P. tenuifolius Raf. Med. Repos. hex. 3, ii. 409 (1811). In Index Kewensis, Rafinesque's name appears in the italic type of species not maintained and with the query “Quid?” ; and the name has been resting in general oblivion, except that Hagstróm ventured the guess that it “Might be gramin[eus] L.—ff. without floating leaves—and ат M. & K.”? Rafinesque, however, rested his P. 1 Fernald, Rnopona, xxxii. 76-88, t. 197 (1930). ? Hagstróm, Crit. Res. Pot. 279 (1916). 210 Rhodora [OCTOBER tenuifolius on a foundation quite as secure as those of his P. epi- hydrus, diversifolius, foliosus and borealis, which were all based on descriptions or diagnostic phrases of Michaux and which have all been regularly taken up. The name under discussion was published as follows: 1. Potamogeton tenuifolium. (Raf.—P. lucens, M. fl. bor. Am. nec non Linn.) caule longissimo, foliis lanceolatis subsessilibus, integerrimis, acutis, spicis cilindricis.—America boreali. The account of Potamogeton lucens in Michaux, Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 101 (1803) was as follows: LUCENS. P. foliis lanceolatis, subsessilibus, basi quasi in petiolum angus- L. tatis: spicis longo-cylindricis. Obs. Nostrate quadruplo minus: foliis integerrimis, non acuminatis. Hab. in amnibus ad lacus Mistassinos affluentes et inde ad sinum Hudsonis defluentes. My memorandum of 1903, when I studied Michaux's herbarium, indicated that his plant of Lake Mistassini was the American plant passing as P. alpinus; but only very recently have I noted that Michaux's material must be taken as the type of the heretofore unidentified P. tenuifolius Raf. In order to verify my earlier decision I appealed to Professor H. Lecomte of the Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle at Paris. Professor Lecomte most kindly looked into the matter and his reply is self explanatory: “je vous envoie deux croquis calques par Mlle. Vesque sur la plante de Michaux. L’étiquette porte l'inscription suivante: Potamogeton fol. lanceolatis in petiolos desinentibus. P. lucens. Riv. Mistassin. La feuille porte deux échantillons (A à droit de la feuille, B à gauche)." Mlle. Vesque's exquisite drawings show specimen B to be a fruiting plant of very characteristic P. microstachys Wolfg. (1827) or P. obrutus A. Wood (1847); and the enlarged drawings of the mature fruits of specimen B are absolutely conclusive. Specimen A, only in bud, is equally characteristic P. microstachys, var. subellipticus Fernald (1930). It is thus quite clear that we must replace the inappropriate name P. microstachys by the wholly appropriate P. tenuifolius. Тһе bibliography is as follows. POTAMOGETON TENUIFOLIUS Raf. Med. Repos. hex. 3, ii. 409 (1811). P. lucens Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 101 (1803), not L. Р. microstachys Wolfg. in Schultes & Schultes, Mant. iii. 360 (1827). P. rufescens, “Forma angustifolia” from Unalaska, Cham. in Cham. & Schl. 1931] — Anderson,—Holosteum umbellatum in Rhode Island 211 Linnaea, ii. 211 (1827). Р. obrutus A. Wood, СІ-ВЕ. ed. 2: 525 (1847). P. alpinus, proles microstachys (Wolfg.) Graebn. in Engler, Pflanzenr, ivil, 72 (1907). Р. microstachys, var. typicus Fernald, RHODORA, xxxii. 80, t. 197, at right (1930). P. TENUIFOLIUS, var. subellipticus (Fernald), n. comb. Р. micro- stachys, var. subellipticus Fernald, RHopora, xxxii. 82 (1930). Gray HERBARIUM. A COLOR VARIATION IN POTENTILLA TRIDENTATA.—On the north- east side of Isle au Haut, about a half mile north of the post office, on June 19, 1931, my attention was caught by a plant with pink flowers growing іп a field by the roadside. А closer view showed that it was a typical Potentilla tridentata in all but color. The tint was pale toward the tips of the petals and increased to quite a deep pink at the centers. No other pink-flowered plants of the species were ob- served on the island, neither near the sea nor in the interior on Mount Champlain. POTENTILLA TRIDENTATA Ait., forma aurora, n. f., petalis pallide rubris.—MarNE, Isle au Haut, Knox County (TYPE deposited in New England Botanical Club Herbarium).—JEANNETTE E. GRAU- STEIN, Women's College, Newark, Delaware. HoLosTEUM UMBELLATUM IN RHODE IsLanp.—On May 10, 1931, Mr. C. A. Weatherby and I found a small, chickweed-like plant growing in the edges of lawns, along the Cliff Walk at Newport, Rhode Island. This plant subsequently proved to be Zolosteum umbellatum L. which has been naturalized from Europe in the Atlantic coastal States farther south, but which has not been reported as growing in Rhode Island, and only once or possibly twice before in New England. Mr. Hunnewell collected this weed at Pomfret, Connecticut, in 1924. In a note in ҢноровА! he discussed a former, somewhat doubtful report, by Miss Emily J. Leonard, of its occurrence in that State. So far as I have been able to ascertain, these are the only records of Zolosteum umbellatum in New England.—W. A. ANDERSON. The State University of Iowa. 1 RHODORA, xxvi. 199 (1924). 212 Rhodora [OcroBER WILD FLOWERS or Kasnwurn.— Тһе relationship between the eastern American and the eastern and central Asiatic floras is so well known that any work which accurately portrays the plants of one of the areas is of interest to botanists in the others. The third volume of Mr. Coventry's! reproductions from autochrome photographs, with the accompanying text, has recently come to hand. Here are beautifully pictured members of many genera familiar in New England: Anemone, Thalictrum, Aquilegia, Corydalis, Lathyrus, Potentilla, Campanula, Gentiana, Cynoglossum, Pedicularis, Iris and several others. These volumes are most attractive and the colors are unusually good. We wish that the beauty of our rarer plants could be similarly made known.—M. L. F. A CONDENSATION OF GERARDE’S HERBALL.—One of the most delightful works in Elizabethan English is available only to the limited number of persons who possess or have access to The Herball or General Historie of Plants Gathered by John Gerarde of London Master in Chirurgerie (1597). Those who love to read Gerarde but who have not access to the original or to the edition of Thomas Johnson (1633) will get some of the flavor, though with many interesting features necessarily omitted, in an abbre- viated reprint just issued.2—M. L. Е. 1 WILD FLOWERS or KASHMIR (Series ПІ). Ву B. O. Coventry, Е. C. Н. With Descriptions and Coloured Illustrations of fifty species reproduced from direct Colour Photographs. London: Raithby, Lawrence & Co, Ltd, 16s, postage additional. 2 LEAVES FROM GERARD's HERBALL arranged for Garden Lovers by Marcus Wood- ward. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin Co. $3.00. Volume 33, no. 393, including pages 177 to 200 and plates 214 and 215, was issued 3 September, 1931. Nn" | 51 -- Hodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 33. November, 1931. No. 395. CONTENTS: “РарШове” Achenes іп Antennaria. М.Р. Porsild............. 213 Three Antennarias from Greenland. M. L. Fernald............ 222 Notes from the Herbarium of the University of Wisconsin. INE OLS RLU a САЛСА!) aei DEBE E 224 Two Abnormalities of Podophyllum peltatum. С. C. РИЙ....... 228 Moss Flora of North America (Мойсе)......................... 229 American Lotus at West Peabody, Massachusetts. A. Р. Morse. 230 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Compara- tive Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Теп copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. II. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3-4in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 34. November, 1931. No. 395. ON THE *PAPILLOSE" ACHENES IN THE GENUS ANTENNARIA Morten P. PORSILD Tue Old World and, consequently, the longest known species: An- lennaria dioica (L.) Gaertn., A. alpina (L.) Gaertn. and A. carpathica (Wahl.) Bl. & Fingerh. and their remarkably few trifling aberrations have GLABROUS achenes. This fact has been stated in a few works. Most of the floras and descriptive books, however, do not mention the achenes of Antennaria at all; even “old faithful" HARTMAN, who generally in his Handb. Skand. Fl. 11 Edit. Stockholm 1879 gives a brief but fairly correct description of seeds and achenes where nobody else does so, fails here. In North America, where during the last thirty years about 150 new species have been detected and de- scribed by such writers as E. L. GREENE, M. L. FERNALD, P. A. RYDBERG, E. NELSON and others and where, accordingly, suitable characters for discerning the often difficult species would seemingly be needed, even the modern floras and handbooks content themselves in stating that the achenes of Antennaria are “terete or nearly so." This is curious since the great majority—if not all—of the species in the Atlantic States of U. S. A. have very distinct granular papillae on their achenes, by which character alone the long lasting confound- ing of American species with the Old World A. dioica might have been avoided. Yet, papillose achenes in Antennaria have in some cases been mentioned by American botanists. The following list is probably very incomplete, owing to the present writer's lack of access to the literature. We find: 214 Rhodora [NOVEMBER 1897. Pittonia III. 173. A. NEGLECTA Greene described as having achenes “copiously papillose." 174. А. Номкіллі Greene “ papillose granular." 175. A. PEDICELLATA Greene “very minutely and sparsely granular." 184. A. NEODOICA Greene “rather coarsely and. obviously granular.” 1898. 277. А. "PLANTAGINIFOLIA" (=A. PARLINII Fern.) “nearly destitute of papillae.” 1903. Pittonia V. 111. A. МЕЗОСНОНА Greene “globular papillose.” 1921. Ruopora XXIII. 295. А. APPENDICULATA Fern. ‘papillose.”’ 1924. RHODORA XXVI. 102. A. suBviscosA Fernald “ papillose." А. ISOLEPIS Greene “sparingly papillose " (Fernald). Thanks to the courtesy of Professor FERNALD I have been able to investigate a large number of the Atlantic American species of An- tennaria in well authenticated specimens. I shall here enumerate the cases where І have noticed papillose achenes, as some of them seem not to have been mentioned before. A. PARLINII Fern. (A. arnoglossa Greene). North Berwick, Me., June 12, 1897, J. C. Parlin, (2 sheets); Orono, Me., May 30, 1901, M. L. Fernald (2 sheets). Achenes at full maturity (N. Berwick plant) rather large, 1.79-2.07 mm. long, 0.42-0.50 mm. broad. Papillae evenly dispersed over the whole surface, but rather small. (Кіс. 1, a.) A. CANADENSIS Greene, toward var. Нахоп Fern. Farmington, Me., June 20, 1897, C. H. Knowlton. Achenes not quite mature, 1.20-1.40 х 0.34-0.42 mm. Papillae as in above, probably somewhat larger. (Ес. 1, b.) A. PLANTAGINIFOLIA (L.) Richards. Stoneham, Mass., May 23, 1895, W. P. Rich. Achenes very young, but evidently papillose. A. NEODOICA Greene. Wells Beach, Me., June 22, 1898, Kate Furbish. Achenes mature, 1.29-1.46 x 0.34-0.39 mm. Papillae slightly scarcer in number and longer than in the preceding. A. NEODIOICA var. RUPICOLA Fern. Island Falls, Me., June 9, 1898, M. L. Fernald. Achenes quite young, but distinctly papillose. A. NEODIOICA var. GASPENSIS Fern. Gaspé Co., Qué., Pl. Exsicc. Gray. 201. Achenes immature, rather sparingly papillose. A. NEODIOICA var. GASPENSIS Fern. Mt. Pembroke, Matane Co., Que., July 16, 1923, Griscom & Pease, 26,058. Achenes immature, but copiously papillose. A. PETALOIDEA Fern. Foxcroft, Me., June 6, 1898, M. L. Fernald, 2390 (2 sheets). Achenes well mature, 1.48-1.60 х 0.39-0.48 mm., papillose; Harwich, Mass., May 11, 1919, Fernald, 19,243: mostly male specimens, опе immature pistillate papillose. (FIG. 1, е.) А. PETALOIDEA var. SUBCORYMBOSA Fern. Pr. Edw. Isl., June 29, 1914. Pl. Exsicc. Gray. 292. 1931] Рогв!а,-“РарШове” Achenes іп Antennaria 215 Achenes well matured, papillose. A. PETALOIDEA var. SCARIOSA Fern. Orono, Me., June 3, 1898, M. L. Fernald. Achenes nearly mature, papillose. Same locality, May 30, 1901, M. L. Fernald. Achenes immature, papillose. A. SPATHULATA Fern. St. Johns Island, Newfdl., July 31, 1925, Fernald et al., 29,183. Achenes mature, 1.23-1 37 x 0.36-0.42 mm., often somewhat angled; base of style longer than in other species, up to 0. 20 mm. long; achenes papillose (Fra .1, d.). A. SPATHULATA var. CONTINENTIS Fern. & St. John. Burnt Cape, Newfdl., July 17, 1925, Fernald et al., 29,184. Achenes nearly mature, papillose. As will be seen, all the species here enumerated as well as most of those stated by Greene to have papillose achenes belong to the large-sized groups of species flocking around A. plantaginifolia or around A. canadensis or A. neodioica. Of the small sized species from localities abundant in Arctic types, FERNALD states 1. с. as having glabrous achenes: A. ALPINA (L.) Gaertn (!); A. SoRNBORGERI Fern.; А. саха (Fern. & Wiegand) Fern. (several sheets!) ; A. ALBICANS Fern. (1); A. srRAMINEA Fern.; А. PEASEI Fern. Of the species marked by a (!) I can but verify this statement as shown by specimens kindly sent me by Professor FERNALD. And to the series I can add A. тех ста Fern. from a part of the type collec- tion. Of A. straminea І have not seen the type described in 1914 and redescribed in 1924, Кнорока xxvi. 100, in which last place the achenes are said to be glabrous. But a later collection, also from Newfdl. Fernald et al., 27,187 contains specimens with well matured achenes, 1.40-1.46 X 0.42-0.45 mm. which are very distinctly papillose. Because of the real nature of the “papillae” which will be treated subsequently, I can hardly think that the same species may some- times have and sometimes lack that character, so there seems to be some mistake in one of the two collections.! Of the species of Antennaria thus far known to me from Greenland I have seen papillose achenes in two species, one of which is a rather stout plant seen in a large number of specimens from about 10 local- ities in West Greenland, ranging from 662-719 Lat. N. and which I have supposed to be conspecific with A. subviscosa Fern., but which Professor FERNALD is treating as a Greenland endemic, A. affinis Fern. The other is a dwarfish species from the southernmost parts in The type of A. straminea has glabrous асһепев.-М. L. F. 216 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Greenland and in the field confounded with A. groenlandica Porsild, the most common Antennaria species in this section. I am unable to identify it; it is probably a new species. Antennaria species of Greenland with glabrous achenes are A. alpina (L.) Gaertn., A. angustifolia Elis. Ekman, A. glabrata (Vahl) Greene, A. intermedia (Rosenv.) Porsild, A. groenlandica Porsild, A. Porsildii Elis. Ekman and two or three still unidentified species resembling Fernald’s species A. vexillifera,! А. cana and A. albicans respectively. From the Rocky Mountains of Alberta I have 7 sheets of Antennaria, kindly presented by Dr. M. О. Marre. They represent, I think, 4 or 5 species, but they are unknown to me. All have glabrous achenes. Fig. 1. Mature Achenes of а: ANTENNARIA PARLINII; b: A. CANADENSIS; С: А. PETALOIDEA; d: A, SPATHULATA; all X 16. At full maturity the achenes of all the Antennarias investigated are very much alike as to form (Fic. 1.) They are terete, slightly tapering towards both ends so that the largest diameter is generally in the upper half. The pappus-bristles are united into a very short tube, breaking off as a whole and leaving an annular crown in the center of which the base of the style remains as a projecting short pointed tip. The outer wall of the achene is brownish with a faint fatty lustre. The cells of the epidermis are thick-walled, narrow, with square ends, forming regular longitudinal series. At the lower end of the achene is a globular nodule of thick-walled, uncolored cells, forming the part inserted in the pits of the receptacle. 1 А, BREVISTYLA Fern., published in this issue.—M. L. F. 1931] Porsild,—* Papillose" Achenes in Antennaria 217 When “papillae” are present, they are uniformly dispersed from the nodule to the pappus-crown. In the species there are small variations in the length and the density of the papillae from species to species, whereas they are remarkably uniform in the same head. Still I doubt that a species can be identified from these variations alone. On the dry and mature achene they appear as hyaline re- flecting granules, easily seen by enlargements from 25 times upwards. When the achenes are thrown into water they are only with difficulty wetted but will float for a long time. Still when they, after treating with a soft brush, are forced down, their specific gravity is shown to be greater than that of water. Having been soaked in water for 24— 48 hours the “papillae” project well out from the surface as short gland-like hairs, bifurcated at the top. This result can be obtained more rapidly by placing the achenes in solutions of caustic soda or of chloral hydrate, or, better still, by placing the dry achenes directly in chloriodine of zinc. After a couple of hours they will have swelled, Fig. 2. Achenial Hairs swollen, a: of ANTENNARIA PETALOIDEA, X 133; b: A, NEODIOICA, X 265, showing drops of mucilage. their upper halfs then being stained blue, the lower light yellow, contrasting well with the brown wall-cells. In strong solutions of chloral hydrate the terminal cells will finally distend to nearly a right angle. The forms of the hairs of the mature achenes will appear from FIGURES 2, a and b. They are essentially identical for all species investigated. They are always slightly directed upwards, and the lower terminal cell is always larger than the upper. In one instance I have seen a globular drop of mucilage in nearly all hairs on some half a dozen achenes contained on one slide, but unfortunately I have not been able to repeat the observation (Fic. 2, b). As plant mucilages generally have the same refraction exponent as water or watery solutions and as they are not colored with ordinary chemicals, they are always somewhat difficult to see. As, according to Мо1лѕсн: 218 Rhodora [NovEMBER Mikrochemie der Pflanze. Jena 1913 p. 314, mucilage may be dis- solved by chloral hydrate, this substance should be avoided where the occurrence of mucilage is studied. These hairs evidently represent a form of the curious and very polymorphous duplex hairs or twin hairs occurring on the achenes of a great number of genera of the Compositae. In spite of the fact that these very peculiar organs with their still hardly understood functions (if any, some secreting mucilage, others containing elastic spires, elaters) seem to occur in all tribes of the Compositae, so as to be simply a main character for the whole family, they are generally not mentioned in the handbooks, either of taxonomy or of anatomy, not even in the elaborate treatment of the family by HOFFMANN in ENGLER & Рвахті, Pflanzenfamilien. An exception is HkGrs Illustrierte Flora von Mittel-Europa, VI." p. 399, where a brief de- scription, illustrated by some figures from a paper of HANAUSEK is given. Fig. 3. a: Young Ovary of ANTENNARIA NEODIOICA, Vàr. GASPENSIS, shown in optical section, X 16; b: achenial hairs, showing cell-contents, X 265. In his most valuable and suggestive work “The Origin and De- velopment of the Compositae" JAMES SMALL gives! a brief but clear account of the principal types of twin-hairs and their occurrences in the generally adopted tribes of the Compositae. He also gives a bibliography reaching from 1861 to 1912, to which may be added: HaNAUSEK: Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte d. Perikarps v. Helianthus annuus. Ber. D. Bot. Ges. 20. 1902. Professor SMALL and most of the previous writers quoted by him seem to ascribe to the twin-hairs great value as bearing on evolutional questions. 1 J. Small, New Phyt. xvii. 72 et seq. 1918. 1931] Рогв!а,-“РарШове” Achenes in Antennaria 219 The hairs on the achenes of the Antennarias are nearly developed before the heads and the corollas expand. In lack of alcoholic material herbarium specimens will easily show them after a boiling in water, with a few drops of chloral hydrate added, and a subsequent trans- ferring into alcohol for hardening. FIGURE 3, a, shows quite young and transparent achenes of A. neodioica var. gaspensis and FIG. 3, b, one of the hairs still with contents in the cells. In dealing with the twin hairs of the Compositae Несі says l. c. p. 399: “In vielen Fallen sondern die verdickten Haarzellen Schleim ab, welch' letzterer bei der Quellung im Wasser gleichsam ausgestos- sen wird. Auf diese Weise umgibt sich die Frucht mit einem klebrigen < е, f Fig. 4. Achenial Hairs swollen, а: of GNAPHALIUM NORVEGICUM; 0: of G. SUPINUM; c: of LEONTOPODIUM ALPINUM; d: of FILAGO ARVENSIS; € and f: of ANTENNARIA PETA- LOIDEA, young staminate plant; all X 133. Ueberzug, wodurch ein Festkleben der Achaenen an der Unterlage erméglicht wird." From the quotation it cannot be seen whether this refersto an actual observed case or is merely a conjecture per analo- giam. In our case such a function probably cannot be of much impor- tance considering the minuteness of the mucilage drops in proportion to the size of the achene. A great number of species, probably the greatest part of the genus, have totally glabrous achenes and do quite as well. And I may here add that the abortive ovaries of the staminate plant of A. petaloidea also carry twin hairs, see Fic. 4, e and f. My 220 Rhodora [NovEMBER material was very young, taken before the corollas were expanded, so I cannot tell whether the hairs will develop to normal size and form. Here at least there cannot be such a function. Undoubtedly the hairs are an old character inherited from ancestral forms and in this con- nection it is interesting that fertile and apogamic species occur in both groups, those with hairs and those without. JAMES SMALL as well as the authors he refers to seems to be fairly convinced of the importance of the occurrence and the form-types of the achenial hairs in questions of interrelationship and evolution. Having, in Greenland, no access to the extensive literature on the subject, the present writer is unable to compare the conditions found in Antennaria with the cases known before. I could only look over the achenes of some genera and species which, according to the adopted taxonomy, are considered near relatives of Antennaria. And as my herbarium generally consists of specimens from Arctic or Alpine regions only, the suitable material was sometimes rather defective. GNAPHALIUM. The achenes of the boreal Old World species are partially described in the leading floras. Of these G. arenarium and G. luteoalbum would seem especially inviting for our purpose, but they are not at hand. The achenes are characterized thus: HARTMAN: Handb. Rovy: Fl. de Несі: Illust. Fl. Sk. 1879 France. Vol. 8 Fl. Mitt.-Eur. G. ARENARIUM glatta, grynprickiga 0 sehr feinknotig (1. LUTEOALBUM 0 glabres, chagrinés etwas rauh G. ULIGINOSUM sl’ ta, glatta 0 glatt (1. SUPINUM glest str” fhariga pubescents kurzhaarig G. SILVATICUM — smahariga 0 kurzhaarig G. NORVEGICUM “ 0 ар” rlich behaart The achenes of G. uliginosum are, as said, totally smooth and glabrous, differing widely from the three following ones. In the last three species they are conspicuously pubescent with straight, slightly ascending hairs. In the swollen state the upper parts of the hairs are glassy-hyaline, and by enlargements from 200 X upwards a longitudi- nal division is seen (see FIG. 4, a and b). In G. supinum the pubescence is remarkably denser and the individual hairs longer, 0.13-0.15 mm., whereas in G. silvaticum апа G. norvegicum they are 0.08-0.09 mm. only. Тһе difference in the density suggested by Hear I cannot see, nor is it noted in other Scandinavian floras. Also here the trans- 1931] Porsild,—‘‘Papillose” Achenes in Antennaria 221 verse cells are not opposite, Just as in Antennaria. Even after several days swelling no splitting of the terminal cells occur and no mucilage is seen. The hairs are thus evidently “duplex-hairs” but different in type from those of Antennaria. The achenes of Leontopodium alpinum, by Несі called “rauh,” carry twin hairs of exactly the same type as Gnaphalium, 0.08-0.09 mm. long and perhaps slightly thicker (see кіс. 4, с). Asin G. supinum the lower part is much shorter than the upper. ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA Var. SUBALPINA. ‘The young and quite immature achenes carry a dense covering of short, 0.05 mm. long, twin-hairs of the Gnaphalium or Leontopodium type. "The following species would, judging by the descriptions given, probably be inviting objects for comparison, but are unavailable here: HARTMAN Rouy Несі HELICHRYSUM ARENARIUM 0 chagrinés sehr feinknotig HELICHRYSUM ITALICUM 0 0 warzig rauh FILAGO GERMANICA hvitprickiga finement glanduleux 0 FILAGO GALLICA 0 0 mit dicken gla- shellen Warzen besetzt Instead I have studied mature achenes of Filago arvensis, of which nothing is said in the floras, but which in dry state would agree well with Hears description of F. gallica: covered with coarse, hyaline warts. Indeed they are a coarser representation of the “рарШове” achenes in Antennaria. When swollen they appear like кіс. 4, d, often growing in clusters of twos or threes, which in drying shrink together to form the “wart.” They project only 0.04-0.05 mm. from the epidermis. Amongst the few species studied we thus found the achenial hairs most similar to those of Antennaria in a genus which in the adopted system is not considered the nearest relative of our genus. At the end of this little investigation the author realizes too well its defectiveness. Yet, he hopes that the results obtained will suggest that the achenes of the great number of Antennarias already described and of those still to be proposed as new may be scrutinized for their achenial hairs and that investigations of the organs in related or ancestral genera may be taken up where ampler material and literature are at hand. The fact that glabrous and “papillary” species exist, both in great numbers, may perhaps suggest a polyphyletic origin 222 Rhodora [NOVEMBER of the genus as we now understand it. The high number of chromo- somes known for A. dioica and A. alpina also seem to speak for hybridogen origin. Disko, GREENLAND. THREE ANTENNARIAS FROM GREENLAND! M. L. FERNALD ANTENNARIA affinis, n. sp., humifusa, stolonibus foliosis (ad 4 ст. longis); foliis basilaribus spathulato-cuneatis apice subtruncatis vel late rotundatis vix mucronatis 6-13 mm. longis 2.5-6 mm. latis utrinque albidis pannoso-tomentosis; caule florifero 3-14 cm. alto; foliis caulinis 6-9 subdistantibus, imis anguste oblanceolatis obtusis, mediis linearibus acutis mucronatisque 8-13 mm. longis 2 mm. latis, superioribus 1-2 apice subscarioso subulato vel involuto 0.5-1 mm. longo munitis; capitulis femineis 1-15 dense corymbosis vel glomeru- latis turbinato-campanulatis; involucro 5-5.5 mm. alto basi lanato subviscoso; bracteis 2—-3-seriatis margine erosis, exterioribus late oblongis obtusis stramineis basi fulvescentibus, interioribus lanceo- latis acutis apice ochroleucis; corolla 4—4.5 mm. longis, apice purpurea; stylo incluso vel vix exserto; achaeniis 0.8 mm. longis minute papil- losis; foveis receptaculi ovoideo-conici maturi denudati 60-100 0.1 mm. latis quam jugis separantibus obtusis latioribus; planta mascula ignota.—GREENLAND: Ipiutarssuaq, 67° 42’, August 5, 1918, M. P. & A. E. Porsild (ТҮРЕ in Gray Herb.); on basaltic moraines, S. Disco, Sinigfik, 69° 25’, August 12, 1929, R. T. Porsild; Kûk (“Kome”), 70° 36’, July 26, 1921, A. E. Porsild; sunny ledges, Agpat-formation, Umánaq Storø, Paornat, 70° 40’, July 8, 1929, M. P. & R. T. Porsild; Umánaq, August 25-30, 1923, Elizabeth Ekman; on sunny ledges of the Agpat-formation, Upernavik@, 71° 15’, July 14, 1929, M. P. & R. T. Porsild; Upernavik, 71° 20’, July 23, 1921, A. E. Porsild; all the Porsild collections distributed as A. subviscosa Fernald. As stated, Antennaria affinis was distributed as A. subviscosa Fern., but it is not satisfactorily identified with the latter species which is known only from Bic, Rimouski County, Quebec, and from three stations in Gaspé County (Marsouin River, Cap Pleureuse and Gros Morne), where, with other relic species, it occupies shelves of vertical 1 Аб the request of the late Professor Ostenfeld the description of the first species was sent to him for publication in Denmark. Owing to Dr. Ostenfeld's most regret- table and untimely last illness publication of the paper was overlooked. Dr. Porsild has most kindly supplemented the original material by beautiful specimens of ad- ditional numbers, as well as by two other species heretofore unknown in Greenland. One of the latter is here described; the other, too mature for exact identiflcation, must await younger specimens. 1931] Fernald,—Three Antennarias from Greenland 223 calcareous sea-cliffs which remained nunataks during the Wisconsin glaciation. In A. subviscosa the cauline leaves are more generally acute, all but the basal ones acuminate or attenuate, the lower sharply mucronate, the 4-7 median and upper ones with slender subulate or involute, straight or unguiculate appendages 1.5-3 mm. long; the cauline leaves of A. affinis being blunt, or the upper merely acute, only the uppermost 1 or 2 with a short (0.5-1 mm. long) subulus. The basal leaves of A. affinis are broader and more rounded at tip than in A. subviscosa and with more pannose pubescence. A. brevistyla, n. sp. humifusa, A. vexilliferae similis; foliis basi- laribus anguste cuneato-obovatis 6-7 mm. longis apice rotundato 2.2-3 mm. latis vix vel brevissime mucronulatis albido-tomentulosis, tomentulo coactili; caule florifero 6-7 cm. alto; folus caulinis 6-7 subdistantibus anguste lanceolatis vel lanceolato-linearibus 6-8 mm. longis 1.5-2 mm. latis, superioribus 4—5 apice scarioso late lanceolato plano 1.5-2 mm. longo munitis; capitulis femineis 4 glomerulato- corymbosis; involucro 5.5-6 mm. alto basi lanato; bracteis 20-30, 2-3- seriatis subaequantibus fulvescentibus, exterioribus oblongis obtusis vel subacutis, interioribus angustioribus acutis; corolla 4 mm. longa; stylo incluso vel breviter exserto subintegro; achaeniis glabris 1.3-1.5 mm. longis.—GREENLAND: on barren sandstone hills, S. Disco, МаК øst for Marraq, 69° 25’, August 13, 1929, R. T. Porsild (ТҮРЕ in Gray Herb.). Antennaria brevistyla strongly simulates A. vexillifera Fernald of the Shickshock Mountains of Gaspé and the limestone barrens of northwestern Newfoundland. All the collections of A. wexillifera (from four distinct areas) are consistent in having the styles long- exserted from the corollas and deeply 2-cleft. In the Greenland A. brevistyla, however, the styles are included or barely exserted and much less cleft. This character seems to be very consistent in other northern species: the included or but little exserted and only slightly cleft styles occurring in A. intermedia (Rosenv.) Porsild of Greenland, in A. affinis (described above), in A. isolepis Greene of the Labrador Peninsula, in A. subviscosa Fernald of the Gaspé region and in А. umbrinella Rydb. of the Rocky Mountains; but the greater number of boreal species have well-exserted and deeply cleft styles. A. LABRADORICA Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. n. s. vii. 406 (1841). A. angustifolia Elis. Ekman, Sv. Bot. Tidskr. xxi. 53, t. i. figs. 1, 2, 12 (1927), not Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvi. 546 (1899). A. Friesiana Elis. Ekman, l. c. xxii. 416 (1928), at least as to the Greenland plant, perhaps not as to name-bringing synonym, A. alpina, var. Friesiana Trautv. Act. Hort. Petrop. vi. 24 (1879). 224 Rhodora [NovEMBER The identity of Antennaria labradorica Nutt. has long remained unsettled. In the summer of 1930, however, Dr. M. O. Malte and I found in the herbarium of the British Museum of Natural History three fragments from Nuttall, which, until a fuller specimen is located, must stand as the type of the species. The first fragment is a slender basal offshoot 1.7 ст. long, with linear-oblanceolate, acute (but not mucronate) densely canescent pilose-tomentose leaves 1-1.2 cm. long, 0.6-1.5 mm. broad. The other two fragments are two detached heads, lanate at base; the involucre 7 mm. high, with 2-3 series of subequal narrowly lanceolate to lance-linear long-attenuate fuscous to fulvous bracts (about 24 to a head), the inner bracts serrulate; corolla 3.6-4 mm. long, reddish-brown, with exserted style; achenes glabrous, 0.4 mm. long. This is the narrowest-leaved species of the “alpina” series, the plant described and beautifully illustrated by Mrs. Ekman as A. angustifolia. Whether A. labradorica includes A. alpina, var. Friesiana, as Mrs. Ekman believes, I am not yet able to determine. The geographic occurrence of the latter is rather against its being identical with a plant otherwise known only from northern- most Labrador and adjacent regions and from Greenland. Gray HERBARIUM. NOTES FROM THE HERBARIUM OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN-—VII Norman C. Fasserr Кок three years transplanted specimens of the plant described by the writer as Dodecatheon Meadia var. amethystinum have been closely observed in their development from early bud to mature fruit, and 15 individuals are now growing in his garden beside almost as many of the typical D. Meadia. The slender habit and brilliant flowers of the former plant give it an appearance so striking that additional char- acters have been sought on which to differentiate it from the common species of the Middle West. These have been found in the texture and proportions of the fruit, and the length of the floral parts, and appear to warrant the proposal of specific rank for the plant of the Mississippi River bluffs. Dodecatheon amethystinum (Fassett) n. comb. D. Meadia var. amethystinum Fassett, Кнорова xxxi. 52 (1929). Plant slender, 2-3.5 dm. high; corolla-lobes constant in color, deep violet (rarely white 1931] Fassett,—Notes from Herbarium of Univ. of Wis. 225 but without pale intermediates) becoming when pressed dark bluish- purple; flowers 2-11(-18) іп an umbel; calyx-lobes not over 14 the length of the expanding corolla, 3-4.5 mm. long on the mature fruit; anthers 5-7.5 mm. long; capsule narrowly cylindric, 10-16 mm. long апа 3-4.5 mm. thick, stramineous, with thin, almost papery walls, - its valves 1.4-2 mm. long; seeds light castaneous or olive-brown.— Bluffs along the Mississippi River from Alma to the southern border of Wisconsin, and up some tributaries for about 12 miles. It has been collected at Winona, Minnesota, and will undoubtedly be found in northern Illinois and Iowa where they border the river in The Drift- less Area. D. Merania L. Plant stout, 2.5-6 dm. high; corolla-lobes with every shade from white to pale lilac, rarely deep lilac; flowers usually 6-30 іп an umbel; calyx-lobes at least 15 the length of the expanding corolla, 4-6.4 mm. long on the mature fruit; anthers 7-9 mm. long; capsule castaneous, ovoid-conical, 10-15 mm. long and 5-7.5 mm. thick, of firm subligneous texture, its valves 2-2.6 mm. long; seeds dark brown or nearly black. Studies in the field and in the herbarium show that D. amethystinum flowers at least a week earlier than does D. Meadia. The type was collected by the writer at Prairie du Chien, Wisconsin, on June 2, 1928, and bore well-developed fruit, with only a few withered corollas persisting. Тһе next day, D. Meadia was collected near Gays Mills, about 25 miles northeast of Prairie du Chien, but only about 10 miles east of the Mississippi River; it bore only 3 expanded flowers, and a large number of buds. А specimen of D. Meadia collected on May 30 of the same year, near Prairie du Sac, 100 miles east of the Missis- sippi, bore 2 very young fruits, 10 flowers, and at least 6 buds. In general it may be said that D. Meadia is coming into its prime on Memorial Day, while it is difficult to find D. amethystinum still in flower at that time. D. Meadia is à plant of meadows, lightly wooded ground, and particularly of railroad rights-of-way. D. amethystinum, on the other hand, is almost entirely confined to mossy outcrops in cool damp woods on north-facing bluffs. Dr. C. H. Bunting, who first called my attention to this plant, has made the same observation in the vicinity of LaCrosse, as has also my student, Mr. Henry P. Hansen, of that city. The only collections made in open ground were by the writer, on May 2, 1931—nearly a month before D. Meadia came into flower. 'This was on the southwest-facing grassy or lightly wooded bluffs at Fountain City; at the same time this species was collected on the other side of the hills, in dense woods, where it had buds just expanding. 226 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Plants collected at West Salem, Wisconsin, by Mr. N. W. Rowe, were at first considered as intermediate. West Salem is 13 miles east of the Mississippi River, in the valley of the LaCrosse River. Re- examination of Mr. Rowe’s two specimens, both collected at the same time, shows one, in flower, to be fairly typical D. Meadia, while the other, in fruit, is D. amethystinum. Mr. Hansen, collecting at West Salem on June 7, 1930, found an abundance of D. amethystinum on shaded north-facing limestone cliffs, all in fruit. But the seeds are dark as in D. Meadia. A single plant has the robust habit and longer sepals of D. Meadia, but the capsule is rather slender, thin and light- colored. Since these are not so much intermediates as they are in- dividuals combining the characters of the two species, they may be hybrids occurring where the ranges of the two overlap. D. amethystinum is apparently a relic species in The Driftless Area, dating back to preglacial times. The whole problem of the preglacial relic flora in the Great Lakes states is a complex one, probably not to be completely solved on the basis of our present knowledge, but a few facts may be here reviewed. In the classic paper on this problem as it concerns the Gulf of St. Lawrence region, attention is called to certain plants of western America occurring locally in the vicinity of Lake Superior, on glaciated ground. It is suggested that these species survived the Wisconsin glaciation in The Driftless Area, later to migrate northward from a region “too hot and dry for the plants which occupy the headlands and peninsulas of Lake Superior." But “hot and dry" is hardly an adequate expression of conditions in The Driftless Area. Many south-facing bluffs, it is true, answer this description, and support a prairie vegetation, clearly derived from the southwest; here we find, to name only а few species, Petalostemum purpureum, P. candidum, Coreopsis palmata, Bouteloua hirsuta, В. curtipendula, Artemisia caudata, А. frigida, and Solidago rigida. Dry sandstone bluffs and sand-plains, largely covered with blueberries, are frequent. But conditions in the mossy woods of the north-facing bluffs and deep ravines may be judged by the fact that throughout The Driftless Area Asarum canadense and Arisaema triphyllum are of frequent occurrence. It is hard to conceive of Rubus parviflorus (abundant in northern Wisconsin), Arenaria macrophylla (rare on cliffs in the Gogebic Range of Ashland and Iron Counties), Epipactis decipiens (in Wisconsin occasionally found in woods along Lake 1 Fernald, Persistence of Plants іп Unglaciated Areas of Boreal America. Mem. Am. Acad. of Arts & Sci. xv. 317 (1925). 1931] Fassett,—Notes from Herbarium of Univ. of Wis. 227 Superior), Osmorhiza divaricata (in Wisconsin known only from Port Wing, but in Michigan abundant in the Porcupine Mountains and reported from Isle Royale), Viola adunca var. glabra (dry open places, Ashland, Мау 23, 1930, N. T. Bobb no. 98), and Potamogeton filiformis var. Macounii (collected by the writer in Vilas County, new to the Great Lakes region) as having migrated northward in a body, leaving no traces, from a region where, on some exposed bluffs and damp walls of canyons we know such Canadian and Hudsonian plants as Arcto- staphylos Uva-Ursi var. coactilis, Moneses uniflora, Equisetum 8сіт- poides, Pyrus dumosa (more frequent in southwestern Wisconsin than is P. americana), Pinus Banksiana, Acer spicatum, Primula mistas- sinica, and Rhodendron lapponicum. 'The apparently preglacial flora of northern Wisconsin and neigh- boring territory has its affinities with the Rocky Mountains, with the Gaspé Peninsula, and with the Torngat Mountains. There is another relic flora in The Driftless Area, spreading sometimes as far east as the Indiana dunes, which has its affinities mostly with regions south of the area of Wisconsin glaciation. Talinum rugospermum, on sandstone bluffs and sand-plains, is closely related to and has been confused with T. teretifolium, which ranges from Pennsylvania through North Carolina to Alabama.! These species are apparently of common descent, isolated in the two regions by glaciation. Spiraea tomentosa var. rosea? has a range very similar to the combined ranges of the two species of Talinum, occurring from northwestern Wisconsin and southern Minnesota to the Indiana dunes, and in West Virginia and North Carolina? Sullivantia renifolia* extending only slightly beyond the limits of The Driftless Area, has a relative south of the glacial limits in Ohio and Indiana, and four related species occurring very locally in the Rocky Mountains. Aconitum noveboracense, found toward the southern limit of glaciation in New York and Ohio, is represented in southwestern Wisconsin and adjacent Iowa by the very rare and local var. quasiciliatum." Elatine triandra, not in Тһе Drift- less Area, but definitely related to it,® is a species of local occurrence in the West, and doubtfully native in Maine. Geum triflorum has apparently spread in the Middle West, extending westward to North 1See RHODORA xxx. 205-206 (1928). 2 Fernald, Кнорока xiv. 190 (1912). з Peattie, Кнорона xxiv. 87 (1922), calls this an endemic derivative of the coastal plain flora in Indiana, but it seems to the writer better considered as a preglacial relic. 4 Rosendahl, Univ. Minn. Stud. Biol. Sci. по. 6: 410 (1927). 5 Fassett, RHODORA xxxi. 49 (1929). б See Trans. Wis. Acad. of Sci., Arts & Lett. xxv. 199-200 (1930). 228 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Dakota and eastward to New York; it is represented in western North America by a plant considered by the writer to be only varietally distinct! but has no affinity with the Gulf of St. Lawrence region. Montia Chamissoi, of the Rocky Mountains, but with no stations in the East, is known from a single locality in The Driftless Area.? This distinct relic flora, practically confined to The Driftless Area, with several endemics, having its affinities in unglaciated areas to the westward or to the southeastward, may be clearly interpreted on the basis of lack of glaciation in southwestern Wisconsin. But the occur- rence in the Lake Superior region of plants of the Rocky Mountains and of the Gulf of St. Lawrence area is a problem that cannot at present be solved with any degree of certainty. MADISON, WISCONSIN. Two ABNORMALITIES OF PopoPHYLLUM PELTATUM.—Last spring, while out botanizing, one of the members of my class ran upon the Fig. 1. PopoPHYLLUM PELTATUM, f. APHYLLUM. interesting specimen, a photograph of which is here shown (FIG. 1). Instead of the regular two leaves, out of the fork of which grows the 1 See RHODORA xxx. 206-207 (1928). * See Holzinger, The Plant World iv. 41—43 (1901). 1931] J. Е. C.,—Moss Flora of North America 229 flower, this flower rose right out of the ground, directly from the apex of the rhizome without a trace of a leaf, other than the scales at the base of the scape. The flower was not different from the usual flowers of Podophyllum peltatum L., many of which were growing along with the abnormality and with sterile shoots and formed a fairly large patch. Seeing a Podophyllum flower growing right up out of the ground was most remarkable. The abnormality brought to mind one observed a number of years ago in the fruit, such as one might expect to run across, at least occasionally. Instead of one single fruit, there were clusters of fruits. In one specimen there were 7 variously sized fruits, and in the other 5, the entire cluster in each case weighing 3 or 4 times as much as the average single fruit. Whether common or not, it would seem appropriate to call the first cited case f. aphyllum. Тһе second has already received a name, f. polycarpum Clute, Am. Bot. xxi. 93 (1915).—CHARLES С. Рілтт, School of Pharmacy, University of Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland. Moss FLORA or NORTH AMERICA.— The second part of Dr. Grout’s new moss-flora? has appeared during the summer. It is gratifying to learn that subscriptions and other forms of encouragement seem to justify continued publication. Part 2 is of the same high grade as Part 1 (reviewed in RHopona 31: 38-39) and includes the genera Leptodictyum, Amblystegium, Hygroamblystegium, Sciaromium, Crat- oneuron, Campylium, Hygrohypnum, Scorpidium, Calliergon, Callier- gidium, Calliergonella and Drepanocladus. For the excellent illus- trations the author has reproduced many figures from such well-known authorities as Bruch & Schimper, Limpricht, Sullivant, Dixon & Jamieson, Jennings, Husnot, and others. Apparently when suitable material for illustrative purposes from such sources was not available original drawings have been made. The grouping in some of the plates of the characteristics of nearly allied species or forms will undoubtedly facilitate ready comparison. We trust that future parts will now appear with reasonable regularity.—J. F. C. 1 PODOPHYLLUM PELTATUM L., f. aphyllum, f. nov., caule sicut scapo foliis nullis. Fia, 1. | 2 A. J. GROUT, Ph.D. Moss Flora of North America, North of Mexico, Vol. III, Pt. 2, pp. 63-114, pls. ХУ-ХХІХ, June, 1931. Published by the author, 1 Vine St., New Brighton, Staten Island, New York City. Price $2.50. 230 Rhodora [NOVEMBER THE American Lorus AT WEST PEABODY, MASSACHUSETTS.—In RHODORA, April, 1916 (vol. 18), р. 90, the American Lotus (Nelumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers.), is recorded from West Peabody (George Larrivee, Aug. 14, 1913) and it is also stated that “a large colony of it is well established in a small pond near the railway in Lynnfield Center (J. Richard Lunt, Aug. 24, 1915)." Do these records by any chance refer to the same place? This plant has been known to local flower-lovers and botanists for a long time to be well-established in the so-called Lily Pond or “ Devil's Dish-bowl” just north of the railway in West Peabody. Re- cently (Aug. 20, 1931), I visited the place and secured specimens for our herbarium, and also talked with Mr. Daniel Brown of Pea- body, who was instrumental in introducing it there. He told me that about 60 years ago, i.e., about 1870, a Mr. Silver of Salem, a sports- man interested in shooting, procured from South Carolina a lot of wild rice (Zizania aquatica L.) and that he (Brown) sowed a half bushel or more around the shores of the Lily Pond (which, by the way, is owned privately) in order to attract ducks. There were prob- ably seeds of the lotus among the wild rice,—at all events, a year or two later it made its appearace in increasing amounts and has per- sisted till the present time. Now, a drive along the road at the north side of the pond in August reveals a very attractive floral display, the huge, upstanding lemon-colored blossoms and circular leaves impart- ing an almost tropical luxuriance to the spot.—ALBERT P. Morse. PEABODY MUSEUM OF SALEM. Volume 33, no. 394, including pages 201 to 212 and plates 216 and 217, was issued 10 October, 1931. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Vol. 33. December, 1931. No. 396. CONTENTS: Some New Plants from the Gaspé Peninsula. М.І. Fernald and С. A. Ү/ейіһет5у......................... 231 Salix glauca and Allies in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region. Н.М.Кор..........................................:.: 241 Hitchcock’s “Field Work for the Local Botanist” (Мойсе)....... 244 ыл ГГ” ANO D 246 madar о сал АЕ КӨНЕККЕТКЕН FO 247 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Compara- tive Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not er the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. А. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Теп copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. II. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3-4in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 34. December, 1931. No. 396. SOME NEW PLANTS FROM THE GASPE PENINSULA M. L. FERNALD AND С. A. WEATHERBY THE completion a few years ago of the Perron Boulevard, the automobile road around the coast of the Gaspé Peninsula, has made available an area of great botanical interest which was formerly considered remote. In 1905 in one of his geological reports, Robert Chalmers wrote: “The roads are the worst in Eastern Canada, especially between Fox river and Sainte Anne des Monts’’; conse- quently, until very recently this area has been difficult of access. In the same report Chalmers summarized his description of the region as follows: “Most of the coast district between Fox river and Valley river [near Ste. Anne des Monts] is unsettled, except at the fishing stations it forms an undulating plateau from 700-800 feet to 1,200- 1,500 feet high, trenched by rivers and brooks, and with a steep face to the gulf. 'The banks . . . are angular, abrupt, and without that rounded appearance so characteristic of ice-worn surfaces. Inlets at the mouths of rivers and brooks are enclosed between steep, angular bluffs, the upper brow of these being sharp in outline and bearing no traces of ice-action. Nor do the higher hill sides and summits exhibit any erosion by ice, subaerial decay and waste having apparently had full sway here. "These features char- 1 Chalmers's accurate account has become much stretched in the account published by the Department of Highways and Mines (Provincial Tourist Bureau) where the tourist is told: “After leaving the shore line, the road begins to climb. It climbs, and climbs some more, until it reaches 2,000 feet above sea level, near Marsouis (or Marsouins), the next village of any importance. But even that dizzy height will seem as a ‘slight declivity' by the time the traveller reaches the summit, or extreme altitude of the ‘Boulevard,’ at Ruisseau-Vallée, where the highway reaches 2,600 feet."— The Gaspé Peninsula, 101 (Quebec, Dept. Highw. and Mines, April, 1930). 232 Rhodora [DECEMBER acterize the coast district from Fox river, or Anse au Vallon, to Ste. Anne des Monts, this part of the coast being higher than that to the east or to the west.’”! In discussing the floras of unglaciated areas of eastern Canada I wrote of this particular region: “Very similarly, many western or endemic species are confined to the cliffs and steep V-shaped valleys from Ste. Anne des Monts to Fox River, the region emphasized by Chalmers as practically unglaciated and where Coleman describes the valley of Riviére А la Martre which ‘is cut 700 or 800 feet below the general level and is typically V-shaped. This and the striking re-entrants . . . show that it has never been shaped to any important degree by a valley glacier’; la Riviére aux Marsouins, with "its valley . . . ofthe same type, deeply cut and V-shaped with bedrock showing at the bottom,' and beautiful Lac Pleureuse, whose 'steep shores present well-marked spurs which a glacier would have truncated.’ This great stretch of essentially unglaciated and bleak coast is rugged, ragged and difficult to traverse. . . It is, consequently, almost unexplored, but such very slight examinations as have been made indicate that here is one of the chief regions of Gaspé for localized cordilleran types: Woodsia scopulina (Tourelle to Marsouin . . . ), Agrostis idahoensis (Lac Pleureuse), Carex misandroides {rare Eastern representative of two local species of Alberta] (Lac Pleureuse . . . ), Salix laurentiana [endemic ally of two Pacific Coast species] . . . , Descurainia Hartwegiana (Marten River . . . ), Astragalus aboriginum [now found to be an endemic species of Mt. St. Pierre] . . . and Oxytropis viscida [also an endemic, O. gaspensis], (Mt. St. Pierre), Hackelia deflexa, var. americana (Mt. St. Pierre to Mont Louis . . . ), Artemisia frigida (Cap Chat to Mont Louis) and Arnica gaspensis (Cap Tour- еПе).”? In early July last, making a tour of the Perron Boulevard with members of our families, we spent one day, joined by Dr. G. Ledyard Stebbins, Jr., in a partial survey of Mt. St. Pierre, and other days, unfortunately without Stebbins’s companionship, in very superficial collecting on the more available talus-slopes and cliffs from near Riviére à la Martre to Gros Morne. Our botanizing was necessarily very limited but younger and more agile botanists, especially with 1 Chalmers, Geol. Surv. Can. Ann. Rep. n. s. xvi. 253a (1905). ? Fernald, Persistence of Plants in Unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, Mem. Gray Herb. ii. (Mem. Amer. Acad. xv.) 299, 300 (1925). 1931] Fernald and Weatherby,—Plants from Gaspé Peninsula 283 the skill of Stebbins in cliff-climbing, will find this region rich in novelties. Most of the easily available plants of interest, such as Carex concinna R. Br., Androsace septentrionalis L. and Erigeron compositus Pursh, var. trifidus (Hook.) Gray, were already known from the area; but we extended the known range of Antennaria subviscosa Fernald from Bic in Rimouski County to the high calcareous seawalls of Gaspé (Rivière aux Marsouins, Cap Pleureuse and Gros Morne), and that of Arnica chionopappa Fernald westward along the St. Lawrence to Gros Morne, and secured the usual quota of Taraxacum for further study from the cliffs and talus. A few of the plants are of such unusual interest as to merit special discussion. CAREX ($ Мохтамак) clivicola, n. sp. Laxe cespitosa, C. novae- angliae simulans, omnibus partibus tamen major; vaginis basilaribus castaneis vel purpurascentibus, superioribus saepe puberulis vel hirtellis; foliis 2 mm. latis flaccidis saturate viridibus longioribus 2-3 dm. longis; culmis elongatis subcapillaribus curvantibus plerumque folia superantibus 2-3.5 dm. altis; spica mascula lineari-cylindrica attenuata sessili 5-10 mm. longa, squamis obtusis oblongo-ovatis stramineis vel brunneis albo-marginatis; spicis femineis 2 vel 3 sub- distantibus omnibus sessilibus 4—7-floris ebracteatis vel ima bractea angustata foliacea 1-3.5 cm. longa aliquando subtensa; squamis ovatis obtusis mucronatisve 2.5-3 mm. longis 1.5-2 mm. latis stra- mineis brunneotinctis late albescenti-marginatis saepe erosis; peri- gyniis fusiformibus hirtellis 3.5-4 mm. longis 1-1.2 mm. latis basi lutescente spongiosa elongata, rostro brevi 0.4-0.8 mm. longo breviter bidentato paullo deflexo; achaenio trigono anguste obovoideo 2 mm. longo.—QUEBEc: dry thicket at head of calcareous slaty talus of inner slope, Mt. St. Pierre, Gaspé Co., July 5, 1931, Fernald, Weatherby & Stebbins, no. 2411. Carex clivicola is nearest related to C. novae-angliae Schwein. and to C. Rossit Boott. In the shape of its perigynia it is very similar to the former but in С. novae-angliae the perigynia are only 2.5-3 mm. long and the pistillate scales are shorter, narrower and tapering to sharp tips. The foliage of C. novae-angliae is narrower than in C. clivicola and usually as long as or even longer than the culms; the lowest pistillate spike is usually definitely stalked, and the commonly stalked staminate spike has lanceolate or lance-ovate acuminate scales. From C. Rossii the newly proposed species at once differs in its laxer habit, its lack of short basal culms, smooth and flaccid leaves, blunt scales and slenderly fusiform, rather than strongly gibbous perigynia. 234 Rhodora [DECEMBER The type-station of Carex clivicola is a notable one, for the dry calcareous talus of the slope just below is characterized by a strange assemblage of species, many of them southern, many others rare or otherwise unknown or almost unknown south of the St. Lawrence. Here various species, such as Acer pensylvanicum L. and Cornus rugosa Lam., reach essentially their northeastern limits. The domi- nant color of the vegetation is supplied by the extensive thicket of particularly whitish “Bors DARGENT,” Elaeagnus argentea Pursh, while Rosa blanda Ait., often only 1 dm. high and with flowers scarcely 3.5 em. broad, Prunus depressa Pursh, of New England river-gravels and seeming strangely out of place on dry subalpine rock-talus, and Amelanchier gaspensis (discussed in this paper), all abound. А whitish-leaved endemic representative of the cordilleran Astragalus aboriginorum Richardson (also discussed in this paper) here mingles with the endemic Oxytropis gaspensis Fern. & Kelsey, RHODORA, xxx. 123 (1928) and Fernald, |. c. 141, t. 171. With them or close by grow Erigeron compositus, var. trifidus (Hook.) Gray of arctic and northwestern America," Anemone multifida Poir., of cordilleran (including Andean) range, the arctic and cordilleran Draba stylaris Gay, and other species making up a xerophytic association very unusual in eastern Canada. It is in the dry thicket at the top of this wind-swept talus that Carex clivicola forms a carpet. The habitat is much more like an arid ridge of the cordilleran region than the rich mesophytic forest of eastern Canada and northern and western New England in which C. novae-angliae abounds. SAXIFRAGA CERNUA L., var. latibracteata, n. var., a forma typica recedit foliis caulinis superioribus reniformibus vel late ovatis basi cordatis vel subcordatis; bracteis dilatatis, inferioribus reniformibus vel suborbicularibus vel late ovatis plerumque lobatis, mediis ovatis vel ellipticis vel obovatis.—Baffin Island; Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec; Keewatin and Alberta. BAFFIN ISLAND: Cockburn Island, Pond’s In- let, August 20, 1904, L. E. Borden, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 62,973; Frobisher Bay, August, 1927, C. S. Sewall, no. 204. QUEBEC: calcare- ous sea-cliffs and rock-slides by the St. Lawrence, west of Riviére à la Martre, July 26, 1922, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,121, July 2, 1931, Fernald & Weatherby, no. 2449; mossy hornblende-schist at about 915 m., “ Mt. Logan” (Mt. Mattaouisse), July 22, 1922, Fernald & Pease, по. 25,120; cold chimneys and rock-shelves at about 915-1000 m., south side of Fer- nald Pass, Mt. Mattaouisse, July 8, 1923, Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie, Pease & Smith, no. 25,820; brook at head (about 1000 m. alt.) of Pease Basin, between Mts. Logan and Pembroke, July 13, 1924, 1 See Fernald, Ruopona, xxx. 122 (1928). г 1931] Fernald апа Weatherby,—Plants from Gaspé Peninsula 235 Pease & Smith, no. 25,821; dripping cliffs and chimneys at head (about 1000 m. alt.) of Pease Basin, July 16, 1923, Griscom & Pease, no. 25,823; wet rocks and chimneys, alt. 825-1125 m., Gorge of Northeast Branch of River Ste. Anne des Monts, Tabletop Mts., August 5, 1923, Fernald, Dodge & Smith, no. 25,824 (TYPE in Gray Henb.) KEEWATIN: Fullerton, September 4, 1910, J. М. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 79,247. ALBERTA: Rocky Mts., 1857-8, Bourgeau; Elbow River, June-July, 1897, J. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 20,133; Malique Lake, July 19, 1908, S. Brown, no. 1270; Lake Louise, July 17, 1906, S. Brown, no. 663. Typical Saxifraga cernua of Eurasia and of our arctic and high- alpine regions has the upper cauline leaves truncate to cuneate at base and all the bracts or all but the very lowest narrow (mostly linear-lanceolate to oblong-linear), the change from foliage-leaves to bracts being abrupt. This typical S. cernua extends south in America to the Torngat region of Labrador, very locally to the Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé (Pease & Smith, no. 25,822) and to the high mountains of Colorado and Utah. It is probable that var. latibracteata includes some specimens referred to S. cernua, forma bulbillosa Engl. & Irmscher, Pflanzenr. iv", 274, fig. 65, N (1916). "Their figure 65, N might well have been drawn from the Fullerton material (J. M. Macoun, no. 79,247) which they cite as belonging to forma bulbillosa. Their description, however, makes no mention of divergence of the bracts from those of the common European and Arctic forms. In America var. lati- bracteata is so general a tendency of the species and such a departure _ from the forms (unless forma bulbillosa be excepted) recognized by Engler & Irmscher that it seems to us a definite geographic variety, comparable with frondose variations in other groups which occur about the Gulf of St. Lawrence. AMELANCHIER gaspensis (Wiegand), n. comb. A. sanguinea, var. gaspensis Wiegand, Внорона, xiv. 139 (1912). In his revision of The Genus Amelanchier in eastern North America! Wiegand separated A. sanguinea (Pursh) DC. and A. humilis Wiegand from the cordilleran group represented by A. florida Lindl. by the fact that the two former have the “ Margins of the leaf forming an angle at the apex," in A. florida and its allies the “Margins of the leaf forming a rounded or sub-truncate, rarely retuse, apex." ‘The diagnostie characters of 4. sanguinea used by Wiegand were: petals 11-20 mm. long; sepals 4 mm. long; hypanthium open and flat; 1 Wiegand, RHODORA; xiv, 117-161 (1912). 236 Rhodora [DECEMBER racemes more or less drooping; upper veins of leaves running straight to the apex of the teeth, “not so in the var." gaspensis, which was separated by its essentially glabrous quality and by “the veins of the leaves prominently anastomosing before reaching the teeth." In his discussion Wiegand recognized that var. gaspensis is not very satis- factorily placed with A. sanguinea and that its relationship is as much with A. humilis and the group of A. florida, saying: “The var. gaspensis is a perplexing form. It varies much in stature and in habitat, as well as in leaf-outline and dentation. 'The leaves suggest an intermediate condition between this species [A. sanguinea] and A. humilis especially in the venation. In its more glabrous nature it ap- proaches A. florida; but the general appearance of the majority of the specimens, both when in flower and when in fruit, suggests that it is better to retain this form in A. sanguinea until further field study renders it better understood. More field work on all the Amelanchiers of Gaspé is very desirable." Since the publication of Amelanchier sanguinea, var. gaspensis much material has accumulated. This forms a consistent series and maintains the venation and the glabrous characters first assigned to it. It departs from A. sanguinea in other characters: its leaves are usually so broadly rounded or subtruncate at summit that our own collection of the past summer went by Wiegand’s key directly to А. florida and two of the collections made by Rousseau were distrib- uted under the latter name; in well developed leaves there are only 6-13 pairs of primary veins, іп A. sanguinea 10-16; its racemes are quite erect, or in shade merely ascending, but not drooping; the sepals are only 1.5-3.5 mm. long, in A. sanguinea 3.5-4.5 mm. long; and the very narrow (oblanceolate) petals are only 6-9 mm. long. Differing from A. sanguinea in its glabrous or quickly glabrate foliage, its leaves commonly more rounded or subtruncate at summit, its fewer nerves with anastomosing tips, its erect racemes with gla- brous or barely pilose rachis and pedicels, its shorter and glabrous or promptly glabrate sepals, and its shorter petals, and occupying a clearly circumscribed area northeast of the range of A. sanguinea, A. gaspensis seems to be quite as definite a species as any in the group. The affinity of A. gaspensis with the A. florida complex of the cordilleran region and with the geographically intermediate A. humilis has been noted. From the former series it is at once distinguished by its thinner leaves with at most pale green lower surfaces, the cordilleran series having the coriaceous leaves glaucous beneath. From A. humilis it differs in its glabrous or promptly glabrate leaves 1931] Fernald апа Weatherby,—Plants from Gaspé Peninsula 237 with more rounded or subtruncate summits and fewer veins, the glabrous or only sparsely pilose young rachis and pedicels (densely tomentose in A. humilis), the glabrous or promptly glabrate calyx and the narrower petals. The following collections, all from the Gaspé Peninsula or neigh- boring counties of QUEBEC, belong to A. gaspensis. GASPE СО.: talus of calcareous cliffs near Cape Rosier, Pease, no. 20,216; prairies humides prés de la Riviére York, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, по. 17,431; marais saumátres derrière le Barachois de Coin-du Banc, Victorin et al., no. 17,434; ravin humid de la Grande-Coupe, Percé, Victorin et al., no. 17,435; rocky bank, Percé Mt., Percé, August 16- 20, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; limestone detritus, Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, July 24, 1905, Williams, Collins & Fernald; Grand River, June, 1903, G. H. Richards; dry slaty talus of cliffs, Lac Pleureuse, Fernald, Dodge & Smith, по. 25,840; Mont Louis, Victorin, no. 28,582; calcareous slaty talus toward summit of Mt. St. Pierre, Fernald, Weatherby & Stebbins, no. 2451; thickets near mouth of R. Ste. Anne des Monts, August 3-17, 1905, Collins & Fernald; slaty ledges by R. Ste. Anne des Monts, Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie & Smith, no. 25,839. BONAVENTURE CO: alluvial woods, mouth of Bonaventure R., July 31, 1902, Williams & Fernald, (ТҮРЕ of A. sanguinea, var. gaspensis); gravelly beaches and flats, Bonaventure R., August 5-8, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; rivage de la R. Matapedia, Victorin, по. 28,694. MATANE CO.: banks of Matane R., August 5, 1904, Е. Е. Forbes; calcaires gaspésiens, Ste.-Flavie, Rousseau, nos. 24,537; 24,554. RIMOUSKI СО.: dry ledges, Bic, July 15-18, 1904, Collins & Fernald; dry calcareous rocks and gravel, Bic, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,136; chemin de fer, Bic, Rousseau, nos. 26,241, 26,259; bois de coniféres sur le conglomérat, Cap Enragé, Bic, Rousseau, no. 26,672. Rubus rpAEUS L., var. eucyclus, n. var., a var. anomalo differt turionibus cinereo-tomentulosis, pedicellis calicibusque valde glandu- losis—QUEBEC: a small colony in the midst of an extensive area of var. canadensis Richardson, slightly west of Ruisseau à Rebour, Gaspé Co., July 3, 1931, Fernald & Weatherby,no.2452 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). Rubus idaeus, var. eucyclus is the third "'reversionary" variation known in the species with simple or merely lobed and rounded leaves or with ternate leaves with rounded leaflets. In foliage it is quite like the much-discussed European var. anomalus Arrhenius (R. obtusifolius Willd., R. Leersii Bab.), but its tomentulose canes and glandular pedicels and sepals show that it is a mutation from the common var. canadensis, in the midst of which var. eucyclus was growing. The superficially very similar var. Eggleston:i (Blanchard) Fernald, Кнорова, xxi. 97 (1919) (В. idaeus, var. anomalus Fernald, Rnopona, ii. 195, t. 20 (1900), not Arrhenius; R. Egglestonii Blanchard, 238 Rhodora [DECEMBER Torreya, vii. 140 (1907) ) is a parallel "reversionary" variation from var. strigosus (Michx.) Maxim. In var. anomalus, to quote Focke, "the restraining process, by which the form of the foliage leaves was so curiously modified, extended. also to the carpellaryleaves, and . . . the axes of these was [were] shortened, so that they did not close and completely envelop the ovules. Of the two ovules in each carpel, one uniformly pined away at a very early stage; the other developed itself during the blooming time in the normal way, but only few carpels were produced. In most cases, however, they dried up whilst the flowering was in progress; and, though some appeared to be fertilized, yet seed entirely failed to ripen. The infertility of the plant, I saw, was correlative to the character of its foliage; and we must look upon it as only a curious form of R. idaeus, which deviates from the type, so far as the form of the leaf is concerned, in the same manner that Fragaria monophylla deviates from typical Fragaria vesca.” As I earlier pointed out, var. anomalus is not always sterile, for Babington? stated that it occasionally produces good seed, enough to have spread the plant to scattered stations. Whether var. eucyclus is sterile or fertile we cannot yet state. The colony, when discovered, was only in bud or very young anthesis. ASTRAGALUS scrupulicola, n. sp. Fic. 1. Perennis; radice longissima verticali spongiosa caudicibus cespitosis; caulibus numerosissimis adscendentibus 1.5-3 dm. altis dense cinereo-tomentulosis; foliis 5-8 cm. longis; stipulis inferioribus late ovatis vel suborbicularibus obtusis basi connatis pallide brunneis chartaceis cinereo-tomentulosis 4-6 mm. longis, superioribus lanceolato-attenuatis dense adpresseque pilosis; foliolis 9-11 oblongo-lanceolatis obtusis sessilibus valde adscendentibus 1-2.5 cm. longis 3-7 mm. latis utrinque juventute saltem valde cinereo-tomentulosis jugis remotis; pedunculis axillaribus erectis cinereis 3-10 cm. longis; racemis laxe 7-17-floris anthesi 2-5 cm. maturitate 6-10 cm. longis; bracteis lanceolatis oblongisve brunneis scariosis cinereo-pilosis; pedicellis 1-2 mm. longis dense cinereis adscendentibus vel maturitate saepe arcuato-recurvantibus; calice dense adpresseque piloso pilis albescentibus, tubo 2.5-3 mm. longo, dentibus lanceolato-subulatis 1.5-2 mm. longis; corolla lactea 7-9 mm. longa, vexillo obovato retuso 1 cm. longo 6 mm. lato ungue lato 2.5 mm. longo; alis 7-9 mm. longis, ungue anguste lineari 3.5 mm. longo, limbo cuneato apice retuso 3 mm. lato, lobo basali unguiculato circa 1 mm. longo; carina obtusa lunata; leguminibus elliptico- lanceolatis falcatis compressis 2-3.2 cm. longis medio 4-6 mm. latis ! Focke, Journ. Bot. x. 27 (1872), translated from Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. (1870) 98. ? Babington, Journ., Bot. xvi. 85 (1878). 1931] Fernald and Weatherby, Plants from Gaspé Peninsula 239 breviter pilosis apice acutis basi in stipitem gracilem 5-7 mm. longum calicem valde superantem attenuatis, suturis crassis поп sulcatis; seminibus oblique reniformibus olivaceis paullo nitidis 2.2-3 mm. longis.—Gaspé County, QUEBEC: dry talus of slaty cliffs, northern face of Mt. St. Pierre, at mouth of Riviére à Pierre, August 14, 1923 (old fruit), Fernald & Smith, no. 25,872; talus slope near top of Mt. St. Pierre, July 29, 1927 (old fruit), Kelsey & Jordan, no. 73; " schistes " concassés, Mt. St. Pierre, 19 juillet, 1928 (old fruit), Rousseau, no. 31,182; slaty talus, Riviére à Pierre, July 20, 1928 (fruit), Pease, no. 20,144; calcareous *slate-pencil" talus, north slope of Mt. St. Pierre, July 4, 1931 (young fruit), Fernald & Weatherby, no. 2454 and in РІ. Exsicc. Gray.; calcareous slaty talus, southern slope of Mt. St. Pierre, July 5, 1931 (flowers and young fruit), Fernald, Weatherby & Stebbins, no. 2455 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). Fig. l, ASTRAGALUS SCRUPULICOLA: a, vexillum; b, wing; c, keel, laid open; all x 5. The earlier collections in over-ripe fruit were identified, on account of their cinereous pubescence and superficial characters, with the rare Astragalus aboriginorum Richardson in Frankl. Journ. App. 746— reprint, 18 (1823)—a species with an ungrammatical name which was soon altered to A. aboriginum Spreng. Syst. iv?. 288 (1827). Тһе name A. aboriginorum (or its grammatical substitute) has covered an aggregate of plants in western North America; but the original and very detailed description of Richardson (of a plant from Carleton House on the Saskatchewan) emphasizes the blackish-pilose calyx, the corolla whitish or bluish with the carina “eminente caerulea," and the wings with an obovate basallobe. Rydberg, in monographing 240 Rhodora [DECEMBER the group, as Atelophragma, says: “the typical form, agreeing with Richardson's description and specimens, is apparently veryrare. Rep- resentative specimens have been collected between Lake Winnipeg and Bear Lake, Richardson; Rocky Mountains and Saskatchewan, Bourgeau."' Тһе Bourgeau material from the type locality (Carleton on the Saskatchewan), represented in the Gray Herbarium, has been approved by Rydberg with a mark of affirmation. In this the calyx is black-hairy and with calyx-lobes 2.5-3 mm. long; the wings have the broad basal lobe as described by Richardson and as illustrated by Hooker, as Phaca aboriginorum Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 143, t. lvi. (1830). In the Saskatchewan material (Bourgeau), as well as in specimens of Burke's from the east side of the Rocky Mts., sent by Hooker to Gray, the flowering raceme is rather dense, and this character is well displayed in Hooker's plate. The plant of Mt. St. Pierre in Gaspé, of which we were fortunate enough to secure a belated flowering individual, shows in the flowers marked differences from authentic Astragalus aboriginorum. Its flowering raceme is very lax. The calyx is white- (not black-) pilose and with teeth much shorter than in the plant of the Saskatche- wan. The corolla is milk-white throughout; the carina not “eminente caerulea." The basal lobe of the wings is narrower and unguiculate, with a rounded sinus; not obovate, with an acute sinus, as shown in Hooker's figure. The legumes, too, are narrower and more compressed. We are unable to match Astragalus scrupulicola with any of the western species recognized by Rydberg in his revision of Atelophragma and, therefore, are proposing it as another endemic of the Gaspé Peninsula. The name refers to the habitat: the sharp and angular pencil-like talus into which the rock of Mt. St. Pierre and some of the adjacent headlands disintegrates. In this talus A. scrupulicola is associated with the endemic Oxytropis gaspensis Fernald & Kelsey and Carex clivicola (described in this paper), with the Gaspé endemic, Amelanchier gaspensis (also discussed in this paper) and with other highly localized representatives of species of the Great Plains or the western Cordillera. We are indebted to Dr. H. M. Gilkey for the drawings of details of the corolla shown in FIG. 1. GRAY HERBARIUM. 1 Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. lv. 120 (1928). 1931] Raup,—Salix glauca in the Great Slave Lake Region 241 SALIX GLAUCA L. AND ITS ALLIES IN THE ATHABASCA- GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION! Носн M. Наср (Plate 218) THE writer has collected eighty-nine sheets of Salix glauca or its close relatives, in good fruiting condition, in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake region during the past five summers. The greater part of these fall rather definitely into one group, and appear to be insepa- rable from the European specimens of S. glauca in the Gray Herbarium. There have been varying opinions as to the presence of typical Salix glauca in America. Rydberg? regarded it as rare and "probably confined to the extreme northeast" (he also cites a specimen from Alas- ka). Coville? states that he was unable to separate Alaskan speci- mens from some of the European material. Schneider, in mono- graphing the group, reviewed the situation and said, “I agree with Coville that the North American forms are very similar to those of 5. glauca, but they are in my opinion not fully identical with the typical S. glauca L. s. str." ; and in another place, “ In looking over the copious and well collected American specimens before me, I hesitate to desig- nate them as typical S. glauca, nor am I willing to regard them as a separate species until a closer study of the circumpolar willow has convinced me of one fact or the other." He states that the American material seems to differ from the typical S. glauca “ by the usually well developed stipules, by the longer pedicels of the fruits which normally are from one-half to twice longer than the gland, and by the tendency of the filaments to become almost glabrous." 'The writer's material shows none of these differences. Stipules are present only in a few cases, though the specimens were collected both early and late in the season. The pedicels of the capsules are variable in length from a very nearly sessile condition to 1.5 mm., being some- times twice as long as the gland, but more often shorter. ‘These con- ditions vary greatly in the same ament. It is of note that the pedicels 1 Published by permission of the Director of the National Museum of Canada, and during the writer’s tenure of a National Research Fellowship in the Biological Sciences. 2 Rydberg, P. A. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 271 (1899). 3 Coville, F. V. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. iii. 321 (1901). ‘Schneider, C. Bot. Gaz. lxvi. 326 (1918). 242 Rhodora [DECEMBER and glands of the European material in the Gray Herbarium show the same wide variation. In forming a description of typical S. glauca, following Linnaeus! and Enander? Schneider makes the capsules sessile? but adds part of a description of Lapland material by Anders- son,“ who states that the capsules have very short pedicels. ‘The evident variability of this character both in European and American material makes it of little value in an attempt to separate the two. 'The same is true of the amount of hair on the filaments, the material at hand matching most of the European in having a small amount at the bases of these. Floderus® states that the style in 5. glauca is cleft to the base, and uses this character to separate it from other related species, but European specimens in the Gray Herbarium show styles quite variously cleft, as do also the American. "There is a slight ten- dency toward greater division of the style in the European, but not enough to merit a separation. The leaves vary greatly on different plants and on the same plant, both as to shape and pubescence, but the same variations are to be found in the European specimens. Other characters used by Floderus, such as the color of the bracts and the lobing of the nectaries, also fail to merit a division. The larger part of the writer's collection closely resembles many of the specimens labeled S. glauca var. glabrescens Schneider, but it seems unnecessary to give them varietal rank in view of the above. Another group of specimens appears to answer the description of S. glauca var. acutifolia of Schneider and to match specimens so labeled by him. "This variety seems to be a consistent one, with smaller, more narrowly lanceolate or elliptic, thinly hairy leaves with slightly and irregularly denticulate margins. Schneider has assigned the Alaskan material to this variety. The remaining sheets show notable variations from the above. Several of them match precisely a specimen of 5. desertorum Richardson in the Gray Herbarium. This specimen was collected by Richardson at Fort Franklin, and is evidently a part of the original material. Between these plants and 5. glauca there is a series of intermediate transition forms, some of them appearing on the same plant (Plate 218). Іп Andersson’s first treatment of 5. de- sertorum* he considered it as a sub-species of 5. glauca, stating that it ! Linnaeus, С. Fl. Lapp. 290 (1737). ? Enander, S. J. Stud. Salic. Linnés Herb. 51, 54, 59 (1917). 3 Schneider, C. Ibid. 320. 4 Andersson, N. J. Salic. Lap. 73, fig. 21 (1845). 5 Floderus, B. in C. A. M. Lindman's Svensk Fanerogamflora 186-187. Stockholm (1918). | à; в Andersson, N. J. Ofv. К. Vet. Akad. Fórh. 127 (1858). 1931] Raup,—Salix glauca in the Great Slave Lake Region 243 was a well defined form and that transition forms between it and true S. glauca were occasionally seen. Later! he mentioned it as a species, but named as varieties of it certain forms which have been shown to be S. brachycarpa by Schneider? When making it a sub-species of S. glauca Andersson also described it as an extreme arctic modification of this species. In the semi-open prairies about 20 miles west of the upper Slave River, and again on the eastern slopes of the Caribou Mountains about 70 miles west of the prairies, were found shrubby willows with small, reticulate-veined leaves and short aments. These were found to match very closely specimens called S. chlorolepis Fernald var. antimima by Schneider? and to resemble closely certain specimens from Fort Churchill, Hudson Bay, and from Mt. Albert, on the Gaspé Peninsula, labeled S. brachycarpa Nutt. by him. Study of authentic specimens of S. chlorolepis Fernald* and of S. brachycarpa Nutt.’ indicate that the above material from Gaspé and Hudson Bay, as well as that collected by the writer, is much much more closely allied to the latter species. S. chlorolepis is well defined by its large, green bracts and by its entirely glabrous capsules, while the specimens in question differ from S. brachycarpa chiefly in their less pubescent leaves and twigs. S. brachycarpa is a hoary plant occurring in the Gaspé region and in the central Rocky Mountains, and is consistent through many collections. The less pubescent form has long been noted in the east as being quite distinct and also consistent. With the addition of the Churchill specimens and the writer's it appears to be a good geographic variety, forming a sub-arctic representative of the species, and the following new combination is therefore pro- posed: SALIX BRACHYCARPA Nutt., var. antimima (Schneider), n. comb. S. chlorolepis, var. antimima Schneider, Bot. Gaz. lxvi. 339 (1918). Within the region from which the collections have been made, the above groups are rather clearly segregated. Typical S. glauca, of wide range in Europe and North America, is confined to rich woods or the muskeg borders of lakes and streams. Most of the specimens are from the gently rolling upland west of the upper Slave River. 1 Andersson, N. J. DC. Prod. xvi?. 281 (1868). ? Schneider, C. Ibid. 332. 3 See Schneider, C. Ibid. 339. 4 See Fernald, M. L. Кнорона vii: 185-186 (1905). > See Nuttall, T. N. Am. Sylva i: 69 (1843). 244 Rhodora [DECEMBER Var. acutifolia, a well marked form with a wide-ranging consistency in Alaska and the northern Cordilleran region, is confined to the rocky uplands of the pre-Cambrian country east of the Slave River district. It has a range somewhat similar to that of another willow common in Alaska and entering the Great Slave Lake basin, S. alax- ensis. Although the acutifolia group is confined to the semi-barren rocky country, typical S. glauca grows in the least exposed and richest woods at the eastern end of Great Slave Lake. S. desertorum was collected on the bleak, exposed, rocky shores on the north side of McLeod’ Bay, Great Slave Lake, while the forms approaching S. brachycarpa were seen only in the semi-open prairies and on the upper slopes of the Caribou Mountains west of the Slave River. S. desertor- um, however, may prove to be nothing more than an occasional dwarfed form of the woodland S. glauca. Its rarity is attested by its sporadic occurrence in herbaria, although the regions in which it grows have yielded several other species of willows. It should also be noted that it has never been found in the extreme arctic regions, but only in districts near or in contact with wooded areas where 5. glauca occurs. The writer is indebted to Dr. M. O. Malte and to Professor M. L. Fernald for helpful suggestions. Gray HERBARIUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. Нітснсоск/в “FIELD Work rog THE LOCAL Boranist.’’—Anyone with a sufficiently strong bent for local botanical investigation will achieve results of value, however isolated or otherwise at a disadvantage he may be—witness, for instance, Howell of Oregon, Frost of Vermont and Brendel of the “Flora Peoriana." The opportunity to make observations which will really add to the sum of knowledge is open to all who possess an active interest in field botany and fairly ready access to wild places. Many, however, miss it because of ignorance of methods or a fallacious impression that there is no longer anything to be found out except, perhaps, in the remote portions of the earth. For such persons Dr. Hitchcock endeavors, in the pamphlet at hand, to provide encouragement, guidance and information. He has chapters, brief and simply put, on such subjects as woody plants in their winter condition, fruits and seeds and the dissemination of the latter, seedlings, 1 Нітснсоск, A. S. Field Work for the Local Botanist. Published by the author, 1867 Park Road, Washington, D. С. 58 pp. $1.10. Plate 218 Rhodora 5] Photo Н. М. Raup. DESERTORUM (Note intergradation of leaf- and ament-characters). 5. ›_ -4 ) 0. oS ; igs. Figs. 1 and 2, SALIX GLAUCA; f 1931] Hitchcork,—Field Work for the Local Botanist 245 phenology, pollination, plant associations, floristics and the making of herbaria, each treated as possibly pointing the way to fruitful lines of in- vestigation. For the beginner particularly, the little work should offer much helpful suggestion.—C. A. W. Vol. 33, no. 395, including pages 213 to 230, was issued 14 November, 1931. 246 Errata [| DECEMBER ERRATA Page $, line 16, for crowed, read crowded, “ 10, * 32, for unto, read into. “ 44, * 3 of foot-note, for Kungl, read Kungl. “ 49, * 31, for would had, read would have had. * 67, “ 21, for Ostendfeld, read Ostenfeld. 96, last line of caption, for oxycoceus, read Oxycoccus. 98, line 16, for laracina, read laricina. “ 101, “ 22, for callithrix, read callitrix. * 109, * 34, for Thelypteris, Phegopteris, read Thelypteris Phegop- teris. “ 111, “ 31, for maritima, read patula. “ 112, “ 3, for palustre, read palustris. “ 159, “ 6 for floerkeana, read Floerkeana. “ 165, 4 27, for (Willd)., read (Willd.). “ 165, ' 35, for analagous, read analogous. “ 179, * 43 for Toupinambaultiosl egit, read Toupinambaultios legit. “ 179, “ 45, for SWEEDEN, read SWEDEN. “ 180, “ 19, for Johnson, read Johnston. “ 207, “ 22, for geminata, read subgeminatus. “ 214, “ 6 and 33, for NEODOICA read NEODIOICA. “ 220, “, 27, for sl'ta, read slüta. “ 220, * 28, for str агра, read strüfháriga. “ 220, “ 30, for вр”тПеһ, read spärlich: “ 227, “ 12, for Rhodendron, read Rhododendron. 1931] Index 247 INDEX TO VOLUME 33. New scientific names are printed in full-face type. Abama, 52; montana, 52 Abies balsamea, 110, var. phanero- lepis, 116 Acer, 110; pensylvanicum, 234; mor 112, 122; spicatum, 122, 22 Achillea Millefolium, 126 Aconitum noveboracense, 227, var. quasiciliatum, 227 Actaea rubra, 121, 178 Additions to the Connecticut Flora, Further, 167 Adiantum pedatum, 179 Adnaria, 197 Agarum, 129; Turneri, 130 Agropyron, 60, 110; caninum, var. Hornemanni, 117; repens, 60, 117 Agrostis, 108, 110; hyemalis, 112, 116; idahoensis, 234; stolonifera, var. compacta, 116; stolonifera х tenuis, 116 Ahnfeltia plicata, 130 Alaria, 129; esculenta, 130 Alberta, The Formation of Peat Ridges on the Shores of Muskeg Lakes in Northern, 18 Aletris farinosa, 39 Algae of St. Paul Island, The, 127 Alisma Geyeri, 165 Alnus, 60, 110; crispa, var. mollis, 120; incana, 60 Altingia, 91 Amaryllidaceae, 33, 35 Ambrosia psilostachya, 166 Amelanchier, 62, 110; Bartramiana, 121; Fernaldii, 110, 121; florida, 235, 236; gaspensis, 234—237, 240; humilis, 235-237; oblongi- folia, 195; sanguinea, 236, var. gaspensis, 235, 237; sera, 195 American Lotus at West Peabody, Massachusetts, The, 230 Amesia, 140; latifolia, 140 Amianthium muscaetoxicum, 39 Ammania, 44 Ammophila, 110; breviligulata, 116 Amphicarpaea monoica, 88 Anaphalis margaritacea, 126, 179, : f. anachlora, 111, 126, var. subal- pina, 221. . : S Anderson, №. A. Holosteum um- bellatum in Rhode Island, 211 Andromeda, 99; glaucophylla, 51, 92, 99, 112, 123 Androsace septentrionalis, 233 Anemone dichotoma, 178; lanci- folia, 32; multifida, 234; trifolia, 32 Angelica, 74; atropurpurea, 74, var. occidentalis, 74 Another Station for Panicum calli- phylum, 131 Antennaria, 213, 216, 220, 221; On the “РарШове” Achenes in the Genus, 213; affinis, 215, 222, 223; albicans, 215, 216; alpina, 213, 215, 216, 222, 224, var. Friesiana, 223, 224; angustifolia, 216, 223, 224; appendiculata, 214; arno- glossa, 214; brevistyla, 216, 223; cana, 215, 216; canadensis, 214— 216, var. Капап, 214; carpathica, 213; dioica, 213, 222; Friesiana, 223; glabrata, 216; groenlandica, 216; Howelli, 214; intermedia, 216, 223; isolepis, 214 labradorica, 223, 224; mesochora, 214; neg- lecta, 214; neodioica, 214; 215, 217, var. gaspensis, 214, 218, 219, var. rupicola, 214; Parlinii, 214, 216; Peasei, 215; petaloidea, 214, 216, 217, 219, var. scariosa, 215, var. subeorymbosa, 214; planta- ginifolia, 214, 215; Porsildu, 216; Sornborgeri, 215; spathulata, 215, 216, var. continentis, 215; stra- minea, 215; subviscosa, 214, 215, 222, 223, 233; umbrinella, 223; vexillifera,215, 216, 223 Antennarias from Greenland, Three, 222 Anthoxanthum, 108; odoratum, 116 Aralia nudicaulis, 109, 122, 178 Arbutus, 197 Arceuthobium, 100; americanum, 100; pusillum, 92-95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 191, Peculiar Aspects of the New England Distribution of, 92; Pennsylvania. Stations of, The, 191 248 Rhodora Arctostaphylos, 197; Uva-ursi, var. coactilis, 227 Arenaria lateriflora, 109, 120; mac- rophylla, 226; peploides, var. robusta, 111 Arisaema pusillum, f. pallidum, 168; өзен 178, 226 Aristolochia Serpentaria, 88 EY chionopappa, 233; gaspensis, Artemisia caudata, 226; frigida, 226, 232; pontica, 167 Aruncus sylvester, 32 Asarum canadense, 226 Ascophyllum, 129; nodosum, 130 Ashe, W. W. Notes on Vaccini- aceae, 193 Aster, 6, 140, 159, in Washington County, Maine, 159; acuminatus, 109, 126, 160, 162; amethystinus, 63, A White-flowered Form of, 63, f. leucerythros, 63, f. leucos, 63; cordifolius, 161; divaricatus, 88; foliaceus, var. subgeminatus, 207; junceus, 161; lateriflorus, 126, 161, var. angustifolius, 161; Lind- leyanus, 161; longifolius, 161; macrophyllus, 161, var. ianthinus, 161, var. velutinus, 161; nemor- alis, 113, 126, 162, var. Blakei, 162, var. major, 113, 126, 162: novi-belgii, 110, 126, 161, f. albi- florus, 161, var. litoreus, 162; paniculatus, 161, 207, var. belli- diflorus, 161; puniceus, 162; ra- dula, 126, 161, var. strictus, 126, 161; umbellatus, 126, 161, 162; vimineus, var. dubius, 161 Astragalus aboriginorum, 239, 240; aboriginum, 232, 234, 239; scru- pulicola, 238-240 Atelophragma, 240 Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region, The Genus Geum in, 172; Salix glauca and its Allies in, 241 Athyrium angustum, var. rubellum, 109, 115 es patula, var. hastata, 111, Avena sativa, 117 Bartonia, 39 Batrachospermum, 130; forme, 180; vagum, 130 Beech Drops, 139 Bemis, E. W. А White-flowered Form of Aster amethystinus, 63 Betula, 60, 110; alba, 60; glandu- monili- [DECEMBER losa, 22; papyrifera, 120; pumila, 112, 120 Billington, C. Coronilla varia in Michigan, 163 Blackberry, A new, from New Hampshire, 102 Blake, Ө. Е. Carex Bebbii in eastern Massachusetts, 63; Cladonia in the District of Columbia, 145; Cladonias collected by, in the western United States, 135 Boehmeria, 53 Bois d’Argent, 234 Bouteloua curtipendula, 226; hir- suta, 226 Bradley, L. J. Rorippa amphibia in Fairfield County, Connecticut, 192 Brassica arvensis, 121; juncea, 121 Breweria, 76; minima, 76, 77 Bucklandia p propulnea, 81 Buckleya, 29, 30; distichophylla, 30 Burmanniaceae, 36, 42, 45, 53, 58 Burser’s Herbarium, The French Apothecary’s Plants in, 177 Caesalpinieae, 9 Cakile a tari 111, 121 Calamagrostis, 22, 60; canadensis, pot 112, 116; Langsdorfi, 60; in- xpansa, 19; Pickeringii, 116 Cali ornian Convolvulus, Concern- ing a, 76 Callionia canadensis, 186; pumila, 186 Calluna, 162, 163, A new Station for, 162; vulgaris, 162 Calochortus Greenei, 204, var. cal- vus, 204 Calopogon, 39; pulchellus, 119 Caltha palustris, 60 Campanula rotundifolia, 125, var. alaskana, 111, 125 Capsella Bursa-pastoris, 121 Carex, 60; aquatilis, 22; arctata, 118; Bebbii, 63, in eastern Massa- chusetts, 63; brunnescens, 51, var. sphaerostachya, 118; Buxbaumii, 118; clivicola, 233, 234, 240; concinna, 233; crinita, var. gyn- andra, 118; var. simulans, 110, 118; debilis, 118, var. Rudgei, 118; diandra, 19, 22; exilis, 118; Goodenovii, 118; 'gynocrates, 112, 118; hormathodes, 110, 118; Howei, 112, 118; interior, 118; in- tumescens, 118; limosa, 113, 118; maritima, 110, 118; misandroides, 232; novae-angliae, 118, 233, 234; 1931] Oederi, var. pumila, 112, 118; pauciflora, 118; paupercula, 109, 112, 118; Rossii, 233; rostrata, 22, 101, 118, var. utriculata, 112, 113, 118; scoparia, 109, 118; silicea, 110, 117, 118; stellulata, var. cephalantha, 109, 118; stip- ata, 118; trichocarpa, var. aris- tata, 19; trisperma, 110, 118; vesicaria, 60 Carum Carvi, 122 Castilleja coccinea, 179, f. lutescens, 169 Cenomyce fimbriata, 8 C. conista, 138, у С. carneopallida, 157; silvatica, var. condensata, 153 Centaurea nigra, 109, 126 Ceramium rubrum, 130 Cerastium arvense, 60, 111, 120; vulgatum, 120 Cercis, 31; canadensis, 32; siliqua- strum, 32 Chaetomorpha Melagonium, 129, f. rupincola, 130 Chamaedaphne calyculata, 123 Chenopodium album, 120 Chiogenes hispidula, 109, 123 Chondrus crispus, 130 Chorda Filum, 130 Chordaria, 129; flagelliformis, 130 Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, 109, var. pinnatifidum, 126 Cichoriaceae, 92 Cinna latifolia, 60, 116 Circaea alpina, 122 Cirsium arvense, 109, 126, var. vestitum, 167; muticum, 126 Cladium, 44, 145, 148 Cladonia, 145, in the District of Columbia and Ханы, 145; alpicola, 148, 152, var. karelica, 147, 157, 159; apodocarpa, 150, 156, 159; bacillaris, 150, 156, 159, f. clavata, 154, 159, f. subscyphi- fera, 136; Balfourii, 136, 138, f. subradiata, 138; Beaumontii, 155; Blakei, 138, 139; Boryi, 148, 150, 155, f. prolifera, 155; caesp- iticia, 150, 156, 159; cariosa, 137, 147; carneola, 138, 139, f. pro- lifera, 138, f. simplex, 138; ceno- tea, f. crossota, 137; chlorophaea, 147, 151, 152, 157, 159, f. car- neopallida, 157, f. carpophora, 157, f. centralis, 147, 157, f. costata, 137, 157, f. homodactyla, 157, f. lepidophora, 157, f. pro- lifera, 138, 157, f. pterygota, 157, f. simplex, 157, f. sorediosa, 138; Index 249 clavulifera, 152, 157, 159, f. sub- vestita, 157, 159; coccifera, 148, 150, 154, var. phyllocoma, 154, var. stemmatina, 154, 159; conio- craea, 138, 151, 157, І. ceratodes, 138, 157, 159, f. phyllostrata, 138, 157, f. truncata, 138, 157, 159; conista, 138; cristatella, 145, 150, f. Beauvoisii, 154, 159, f. ochro- carpia, 154, f. squamulosa, 154, f. vestita, 147, 154, 155, 159; decorticata, 147; deformis, f. crenulata, 136, m. extensa, 136; degenerans, 147, f. cladomorpha, 137, f. euphorea, 137, f. phyllo- phora, 137; delicata, 151, 155, 158, f. quercina, 155, 159; didyma 154; digitata, 138; elongata, f. ecmocyna, 137, f. intermedia, 137, 139, f. laontera, 137; fimbri- ata, 136, 138, t? Balfourii, 138, ¢ chondroidea, 138, ¢? subradiata, 138; Floerkeana, 147-149, 154, var. intermedia, 154, 159; flori- dana, 148, 151, 155, 159, f. bra- chiata, 155, f. elegans, 155, 159, f. esquamosa, 155, f. typica, 155, 159; foliacea, 148, 153, var. alci- cornis, 158, 159; furcata, 148, 151, f. conspersa, 137, var. pinnata, f. foliolosa, 155, 159, f. truncata, 136, 137, var. racemosa, 155, 159, f. corymbosa, 155, f. furcato- subulata, 155, f. subelausa, 155, f. surrecta, 137; gracilis, 147, f. dilacerata, 137; impexa, 149, 153, 159, f. condensata, 153, f. laxius- cula, 153, 159; Krempelhuberi, 137; leporina, 147; macilenta, 147, 149, 154, f. corticata, 136, f. styracella, 136, 154, 159; macro- phyllodes, 187; major, 188; mateocyatha, 151, 159, f. squamulata, 158, 159; mitis, 147- 149, 153, 159; mitrula, 152, 156, 157, f. imbricatula, 156, 159; multiformis, f. Finkii, 137, f. subascypha, 137; nemoxyna, 138; paludicola, 150, 155, 159; papil- laria, 149, 153, f. molariformis, 153, 159, f. papillosa, 153, 159, f. stipata, 153; piedmontensis, 153, 158, f. lepidifera, 158, 159, f. obconica, 158, 159, f. phyllocoma, 158, f. squamulosa, 158; pityrea, 148, 151, 152, 157, 159, var. Zwackhii, f. hololepis, 158, f. subacuta, 138, 158; pleurota, 150, 154, f. decorata, 154, 159, var. 250 Rhodora cerina, 154, var. decorata, 154, 159; polycarpia, 148, 152, 156, 159; pulchella, 147; pyxidata, 148, 151, 157, var. chlorophaea, f. carneopallida, 157, var. ne- glecta, 157, f. lophyra, 157, f. simplex, 157, 159; rangiferina, 148, 153, f. crispata, 153, 159; reticulata, 155; santensis, 139, 147; scabriuscula, f. conspersa, 187. f. subnud& 137, 199, f. surrecta, 137; squamosa, 148, 150, 156, f. denticollis, 156, f. levieorticata, 156, m. rigida, 156, 159, m. pseudocrispata, 156, f. phyllocoma, 156, f. sessilis, 156, f. squamosissima, 156, 159, f. turfacea, 156; strepsilis, 148, 152, 158, f. coralloidea, 158, 159, f. glabrata, 158, f. subsessilis, 147, 158; subcariosa, 148, 152, 156, 157, f. epiphylla, 156, f. evoluta, 156, 159, f. pallida, 156, f. squamulosa, 156; subsquamosa, 137, f. denudata, 137, f. pul- verulenta, 137; sylvatica, 136, 149, 153, f. pygmaea, 153, sphagnoides, 153, 159, var. lax- iuseula, 153; symphycarpa, 147; tenuis, 136, 149, 153, 159; unci- alis, 150, 155, f. dicraea, 155, 159, f. obtusata, 155, 159, f. sub- obtusata, 155; verticillata, 147, 151, 158, f. apoticta, 137, 158, f. cervicornis, 137, f. evoluta, 137, 158, 159, f. phyllocephala, 137, 158, var. cervicornis, 158; vul- canica, 148, 149, 150, f. minor, 147, 154, 159 Cladonias collected by Б. Е. Blake in. the western United States, 135 Cladophora flexuosa, 130; rupestris, Cladrastis lutea, 30; platycarpa, 30 Cleistes, 39; divaricata, 40 Clintonia, 109; borealis, 119 Clitoria, 53 Cogswellia utriculata, var. papil- lata, 204 Coleogeton, subg. of Potamogeton, 44 Collins, J. F. Moss Flora of North America (notice), 229 Color Variation in Potentilla tri- dentata, A, 211 Comandra, 31, 32; elegans, 32 Compositae, 92, 218, 219 Concerning a Californian Convol- [DECEMBER vulus, 76; some Species of Cornus of Philip Miller, 68 Conioselinum chinense, 123 Connecticut, Drosera rotundifolia, var. comosa in, 144; Further Additions to the Flora of, 167; Rorippa amphibia in Fairfield County, 192 Conostylideae, tribe of Amaryllid- aceae, 33, 35 Convolvulus, 76, Concerning a Californian, 76; minimus, 76; pentapetaloides, 76, 77; sepium, var. pubescens, 124; simulans, Copaifera, 92 Coptis, 109; groenlandica, 57, 121 Corallina officinalis, 130 Corallorrhiza coloradensis, 133, 135; innata, var. virescens, 135; macu- lata, 168; odontorhiza, f. flavida, 168; trifida, 51, 133-135; van- couveriana, 135; wyomingensis, 133-135 Coral-root, 133; Ап overlooked Species of, from the Rocky ountains, 133 Coreopsis palmata, 226 Cornaceae, 92 Cornel, Silky, 70, 72 Cornus, 68, Concerning some Species of, of Philip Miller, 68; Amomum, 68-71; caerulea, 72; canadensis, 51, 109, 123, 178, var. intermedia, 123; candidissima, 69, 71, 72; суапосагрив, 70, 72, var. albescens, 70, 72; fastigiata, 72; florida, 71; foemina, 69, 71, 72; lanuginosa, 70, 72; obliqua, 72; paniculata, 71, 72; polygamus, 72; Purpusi, 72; racemosa, 72; rubiginosa, 72; rugosa, 234; seri- cea, 68-70, 72; stolonifera, 68- 70, 72; stricta, 71, 72; suecica, 111, 123 Coronilla varia, 163, 164, in Michi- gan, 163 Cory, V. L. A new Selenia from ve Edwards Plateau of Texas, Coventry, B. O. Wild Flowers of Cashmir (notice of), 212 Crataegus, 62, 140 Cuseuta Gronovii, 80; Polygon- orum, 80, in New England, 80 Cyanococcus, subsect. of Vaccinium, Cycadaceae, 49 Cynoxylon florida, 71 1931] Cyperus Engelmanni, 132 Cypripedium parviflorum, 179, 207, var. planipetalum, 207 Cystopteris fragilis, 51, 75 Dahlia, 88 Dalbergia, 32 Danthonia spicata, 112, 117 Decamerium, 197; brachycerum, 197; . hirtellum, 198, var. griseum, 198, f. minimum, 198; nanum, 198; tomento- sum, 198; ursinum, 198 Deschampsia flexuosa, 51, 110, 116, var. montana, 111, 117 Descurainia Hartwegiana, 232 Desmarestia viridis, 130 Dicentra Cucullaria, f. purpur- itincta, 169; formosa, 204, var. breviflora, 204 Dictyosiphon foeniculaceus, var. americanus, 130; hispidus, 130 Dionaea, 55; muscipula, 56 Dioscoreaceae, 44 Diospyros, 41, 42, 53 Diphylleia, 29; cymosa, 30; Grayi, 30 Dipterocarpeae, 91 Distribution of Arceuthobium pu- sillum in New England, Peculiar Aspects of, 92 District of Columbia and Vicinity, Cladonia in, 145 Dodecatheon amethystinum, 224-226; Meadia, 224-2206, var. amethystinum, 224 Dogwood, Female, 71; Flowering, 71; Red Osier, 70, 71; Swamp, 71, 72; Tree 71; Virginia, 71, 72; White, 72 Draba aureola, var. paniculata, 204; stylaris, 234 Drosera, 36, 53, 54, 56; filiformis, 53, 55; linearis, 53; rotundifolia, 121, 144, var. comosa, 144, in Connecticut, 144 Droseraceae, 42, 56 Drosophyllum, 54; lusitanicum, 56 Dwarf Mistletoe and other Plants new to New Jersey, 101 Dyschoriste, 53 Hames, E. Н. Further Additions to the Connecticut Flora, 167 Eaton, R. J. Cuscuta Polygon- orum in New England, 80; Notes on Lycopodium inundatum and its Allies in the Western Hemi- sphere, 210; Peculiar Aspects of Index 251 the New England Distribution of Arceuthobium pusillum, 92 Echinodorus, 44 Editorial Announcement, 65 Elachistea fusicola, 130 Elaeagnus argentea, 234 Elatine americana, 72, 73; triandra, 73, 74, 227, f. callitrichoides, 73, var. americana, 72-74 Eleocharis palustris, var. major, 117; pauciflora, 23 Empetrum nigrum, 109, 110, 122 Enteromorpha intestinalis, 129, 130 Eperna, 92 Epifagus virginiana, 140 Epilobium, 60; angustifolium, 51, 122; glandulosum var. adeno- caulon, 122, var. perplexans, 75; palustre, var. monticola, 109, 112, 122 Epipactis decipiens, 226 Equisetum, 21, 110; arvense, 109, 115, f. decumbens, 112, 115; hy- emale, 51; limosum, 22; scir- poides, 227; sylvaticum, 51, var. pauciramosum, 115 Eranthis, 88 Erigeron canadensis, 185; com- positus, var. trifidus, 233, 234 Eriocaulaceae, 53 Eriocaulon, 36, 39, 42, 44, 73; Parkeri, 73; septangulare, 39, 73, 113, 118 Eriophorum, 60; angustifolium, 109, 118; callitrix, 101; gracile, 60; spissum, 99, 101; virginicum, 109, 118; viridi-carinatum, 112, 118 Erucastrum gallicum, 165 Eumyriophyllum, subgen. of Myrio- phyllum, 40 Kuphorbia Cyparissias, 166 Euphrasia, 110; americana, 108, 124; canadensis, 108, 124; pur- purea, var. Farlowii, 124, var. Капап, 124, f. albiflora, 124 Eupotamogeton, subgen. of Pot- amogeton, 44, 59 Farwell, O. A. Concerning some Species of Cornus of Philip Miller, 68 Fassett, N. C. Notes from the Herbarium of the University of Wisconsin, VI, 72, VII, 224 Fernald, M. L., Condensation of Gerard's Herbal, A (notice of), 212; Home of Kerria japonica, The, 199; New Blackberry from New Hampshire, A, 102; Pedicu- 252 Rhodora laris labradorica, 193; Potamoge- ton tenuifolius Raf., 209; Poten- tilla canadensis and P. simplex, 180; Scirpus pumilus in the Rocky Mountains, 23; Some new Plants from the Gaspé Peninsula, 231; Specifie Segregations and Identi- ties in some Floras of eastern North America and the Old World, 25; Three Antennarias from Greenland, 222; Wild Flow- ers of Kashmir (notice of), 212 Festuca, 60; longifolia, 207; rubra, 60, 111, 117, var. arenaria, 117, var. juncea, 117 Ficus, 88 Filago arvensis, 219, 221; gallica, 221; germanica, 221 Fimbristylis, 44 Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia, The Vascular, 105; of Wisconsin, recent Contributions to the, 139 Fluminea festucacea, 19 Formation of Peat Ridges on the Shores of Muskeg Lakes іп northern Alberta, The, 18 Fothergilla, 29 Fragaria, 60; monophylla, 238; vesca, 182, 238; virginiana, 182, var. terrae-novae, 121 Fraxinus americana, 140 French Apothecary's Plants in Bur- ser's Herbarium, The, 177 Fucus, 129; filiformis, 130; vesicu- losus, 130, var. laterifructus, 130, var. sphaerocarpus, 130 Fuirena, 44; squarrosa, 57, 58 Further Notes from southwestern Newfoundland, 207 Galactia, 36 — Tetrahit, var. bifida, 109, Galium Claytoni, 125; Mollugo, 170, f. ochroleucum, 170; X ochroleucum, 170; triflorum, 125; verum, 170, f. albidum, 170 Gaspé Peninsula, Some new Plants from the, 231 Gaultheria procumbens, 112, 123 Gaylussacia, 197; brachycera, 197; umosa, 123; frondosa, var. nana, 198, var. tomentosa, 198; nana, 198; ursina, 198 Genus Geum in the Athabasca- a Slave Lake Region, The, Gentiana Victorinii, 73 [DECEMBER Geocaulon lividum, 120 Geum, 172, The Genus, in the Atha- basca-Great Slave Lake Region, 172; calthifolium, 59; macro- phyllum, 172-174, 176, var. per- incisum, 176; oregonense, 173, 174; Peckii, 59; perincisum, 173, 174, 176; rivale, 179; strictum, 172, 174, 176; triflorum, 172, 176, 227; urbanum, 173 m maritima, var. obtusifolia, 23 Glyceria, 60; canadensis, 109, 117 Gnaphalium, 220, 221; arenarium, 220; luteoalbum, 220; norvegi- cum, 219, 220; obtusifolium, 75; saxicola, 75; silvaticum, 220; supinum, 219-221; uliginosum, 75, 126, 220 Goldenrod, 159 Gramineae, 111 Graustein, J. E., A Color Variation in Potentilla tridentata, 211 E. nnm Three Antennarias from, 222 Griscom, L., Another Station for Panicum ecalliphyllum, 131; Dwarf Mistletoe and other Plants new to New Jersey, 101 Grout, A. J., Moss Flora of North America north of Mexico (notice of), 229 Guizotia abyssinica, 170 Habenaria clavellata, 109, 119; dilatata, 109, 119; fimbriata, 109, 119; obtusata, 109, 119 Hackelia deflexa, var. americana, 232 Haemadoraceae, 33, 34, 53 Halenia deflexa, 124 Halorrhageae, tribe of Halorrha- gidaceae, 42, 43 Halorrhagidaceae, 42, 43 Halosaccion ramentaceum, 130 Hamamelideae, 81, 91 Hamamelis, 29, 83, 88, 91; virgini- a 81, 90, 92, The Seedlings of, 8 Heather, 162 Helianthus Maximiliani, 167 Helichrysum arenarium, 221; itali- | cum, 221 Hellmayr, C. E. and K. J., An over- looked Species of Coral-root from the Rocky Mountains, 133 Helonias, 39; bullata, 40 Henderson, L. F., New Plants from Oregon, 203 1981] Heracleum lanatum, 122 Herbarium of the University of Wisconsin, Notes from the, VI, 72, VII, 224 Hibiscus, 44 Hippuris vulgaris, 166 Hitchcock, A. S. Field Work for the local Botanist (notice of), 244 Holm, T. The Seedlings of Hama- melis virginiana L., 81 Holosteum umbellatum, 211, іп Rhode Island, 211 Home of Kerria japonica, 199 Hudsonia, 39 Hypericum canadense, 122; ellipti- cum, 207; mutilum, 75 Hypnum, 19 Hypoxis, 36 Ilex verticillata, 122 International Botanical Address Book, 24 Iris setosa, var. canadensis, 110, 119; versicolor, 109, 119 Isoetes macrospora, 113, 115 Iva xanthiifolia, 167 Juel, H. O. The French Apothe- cary's Plants in Burser's Herba- rium, 177 Juglans, 88 Juneus, 60; articulatus, 119, var. obtusatus, 119; balticus, var. littoralis, 110, 118; brevicaudatus, 119; bufonius, 118; canadensis, 112, 119; effusus, 60, var. com- pactus, 119, var. solutus, 119; filiformis, 109, 119; longistylis, is militaris, 113, "119; tenuis, Juniperus californica, var. siskiyou- ensis, 203, var. utahensis, 204; communis, var. depressa, 139, var. megistocarpa, 110, 116, var. montana, 110, 116; horizontalis, 110, 116; occidentalis, 204 Kalmia, 99; angustifolia, 123; lati- folia, 198, at Cherryfield, Maine, 198; polifolia, 92, 98-100, 101, 109, 123 Kennedy, R. B. Further Notes from southwestern Newfound- land, 207 Kerria, 29, 200; japonica, 29, 199, The Home of, 1 Knowlton, C. Hu Solidago and Aster in Washington County, Maine, 159 Index 253 Labiatiflorae, 92 Laminaria, 129; saccharina, 130 Larix, 22; laricina, 19, 93, 98 Lathyrus, 60; maritimus, 111, 122; palustris, var. macranthus, 122 Laurel, Mountain, 198, at Cherry- field, Maine, 198 Leathesia difformis, 130 Ledum, 97-100; groenlandicum, 19, 92, 96, 98, 123 Leeds, A. N. The Pennsylvania Stations of Arceuthobium pusil- lum, 191 Leiophyllum, 39; buxifolium, 40; Hugeri, 40; prostratum, 40 Leontodon autumnalis, 167, var. pratensis, 109, 126 Leontopodium alpinum, 219, 221, Lepidagathis alopecuroides, 88 Ligusticum scothicum, 122 Lilaeopsis, 36 Limosella aquatica, 74; subulata, 73, 74 Linnaea 109; borealis, 178, var. americana, 51, 125 Liquidambar, 30, 91 Liquidambareae, 81 Liriodendron Tulipifera, 32 Listera cordata, 119 Littlefield, E. W. A New Station for Calluna, 162 Litsea, 53 Littorella americana, 79, A new Station for, in Washington Coun- ty, Maine, 79; uniflora, 79 Im 39; Dortmanna, 39, 113, 5 Lonicera, 110; canadensis, 110, 125; villosa, var. Solonis, 112, 125, var. tonsa, 207 Lophotocarpus, 36, 42 Lupinus perennis, f. rosea, 169 Luzula campestris, var. acadiensis, 207, var. comosa, 119, var. multiflora, 109, 119; saltuensis, 119 Lychnis Flos-cuculi, 165 Lycopodiaceae, 53 Lycopodium alopecuroides, 168, 201-203; carolinianum, 45, 46; clavatum, 115; drepanoides, 46; Drummondii, 46; goyozense, 46; inundatum, 112, 115, 168, 201- 203, A New Variety of, 201, Notes on, and its Allies in the Western Hemisphere, I, 201, var. Bige- lovii, 168, 201, 203, var. robus- tum, 202, 203; lucidulum, 110, digitata, 130; 254 Rhodora 115; meridionale, 46; obscurum, 115; paradoxum, 46; sarcocaulon, 46; Selago, 112, 115; tuberosum, 46 Lycopus uniflorus, 124 Lygodium, 39, 42; palmatum, 39 Lysimachia terrestris, 113, 123; thyrsiflora, 60 Madia sativa, 167, var. congesta, 167 Magnolia, 29 Maguire, B. Notes on some New York Plants, 165 Maianthemum, 109; canadense, 119 Maine, Littorella americana іп Washington County, 79; Moun- tain Laurel at Cherryfield, 198; Plantago arenaria at Portland, 171; Solidago and Aster in Wash- ington County, 159 Malaxis unifolia, 109, 119 Marantaceae, 53 Mariscus, 44 Massachusetts, American Lotus at West Peabody, The, 230; Carex Bebbii in eastern, 63 Mastixia, 92 Matricaria suaveolens, 126 Meesea triquetra, 77, 78; tristicha, 77,78 Menispermum canadense, 30; dauri- cum, 30 Menyanthes trifoliata, 51, 60, var. minor, 124 Mertensia maritima, 111, 124 Michigan, Coronilla varia in, 163 Milium effusum, 116 Miller, Philip, Concerning some Species of Cornus of, 68 Mistletoe, Dwarf, 101, in New Jersey, 101 Mitchella repens, 125 Mitella diphylla, 179; nuda, 110, 121 Moneses, 109; uniflora, 123, 227 Monotropa, 109; uniflora, 32, 123 Montia Chamissoi, 228 Morse, A. P. The American Lotus at West Peabody, Massachusetts, 230 Mountain Laurel, 198, at Cherry- field, Maine, 198 Muenscher, W. C. Notes on some New York Plants, 165 Myrica caroliniensis, 120; Gale, 179 Myriophyllum — exalbescens, 19; Farwellii, 59, 166 Najas flexilis, 207 Narthecium, 52; americanum,- 52 [DECEMBER Navarretia mitracarpa 206; Sava- gei, 205 Nelumbo lutea, 230 Nemopanthus mucronata, 122 Neviusia, 29 New Blackberry from New Hamp- shire, A, 102; Plants from Oregon, 203; Selenia from the Edwards Plateau of Texas, A, 142; Station for Calluna, A, 162; Station for Littorella americana, A, 79 New England, Cuscuta Polygono- rum, in 80; Distribution of Ar- ceuthobium pusillum in, 92 New Hampshire, A new Blackberry from, 102 New Jersey, Dwarf Mistletoe and other Plants new to, 101 New York Plants, Notes on some, 165 Newfoundland, Further Notes from southwestern, 207 North America, Specific Segrega- tions and Identities in some Floras of eastern, and the Old World, 25 Norton, A. H. Littorella americana in Washington County, Maine, 79; Mountain Laurel at Cherry- field, Maine, 198; Plantago are- naria W. & К. at Portland, Maine, 171 Notes from the Herbarium of the University of Wisconsin, VI, 72, VII, 224; on Lycopodium inun- datum and its Allies in the West- ern Hemisphere, 201; on some New York Plants, 165; on Vac- ciniaceae, 193 Nova Scotia, Algae of St. Paul Island, The, 127; Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, The, 105 Nymphaea odorata, var. rosea, 120; variegata, 19 Nymphozanthus variegatus, 19, 113, 120 Nyssa, 42, 43 Occurrence of Phragmites com- munis in western Washington and Oregon, The, 170 Odontites rubra, 166 Oenothera, 179; perennis, 122 Orchis rotundifolia, 88 Oregon, New Plants from, 203; Occurrence of Phragmites com- munis in, The, 170 Orontium, 39; aquaticum, 39 Oryzopsis asperifolia, 116 1931] Osmorrhiza Claytoni, 178; divari- cata, 227; longistylis, 140 Osmunda cinnamomea, 115; Clay- toniana, 115; regalis, var. specta- bilis, 115 Overlooked Species of Coral-root from the Rocky Mountains, An, 133 Oxalis montana, 110, 122 Oxytropis, 108; arctica, 122; gas- pensis, 232, 234, 240; johannensis, 111, 122; uralensis, var. pumila, 122; viscida, 232 Pachystima, 29 Paeonia, 88 Panax, 29 Panicum, 62, 131; Bicknellii, 132; boreale, 112, 116; calliphyllum, 131, Another Station for, 131; clandestinum, 132 “РарШове” Achenes іп the Genus Antennaria, On the, 213 Parthenocissus tricuspidata, 169 Peculiar Aspects of the New Eng- land Distribution of Arceutho- bium pusillum, 92 Pedicularis euphrasioides, 193, 8 labradorica, 193; labradorica, 193 Pennsylvania Stations of Arceutho- bium pusillum, The, 191 Pentstemon deustus, 206, var. Savagei, 206, var. suffrutescens 206; hirsutus, f. albiflorus, 169 Peplis americana, 72 Perry, L. M. Concerning a Cali- fornian Convolvulus, 76; Тһе Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia, 105 Petalostemon candidum, 226; pur- pureum, 226 Phaca aboriginorum, 240 Phleum, 108; pratense, 116 Phragmites communis, 170; Occur- rence of, in western Washington and Oregon, The, 170 Phryma, 29; Leptostachya, 32 Phymatolithon, 131; compactum, 130 Physaria, 142 Picea, 97-99; canadensis, 19, 93, 97, 99, 110, 116; mariana, 19, 22, 92, 93, 96-99; rubra, 93 Pine, Austrian, 140; Scotch, 162, 163; White, 139, 163 Pinguicula vulgaris, 112, 125 Pinus Banksiana, 100, 227; nigra, 140; Strobus, 139, 163; sylvestris, 162 255 Plantago arenaria, 171, at Portland, Maine, 171; juncoides, 125, var. decipiens, 111, 125, var. glauca, 125, var. laurentiana, 125; major, 109, 125 Platanus, 31; occidentalis, 32; orien- talis, 30 Plitt, C. C. Two Abnormalities of Podophyllum peltatum, 228 Poa pratensis, 60, 117, 139; trivialis, 117 Podophyllum emodi, 30; peltatum, 30, 228, 229, Two Abnormalities of, 228, f. aphyllum, 228, 229, f. polycarpum, 229 Podostemaceae, 36 Podostemon Ceratophyllum, 166, 167 Pogonia divaricata, 40; ophioglos- soides, 112, 119 Pollen of Sparganium americanum and 5. androcladum, 141 Polygonum acre, 80; aviculare, 120; Persicaria, 120; Raii, 111, 120; sagittatum, 32; scabrum, 120 Polypodium virginianum, 110, 115 Polysiphonia, 131; urceolata, 130, 131; violacea, 130, 131 Polystichum acrostichoides, f. or- biculatum, 168 Pomaceae, 88 Pontederiaceae, 36 Porsild, М.Р. On the “РарШове” Achenes in the Genus Antennaria, 213 Potamogeton alpinus, 209-211, рго- les microstachys, 211; borealis, 210; confervoides, 44, 46, 57, 59; diversifolius, 210; epihydrus, 59, 112, 116, 210; filiformis, 44, 60, var. Macounii, 227; foliosus, 210; Fries, 19; gramineus, 59, 209; lateralis, 40; lucens, 210; micro- stachys, 209, 210, var. subellip- ticus, 168, 210, 211, var. typicus, 211; Oakesianus, 59, 113, 116; obrutus, 210, 211; obtusifolius, 60; pectinatus, 44, 166; prae- longus, 19, 60; pusillus, 19, 59; Richardsonii, 19, 166; rufescens, 210; Spirillus, 59; tenuifolius, 209, 210, var. subellipticus, 211; Vaseyl, 40; Zizii, 209; zosterifolius, 19 Potentilla, 60; acaulis, 181; cana- densis, 180-185, 188, 191, var. pumila, 185, 186, 8 sarmentosa, 186, var. simplex, 109, 121, 182, 188, 191, var. typica, 186, f. 256 Rhodora ochroleuca, 187, var. villosis- sima, 186, 187; caroliniana, 180, 183, 184, 187, 188; elegans, 56; fruticosa, 112, 121; norvegica, var. hirsuta, 121; pacifica, 121; palustris, 51; pumila, 180, 181, 184—186, 188-190, f. ochroleuca, 187; reptans, 183; Robbinsiana, 59; sarmentosa, 180, 183-186, 188, 191; simplex, 180-185, 187, 188, 191, var. argyrisma, 188, 191, var. calvescens, 188, 189, 191, var. typica, 188; tridentata, 109, 121, 211, A Color Variation in, 211, F, aurora, 211 Prenanthes trifoliolata, 109, 126, var. nana, 126 Primula mistassinica, 112, 123, 227 Prunella, 109; vulgaris, var. lanceo- lata, 124 Prunus depressa, 234; pennsylvan- ica, 122 Psilocarya, 53 Pteridium latiusculum, 115 Pterocarpus, 32 Pterospora, 140; andromedea, 139 Ptilota poenget, 131 Puccinellia paupercula, var. alas- kana, 111, 117 Pulmonaria, 88 Pylaiella littoralis, 130 Pyrola, 60, 109; asarifolia, 178; chlorantha, 123; minor, 60; se- cunda, 51, 123, 178 Pyrus, 110; americana, 227; ar- butifolia, var. atropurpurea, 121, X dumosa, 121; Arsenii, 121; dumosa, 112, 121, 227 Ranunculus acris, 108, 120; Cym- balaria, 51, 120; Gmelini, 208; reptans, 51, 108, 120 up, Н. М. Formation of Peat Ridges on the Shores of Muskeg Lakes in northern Alberta, The, 18; Genus Geum in the Atha- basca-Great Slave Lake Region, The, 172; Salix glauca and its Allies in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region, 241 Recent Contributions to the Flora of Wisconsin, 139 Rhexia, 39; virginica, 39 Rhinanthus Crista-galli, var. fallax, 108, 124; groenlandicus, 111, 124 Rhizoclonium riparium, 129, 130; tortuosum, 129, 130 Rhode Island, Holosteum umbella- tum in, 211 [DECEMBER Rhododendron lapponicum, 205, 227; Leachianum, 205 Rhodoleia, 91 Rhodomela, 131; subfusca, 131, var. gracilior, 131 Rhodymenia palmata, 131 Rhus glabra, 179; typhina, 140 Ribes glandulosum, 109, 121; hir- tellum, 121 Rice, Wild, 230 ‘Rigg, G. B. The Occurrence of Phragmites communis in western Washington and Oregon, 170 Robbins, C. A. Cladonia in the District of Columbia and Vicinity, 145; Cladonias collected by 8. Е. Blake in the western United States, 135 Robinson, B. L. Emile Francis Williams, 1 Rocky Mountains, An overlooked Species of Coral-root from the, 133; Scirpus pumilus in the, 23 Roscoe, M. V. The Algae of St. Paul Island, 127 Rorippa amphibia, 192, 193, in Fairfield County, Connecticut, 192 Rosa, 60; blanda, 234; nitida, 112, 122; spithamaea, var. solitaria, 204, var. sonomensis, 205 Rossolis, sect. of Drosera, 56 Rotala, 53 Rubus, 60, 62, 102, 145; abbrevians, 208; Chamaemorus, 121; Eggle- stonii, 238; elegantulus, 102, 103; Groutianus, 102-104; idaeus, 60, 238, var. anomalus, 237, 238, var. canadensis, 121, 237, var. Eggle- stonii, 238, var. eucyclus, 237, 238, var. strigosus, 238; Ken- nedyanus, 208, 209; Leersii, 237; obtusifolius, 237; parviflorus, 226; pergratus, var. terrae-novae, 208, 209; pubescens, 121; re- curvans, 103; recurvicaulis, 112, 121; severus, 102-104; triflorus, 101; vermontanus, 208, var. viridifolius, 102, 104 Rudbeckia hirta, f. viridiflora, 170 Rumex Acetosa, 165; Acetosella, 108, 120; crispus, 120; obtusi- folius, 120 Rynchospora alba, 109, 118 Sacchoriza dermatodea, 130 Sagina procumbens, 111, 120 Salix, 22, 60, 62, 145; alaxensis, 244; brachycarpa, 243, 244, var. anti- 1931] mima, 243; candida, 168, var. denudata, 168; chlorolepis, 243, var. antimima, 243; cordifolia, var. callicarpaea, 111, 119, 120; desertorum, 242-244; glauca 60, 241-244, and its Allies in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region, 241, var. acutifolia, 242, 244, хат. glabrescens, 242; laurentiana, 232; myrtillifolia, 19; petiolaris, 168; planifolia, 19; serissima, 168; Uva-ursi, 111, 119 Sambucus, 110; nigra, 170; race- mosa, 125 Sanguisorba canadensis, var. lati- folia, 109, 121 Sarracenia, 39; purpurea, 121 Sassafras, 30 Satureja Acinos, 169 Saxifraga cernua, 235, f. bulbillosa, 235, var. latibracteata, 234, 235; virginiensis, f. plena, 169 Scheuchzeria palustris, 60 Schizaea, 33, 34, 39, 42, 53; pusilla, 33, 34, 39, 44, 46 Schizaeaceae, 42 Scirpus, 19, 21, 22; acutus, 113, 117; alpinus, 23; atrocinctus, 109, 117; cespitosus, 39, var. callosus, 109, 112, 117; hudsonianus, 112, 117; lineatus, f. elongatus, 168; pauciflorus, 23; pumilus, 23, in the Rocky Mountains, 23; rubro- tinetus, 109, 117; subterminalis, 113, 117; validus, 19, 22 Seytosiphon, 129; lomentarius, 130 Sedum roseum, 111, 121 Seedlings of Hamamelis virginiana, The, 81 Selaginella selaginoides, 112, 115 Selenia, 142, 143, A new from the Edwards Plateau of Texas, 142; PK 142; dissecta, 142; Jonesii, Serapias Helleborine, 140 Shortia, 29 Silene acaulis, var. exscapa, 111, 120 Simarubeae, 91 Sisyrinchium angustifolium, 109, 119, 179 Smilaceae, 49 Smilacina racemosa, 179; stellata, 110, 119 Smilax, 44 Solidago, 140, 159, in Washington County, Maine, 159; X asperula, 160; bicolor, 110, 125, 160; cana- densis, 160; graminifolia, var. Index | 257 Nuttalli, 161; juncea, 160; lati- folia, 160; macrophylla, 109, 126, 160; multiradiata, 111, 126; nemoralis, 160; puberula, 126, 160; rigida, 226; rugosa, 160, var. sphagnophila, 126, var. villosa, 160; sempervirens, 111, 126, 160; serotina, 161; uniligulata, 160, var. neglecta, 110, 112, 126 Some new Plants from the Gaspé Peninsula, 231 Sonchus arvensis, var. glabrescens, 170 Sorbus, 60 Sparganium, 19, 60; americanum, 141, pollen of, 141; androcladum, 141, pollen of, 141; angustifolium, 112, 116; chrolocarpum, var. acaule, 116; eurycarpum, 141; lucidum, 141; minimum, 60 Spartina Michauxiana, 117 Specific Segregations and Identities in some Floras of eastern North America and the Old World, 25 Spergularia leiosperma, 120 Spiraea, 109; Aruncus, 88; hyperici- folia, 169; tomentosa, var. rosea, 227 Spongomorpha, 131; arcta, 130, 131 Spruce, Black, 101; Norway, 163 Steere, W. С. Meesea triquetra, 77 Steinmetz, F. H. A new Station for Littorella americana, 79 Stellaria borealis, 51, var. floribun- da, 120; graminea, 108, 120; media, 120; pubera, 88 Stenophyllus, 39 Stewartia, 20 Stomoisia, 39 Streptopus, 109; amplexifolius, 51, 119; roseus, 119 Subularia aquatica, 165, 207 Sullivantia renifolia, 227 Symplocarpus, 29; foetidus, 32 Tai Tan Hoa, 199 Talinum rugospermum, 227; tereti- folium, 227 Taraxacum, 233; officinale, 126 Taxus canadensis, 110, 116 Tessaronia, sect. of Myriophyllum, 40, 42, 53, 59 Teucrium Botrys, 169 Texas, A new Selenia from the Edwards Plateau of, 142 Thalictrum dioicum, 179; poly- gamum, 112, 120 Thelypteris fragrans, var. Hookeri- ana, 75; noveboracensis, 115; ШІ ІШІ 258 Rhodora Phegopteris, 109, 115; spinulosa, 109, var. americana, 115, 160, var. intermedia, 115 Thibaudia, 197 Thismia americana, 58 Thlaspi arvense, 121 Three Antennarias from Greenland, 222 Throne, A. L. Recent Contribu- tions to the Flora of Wisconsin, 139 Thuja occidentalis, 140 Tiarella cordifolia, 179 Tillaea aquatica, 73 Torrey, G. S. Drosera rotundi- folia, var. comosa in Connecticut, 144 Tovara virginiana, 32 Trientalis, 109; americana, 178; borealis, 123 Trifolium, 109; pratense, 122; re- pens, 122 Triglochin maritima, 60, 116; pa- lustris, 60, 112, 116 Trillium, 177; grandiflorum, 178 Triosteum, 29 Truman, Н. V. Pollen of Spargan- ium americanum and 8. andro- cladum, 141 Tsuga, 30 Tubuliflorae, 92 Two Abnormalities of Podophyl- lum peltatum, 228 Typha, 21, 22; latifolia, 19, 22 United States, Cladonias collected by S. F. Blake in the western, 135 Utricularia, 39; cornuta, 39; gemini- scapa, 113, 124; intermedia, 51, 124, 125; minor, 19, 112, 124, f. platyloba, 110, 194; ochroleuca, 118, 124, 125; vulgaris, 19 Uvularia grandiflora, 179 Vacciniaceae, 193, Notes on, 193 Vaccinium alto-montanum, 196; arkansanum, 195; atrococcum, 195, 196, var. Longianum, 196; brachycerum, 197; corymbosum, 195, 196; dumosum, 197; for- mosum, 197; frondosum, 197; fuscatum, 197, var. pullum, 196; hirtellum, 197; Margaretta, 193, 194, 196; marianum, 195; mis- souriense, 193; Oxycoccus, 51, 96, 99, var. intermedium, 123: 3538 [DECEMBER pallidum, 196; pennsylvanicum, 123; resinosum, 197; serum, 194, var. pubifolium, 195; tomento- sum, 198; uliginosum, var. alpi- num, 110, 123; ursinum, 198; vacillans, 193, 194, var. columbi- anum, 195, f. mollifolium, 195, var. 'missouriense, 193; Vitis-idaea, var. minus, 109, 123 Vallisneria americana, 166 Vascular Flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia, The, 105 Venus's Fly Trap, 56 Veronica serpyllifolia, 124 Viburnum, 110; cassinoides, 125 “= angustifolia, var. segetalis, 2 Viola adunca, var. glabra, 227; canadensis, 179; cucullata, 109, f. prionosepala, 122; incognita, 110, 122; pallens, 122; Selkirkii, 51; sororia, f. Beckwithii, 169 Wallrothiella Arceuthobii, 101 Washington, The Occurrence of A рген communis in western, 0 Weatherby, C. А. Hitchcock’s “Field Work for the local Botan- ist" (notice), 244; Some new Plants from the Gaspé Peninsula, 231 White-flowered Form of Aster ame- thystinus, A, 63 Williams, Emile Francis, 1 Wisconsin, Notes from the Herba- rium of the University of, VI, 72, VII, 224; Recent Contributions to the Flora of, 139 Wisteria frutescens, 169 ra ilvensis, 51; scopulina, Woodward, M. Leaves from Ger- ard's Herbal (notice of), 212 Woodwardia areolata, 55, 56 Xerophyllum, 39; asphodeloides, 39 Xyridaceae, 33, 35, 53 Xyris, 39, 42, 53; montana, 39, 101; torta, 36, 56, 57 Yae-yamabuki, 199 Zigadenus leimanthoides, 39 Zizania aquatica, 230 Zostera marina, 116